Manual de Aplicaciones Nemio

No.
2B771-023EN
OPERATION MANUAL
FOR
DIAGNOSTIC ULTRASOUND SYSTEM
MODEL SSA-590A
[APPLICATIONS]
(2B771-023EN)
IMPORTANT!
Read and understand this manual before operating
the equipment. After reading, keep this manual in an
easily accessible place.
© TOSHIBA MEDICAL SYSTEMS CORPORATION 2011

ALL RIGHTS RESERVED
Trademarks
Windows® is a trademark of Microsoft Corporation in the USA and other countries.
Dynamic Flow is a trademark of Toshiba Medical Systems Corporation.

This manual may include trademarks or registered trademarks of other companies.
Note that the trademark symbol "TM" and the registered trademark symbol "®" are not used in
this manual.
IMPORTANT!
1. No part of this manual may be copied or reprinted, in whole or in part,

without written permission.
2. The contents of this manual are subject to change without prior notice
and without our legal obligation.
3. The contents of this manual are correct to the best of our knowledge.
Please inform us of any ambiguous or erroneous descriptions, missing
information, etc.
No. 2B771-023EN
Safety Precautions
1. Meaning of Signal Words
In this operation manual, the signal words DANGER, WARNING, and CAUTION are
used regarding safety and other important instructions. The signal words and their meanings
are defined as follows. Please understand their meanings clearly before reading this manual.
Signal word Meaning
DANGER Indicates an imminently hazardous situation which, if not avoided,

will result in death or serious injury.
WARNING Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided,

could result in death or serious injury.
CAUTION Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided,

may result in minor or moderate injury.
CAUTION Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, may

result in property damage.
2. Meaning of Safety Symbols
Symbol Description
Type-B applied part
* Type B when Type-B applied part is connected.
The PCG sensor that can be connected to this system is a Type-B
applied part.
Type-BF applied part
* Type BF when Type-BF applied part is connected.
Reference signal cable that can be connected to this system is
Type-BF applied parts.
"Attention" (Refer to the operation manual.)
No. 2B771-023EN
S-1
3. Safety Precautions
Please observe the following precautions to ensure patient and operator safety when using this
system.
WARNING: 1. Using a contrast medium
(1) Handle the contrast medium as described in the operation

manual supplied with the contrast medium. TOSHIBA is not
liable for any damage or injury resulting from misuse of
contrast media.
(2) Check the side effects of the contrast medium used with the
manufacturer of the contrast medium.
(3) If there is an abnormality with the patient during use of the

contrast medium, stop the examination and perform
appropriate treatment.
(4) Cavitation may occur due to interactions between the

ultrasonic waves and the contrast medium. Always perform
examination using the ALARA (as low as reasonably
achievable) principle. The acoustic power can be changed
using the ACOUSTIC POWER dial on the main panel.
2. TEE transducer
(1) If the temperature detection function of the TEE transducer

becomes abnormal, the message below is displayed.
In this case, stop the examination immediately, make the

angle free, return the transducer to a neutral angle, and then
withdraw the transducer carefully. Then, contact your
Toshiba service representative.
No. 2B771-023EN
S-2
WARNING: (2) During scanning using the TEE transducer, the following
message is displayed if the temperature at the transducer
end exceeds 43°C for two minutes or more.

angle free, return the transducer to a neutral angle, and then
withdraw the transducer carefully. The diagnostic
ultrasound system must be restarted in order to perform
examination again.
3. Refer to the Operation Manual (Basic Volume) for precautions

regarding the use of this system.
No. 2B771-023EN
S-3
CAUTION: 1. Display the most suitable image and select the most suitable
measurement tool for the intended measurement. The appropriate
measurement methods and results must be determined by a
specialist.
2. Press SET to fix the data during measurement or during

measurement modification.
Note, however, that the following operations may also fix the
measurement.
(1) Pressing the NEXT switch
(2) Performing one of the following measurement-related

operations
• Starting HR input
• Selecting one of menu items [ROI A] to [ROI D] during TIC or

ACM measurement
• Selecting another measurement item on the menu
Confirm that the measurement is performed correctly.
3. If the measurement is not fixed for an application measurement, the

measurement results are not displayed in the Report.
4. The basic measurement results are not displayed in the Report.
5. Volume measurement (Volume)
Only the channel for which measurement is being performed

(unconfirmed) can retain the measurement result after the image is
unfrozen. The measured values are cleared for channels where
measurement is complete.
6. Prostate measurement (Prostate)
The elliptical approximation method is used for calculating the

volume and mass. This means that the region to be measured may
be overestimated or underestimated.
7. Doppler Flow Volume measurement (F Vol VTI)
(1) When a range smaller than a single cardiac cycle is traced on

the Doppler waveform, the traced range is displayed as the
cycle time.
(2) When a range including two or more cardiac cycles is traced on

the Doppler waveform, the traced range is divided by the
number of detected peaks and the average is displayed as the
cycle time.
• When [Auto Point] is set to OFF, the traced range is

displayed as the cycle time.
No. 2B771-023EN
S-4
CAUTION: 8. Velocity measurement (F Vol Vel Trace)
(1) Be sure to trace the Doppler waveform for ranges that exceed a
single cardiac cycle so that two Ved points are included in the
traced range. Otherwise, the correct measurement result
cannot be obtained.
(2) The HR A and HR B values displayed in the Report and

Worksheet screens are calculated using the value (cycle time)
obtained by averaging the traced range by the number of
detected peaks.
When [Auto Point] is set to OFF and a range smaller than a
single cardiac cycle is traced, the traced range is set as the
cycle time.
9. Be sure to perform measurement within images. If the area outside

an image is included in a measurement, incorrect diagnosis may
result.
10. The detailed precautions for each measurement and function are
described in the corresponding section. Read and understand
these precautions before performing the measurement or using the
function.
11. Obstetric calculations
(1) Be sure to record the EDD (estimated delivery date) and the
measured data in the patient records.
Although this data can be saved in the system with the patient
ID and patient name using the SAVE function, the saved data
may be lost if the system breaks down.
(2) When the system date is changed, be sure to press .
Failure to press will result in abnormal display of the

trend graph and the number of weeks.
(3) When the Exam Preset is switched during measurement, all the
measurement results are cleared, except for the patient ID and
gestational age, which are saved.
(4) Enter the correct data for LMP (last menstrual period), IVF (in-
vitro fertilization date), CLIN (clinical examination date), and
PREV (previous examination date). Incorrect entry of these
parameters will result in incorrect EDD (estimated date of
delivery) calculation.
The date and GA entered for CLIN or PREV are used to calculate
LMP and GA, which are then used for measurement.
(5) Obstetric calculation data cannot be stored in the system or

updated unless the patient ID is entered.
No. 2B771-023EN
S-5
CAUTION: (6) Do not reach a diagnosis based only on the current measured
data and calculation results displayed on the report screen.
The diagnosis must always be based on an overall clinical
evaluation of the patient including past examination results
recorded on the patient's medical record.
(7) Measurements may be incorrect depending on the fetal

position. Do not reach a diagnosis based only on the measured
data and calculation results obtained using the measured data.
The diagnosis must always be based on an overall clinical
evaluation of the patient.
(8) Several fetal growth measurement methods are available.

Select the most appropriate method for the patient based on the
clinical judgment of a specialist.
12. Registration of OB calculation data
(1) Toshiba shall not be liable for any results obtained using this
registration function.
(2) This registration function has been developed solely for the
diagnostic ultrasound system SSA-590A. Inclusion of the
registration function in this version does not necessarily imply
that this function will also be included in upgraded versions or
future models.
(3) Use the registered data only after confirming that it is correct.
13. When entering or editing measured values using the OB Worksheet

function, check the numerical values and the units to make sure that
they have been entered correctly.
14. The data measured by other systems can be entered and edited
using the OB data list function. When entering or editing data,
confirm that the measurement item labels correspond to the
measured values. Also, check the numerical values and the units to
make sure that they have been entered correctly.
15. User registration of measurements
(1) Toshiba shall have no liability for any results obtained using the
user registration function.
(2) This user measurement registration software has been intended

for the diagnostic ultrasound system, model SSA-590A.
Toshiba does not assure that this function will be provided in
any future upgraded models or succeeding models.
No. 2B771-023EN
S-6
CAUTION: 16. Recording devices
(1) When recording diagnostic images, confirm that the displayed
patient ID and patient are correct. Recording diagnostic images
with an incorrect patient ID may result in incorrect diagnosis.
Confirm that the patient ID of the freeze image on the video
recording device is correct before performing measurements on
the image.
(2) If the message "IO ERROR" is displayed, the power switches of

the peripheral units and the cables between the system and the
peripheral units must be checked. Contact your Toshiba
service representative.
17. Data in temporary storage areas, such as the image memory, is

deleted when the power supply is turned OFF or when the New
Patient switch is pressed. Such data may also occasionally be
deleted due to accidents. To minimize the possibility of
reexamination being required as a result of unintended data
deletion, back up the required images on external storage media
such as DVDs, HDDs, or video recording devices.
18. The lossy data compression technique is always applied when JPG
images are recorded onto the HDD. Although this technique helps
increase the number of images that can be stored, it can cause
image deterioration. The amount of compression, therefore, must
be restricted so that the image quality is maintained at a level which
does not adversely affect diagnosis.
19. Do not perform measurements on video playback images acquired

with a system other than SSA-590A.
20. Before performing measurement on a video playback image,

confirm that the code displayed at the bottom of the monitor
matches the value that appears in the Playback Code field of the
Playback Calibration dialog when the measurement button is
pressed. If the code does not match the value displayed in the
Playback Code field, make them match by entering the code
displayed at the bottom of the monitor in the Playback Code field or
by taking other appropriate actions. It should be noted that
measurement cannot be performed on a video playback image if no
code is displayed at the bottom of the monitor. Also confirm that
the scale and graduations are displayed clearly. The scale and
graduations may not be seen clearly depending on when the
playback is paused. In this case, pause the playback again at a time
when the scale and graduations are clearly seen.
21. Compared with normal measurements, measurement accuracy

when using video playback images is lower. In the worst case, the
error may be 8%.
22. Do not shake or strike the video recording device while recording or
during playback. External force may damage the media.
23. Do not move the video recording device with media inserted.
External force applied during movement may damage the media.
No. 2B771-023EN
S-7
CAUTION: 24. Be sure to use the color printer to print color images. Color image
data may adversely affect black/white printing.
25. It is also possible to perform measurement using an image on which

measurement has been performed during examination and to print
the image with the results of the two measurements. In the case of
black-and-white printing, the caliper and measurement results for
the first measurement may be confused with those for the second
measurement. To prevent such confusion in later image viewing on
printed images, take appropriate measures such as placing an
identification mark at the head of the results of the first
measurement.
26. If the temperature at the transducer end exceeds 43°C while TEE
transducer is being used, this system operates as follows.
(1) The system freezes automatically. When the temperature

decreases, scanning is started automatically.
(2) If after 2 minutes the temperature remains at 43°C or higher, the

system must be restarted.
(3) While the warning message is displayed, all the switches other
than the New Patient and power switches are disabled.
27. To prevent the temperature of the end of the TEE transducer from
increasing, follow the instructions below.
(1) Keep the transducer end in contact with the walls of esophagus
or stomach.
(2) When images are not being observed, reduce the transmission
power (acoustic power) or freeze the images.
(3) When the transducer is used for a long period of time, set the
minimum transmission power needed to obtain the required
diagnostic information.
28. ACM
(1) ACM is provided for measuring "left ventricular outflow volume

(cardiac output) using long-axis color Doppler images of the left
ventricular cardiac apex". Note that ACM cannot be performed
with desirable precision for other cardiac functions (left
ventricular inflow volume, right ventricular outflow volume,
etc.).
(2) For ACM measurement, the adult cardiovascular sector

transducer PSM-30BT should be used. Although it is possible
to use the PSM-50AT, PSM-70AT, PEF-510MA, etc., the
precision of measurement cannot be guaranteed.
(3) ACM measurement is possible in CDI mode of ACM.

Although ACM measurement is also possible in other color
modes (PW Doppler simultaneous mode, etc.), precision of
measurement cannot be guaranteed due to reduced frame rate.
No. 2B771-023EN
S-8
CAUTION: 29. There are two types of measurement results: measurement values
that are measured directly by the user and calculation values that
are calculated from measurement values.
Measurement values are obtained by measurements performed by
the user and are rounded off.
Calculation values, on the other hand, are obtained by calculating
measurement values (internal values) without rounding off in order
to improve the accuracy of calculation and then rounding off the
calculation results.
Therefore, calculation values may differ from the values obtained by
calculating displayed measurement values.
30. Refer to the Operation Manual (Basic Volume) for precautions

regarding the use of this system.
No. 2B771-023EN
S-9
CAUTION: 1. Changing the Display Conditions for Markers and Other Items
(a) After a color setting is changed, confirm that the item is printed correctly.
Items may not be printed clearly depending on the selected color or printer
type.
(b) The printed color may appear different from the specified color.
2. Mean IMT Measurement / Thickness Measurement
(a) The mean IMT result is displayed to the second decimal place. However,
the result may not be accurate to 1/100 depending on the image
conditions.
(b) Understand the above limitation and use the obtained mean IMT values
and the values calculated based on the mean IMT values only for
reference.
(c) In MDA, a single quotation mark (') is added to the mean IMT
measurement value and to the calculation values that have been obtained
based on the mean IMT value.
Limitation: The value does not increment in steps of 0.01 due to the limited
resolution of ultrasound imaging. Even when the marker is
moved in 1-pixel steps, the displayed value does not precisely
follow each step.
3. When both Type (FG) and Type (GA) are set on the OB Table Registry (2D)
screen of the OB Calculation Registration menu, the same value should be
used in the Value column for the same GA. Otherwise, when the gestational
age is calculated from the Type (GA) data using the Week function, plotting is
not performed at the Mean position of the trend graph obtained from the Type
(FG) data (a point is not placed at the Mean position).
4. OB Report Function
(a) When Auto Average is set to ON in the OB item on the Exam Preset
screen, "AVG" is displayed at the upper right of the OB Report screen.
This is not displayed when Manual Average is set to ON using the
[Average] switch.
When the same item is measured more than one time, the mean value is
displayed in the Mean field on the OB Report screen.
(b) When the entry in the Anatomy field is cleared using the [All Clear] switch
during OB Twin mode, the data for the currently selected fetus only (Twin A
or Twin B) is cleared.
5. When [All Clear] on the OB Worksheet screen is selected in OB Twin mode, the
data for the currently selected fetus only (Twin A or Twin B) is cleared.
6. The OB trend graph is always plotted with the week data based on the LMP.
Even when "Weight Percentile for Age" is preset to "(U/S)", week data is always
plotted at the point calculated based on the LMP data.
7. When Parallel is selected as the Measurement Item, the type confirmation

message is displayed.
Even when [Yes] is selected for LV Type, the Sequence Type setting in the
Measurement Preset/LV (2D) or LV (M) page does not become effective.
No. 2B771-023EN
S-10
CAUTION: 8. Calculation Item
The measurement software uses the smaller unit for the measured value.
Regardless of the preset conditions, the decimal point needs to be shifted due
to the measurement result in the smaller unit being used in calculation.
9. If a blank line exists between items in the measurement window for editing the
measurement result display layout, the items below the blank line are not
displayed.
10. When a registered measurement is copied using the [Paste] switch with a copy
destination specified, the copied measurement item overwrites the specified
one. When a copy destination is not specified, the copied measurement item is
added to the bottom of the list.
11. Do not display BMP and JPG data that have been edited or registered by other
devices. Such data may be damaged.
12. Do not place the transducer end in water exceeding 60°C. The transducer may
be damaged.
13. If data exists in the cine memory when FEI mode is entered
When transition to FEI mode is selected, a dialog asking whether or not to clear
the cine memory is displayed. Select [OK] to clear the cine memory and
transition to the specified FEI mode. Pressing the [Cine Clear] switch also
clears the data in the cine memory and makes transition possible.
No. 2B771-023EN
S-11 *
Intellectual Property
Availability of This Software and Related Documents is

Restricted.
The software used for this system includes software owned by Toshiba Medical Systems
Corporation and licensed to Toshiba Medical Systems Corporation by a Licensor.
(1) The software and related documents must be used only for this system.
(2) The intellectual property of this software and related documents is not assigned to you.
(3) You must not copy the software or documents, nor modify the software in whole or in part.
(4) You must not recompile or reassemble the software.
(5) You must not assign, disclose, transfer, or sublicense the software or documents to a third
party.
(6) The software is subject to the U.S. and Japanese Export Administration Laws and
Regulations and you must not export or re-export the software in whole or in part unless
properly authorized by the U.S. or Japanese government.
(7) The information in the documents, or programs in the software are subject to change
without notice.
No. 2B771-023EN
L-1 *
Organization of the Operation
Manuals
1. Notation Conventions
In this operation manual, the following words are used in addition to the signal words related to
the safety precautions (refer to "Safety Precautions"). Please read this operation manual before
using the system.
NOTE: Indicates information of interest to users of system as to exceptional conditions or

operating procedures.
2. Operation Manuals
A TOSHIBA service person or instructor will explain the basic operating procedures for this
system at the time of delivery. However, read this operation manual carefully before using the
system in order to understand the detailed operating procedures, functions, performance, and
maintenance procedures. The organization of the documents supplied with this system is
shown below:
Operation manual for the main unit of the ultrasound system
Contains basic information about the system, including

Fundamentals
descriptions concerning preparation, operation,
inspection, and functions.
Contains descriptions of preset operations for various

Applications
types of registration (Preset) and methods of
measurement.
Acoustic power and Contains descriptions of acoustic power generated by

surface temperature data the ultrasound transducer.
Describe the operating and sterilization procedures for

Transducer operation manuals
transducers.
No. 2B771-023EN
U-1
3. Entry Keys
In this manual, keys on the keyboard are represented as shown in the table below.
Description Actual key operation
Press Z . Z
Press .
Press Shift .
Press Shift .
Press Shift Z . Z
Press while holding down Shift .
Press Enter .
Press .
The following switches on the main panel are represented as shown in the table below.
Description Actual switch operation
Press the SET switch.

Press .
Press the NEXT switch.

Press .
4. Screens in This Operation Manual

Depending on the software version, the preset settings, and whether options are used or not,
the actual screens may appear different from those shown in this manual.
No. 2B771-023EN
U-2 *
Table of Contents
Safety Precautions ......................................................................................................S-1

Intellectual Property ................................................................................................... L-1
Organization of the Operation Manuals ..................................................... U-1
System Setting Changes
1. Change and Registration of

Standard Settings ....................................................................... 1-1
1.1 Displaying the Preset Screen ......................................................... 1-1
1.2 Changing the System Environmental Settings

(System Configuration) ....................................................................... 1-2
1.3 Changing the Date and Time (Time Correction) ............... 1-3
1.4 Changing Image Parameter Settings

(Image Process) ........................................................................................ 1-4
1.5 Setting the Color Velocity Range (Scale Set) ..................... 1-5
1.6 Changing the Needle Mark (Needle Adapter) ..................... 1-6
1.7 Setting Parameters for Each Exam (Exam Preset) ......... 1-7
1.7.1 Changing the region name (name of the
anatomical region to be examined) ........................................................ 1-8
1.7.2 Changing initial settings in each mode................................................ 1-9
1.7.3 Changing display items in the measurement menu ..................... 1-10
1.7.4 Changing the functions assigned to

measurement switches ............................................................................. 1-11
1.7.5 Creating a user body mark menu.......................................................... 1-12
1.7.6 Changing and registering the annotation menu............................. 1-15
1.7.7 Changing and registering measurements......................................... 1-22
1.7.8 Changing items to be displayed in the menu .................................. 1-23
No. 2B771-023EN
-a-
1.7.9 Changing the hospital name and the
examination department ........................................................................... 1-24
1.8 Changing the Display Conditions for Markers and

Other Items (Visual Customize) .................................................. 1-25
Measurements
2. 2D-Mode Measurements .................................................... 2-1

2.1 Distance Measurement (Distance) .............................................. 2-1
2.1.1 Measurement procedures .......................................................................... 2-1
2.1.2 Modifying measurements ........................................................................... 2-2
2.2 Trace Length Measurement (Trace Length)......................... 2-3

2.2.1 Trace All ............................................................................................................. 2-4
2.2.2 Trace Spline ..................................................................................................... 2-5
2.3 Angle Measurement (Angle) ............................................................ 2-6

2.4 Area/Circumference Measurement (Area) ............................. 2-8

2.4.1 Trace All ............................................................................................................. 2-9
2.4.2 Trace Spline ................................................................................................... 2-10
2.4.3 Elliptical approximation (Ellipse) .......................................................... 2-11
2.4.4 Cross ................................................................................................................. 2-13
2.5 Volume Measurement (Volume).................................................. 2-15

2.5.1 Measurement procedures ........................................................................ 2-15
2.5.2 Modifying measurements ......................................................................... 2-16
2.6 Cross Measurement (Cross).......................................................... 2-17

No. 2B771-023EN
-b-
2.7 Parallel Measurement (Parallel) .................................................. 2-19
2.8 Joint Measurement (Joint) .............................................................. 2-21

2.9 Prostate Measurement (Prostate).............................................. 2-23
2.10 Percent Stenosis (% STENOSIS)................................................ 2-25
2.11 Left Ventricular Function Measurement (LV) .................... 2-26

2.11.1 SINGLE PLANE ELLIPSE method ......................................................... 2-27
2.11.2 BIPLANE ELLIPSE method ...................................................................... 2-29
2.11.3 BULLET method ........................................................................................... 2-31
2.11.4 SIMPSON'S method .................................................................................... 2-32
2.11.5 SIMPSON'S SINGLE PLANE method ................................................... 2-34
2.11.6 SIMPSON'S BIPLANE method ................................................................ 2-36
2.11.7 CUBE method ................................................................................................ 2-42
2.11.8 TEICHHOLZ method ................................................................................... 2-48
2.11.9 GIBSON method ........................................................................................... 2-48
2.12 2D-Mode Profile (2D-Profile) .......................................................... 2-49

2.12.3 Copying measurements ............................................................................ 2-50
2.13 Histogram Measurement (2D-Histogram) ............................ 2-51

2.13.2 Copying measurements ............................................................................ 2-51
2.14 Mean IMT Measurement .................................................................... 2-52

No. 2B771-023EN
-c-
2.15 Thickness Measurement .................................................................. 2-54

2.16 Circle Measurement ............................................................................. 2-56

3. M-Mode Measurements ....................................................... 3-1

3.1 Distance Measurement (Distance) .............................................. 3-1
3.1.2 Display layout for measured values ...................................................... 3-1
3.2 Time Measurement (Time)................................................................. 3-2
3.3 Slope Measurement (Slope)............................................................. 3-3

3.4 Heart Rate Measurement (HR)........................................................ 3-5
3.5 Left Ventricular Function Measurement (LV) ...................... 3-6

3.5.1 CUBE method (M-mode) ............................................................................. 3-7
3.5.2 TEICHHOLZ method ................................................................................... 3-12
3.5.3 GIBSON method ........................................................................................... 3-12
3.6 Mitral Valve Measurement (MV) .................................................. 3-13
3.7 Aortic Valve Measurement (Aortic) .......................................... 3-14
3.8 Percent Stenosis Measurement (% STENOSIS).............. 3-15
4. CDI-Mode Measurements ................................................. 4-1
No. 2B771-023EN
-d-
4.1 Flow Velocity (Color Vel).................................................................... 4-1
4.2 Color-Mode Profile Measurement (Color Profile) ............ 4-3
5. Doppler-Mode Measurements .................................... 5-1

5.1 Flow Velocity Measurement (Velocity) .................................... 5-1
5.2 Acceleration Measurement (Accel) ............................................ 5-2
5.3 Time Measurement (Time)................................................................. 5-3
5.4 Heart Rate Measurement (HR)........................................................ 5-3
5.5 Velocity Trace Measurement (Vel Trace) ............................... 5-4

5.5.1 Trace All ............................................................................................................. 5-4
5.5.2 Trace Spline ..................................................................................................... 5-6
5.5.3 Trace Line ......................................................................................................... 5-6
5.5.4 Auto-trace ......................................................................................................... 5-7
5.6 VTI Measurement (Conti. Equation) ......................................... 5-11
5.7 Doppler Flow Volume Measurement (F Vol VTI) ............. 5-12
5.8 Velocity Measurement (F Vol Vel Trace) .............................. 5-14
5.9 Velocity Ratio Measurement ......................................................... 5-16

5.9.1 RATIO measurement .................................................................................. 5-16
5.9.2 RI measurement (RI) ................................................................................... 5-18
5.10 Mitral Valve Measurement (Mitral Valve) .............................. 5-19
5.11 Mitral Valve Regurgitation Measurement

(Mitral Regurgitation: MR) ............................................................. 5-22
5.12 Aortic Valve Function Measurement (Aortic Valve) ..... 5-24
5.13 Aortic Valve Regurgitation Measurement

(Aortic Regurgitation: AR) ............................................................. 5-27
No. 2B771-023EN
-e-
5.14 Tricuspid Valve Measurement (Tricuspid Valve) ........... 5-28
5.15 Tricuspid Valve Regurgitation Measurement

(Tricuspid Regurgitation: TR) ..................................................... 5-30
5.16 Pulmonary Valve Measurement (Pulmonary Valve)..... 5-32
5.17 Pulmonary Vein Measurement (Pulmonary Vein).......... 5-35
6. Cardiac Report/Worksheet ............................................. 6-1

6.1 Report Function ........................................................................................ 6-2
6.2 Worksheet Function .............................................................................. 6-3
6.3 List of Cardiac Report/Worksheet

Measurement Titles ................................................................................ 6-5
7. Obstetric Calculations .......................................................... 7-1

7.1 Outline of Obstetric Calculations ................................................ 7-1
7.1.1 Outline of operating procedures ............................................................. 7-3
7.1.2 Abbreviations used ....................................................................................... 7-3
7.1.3 Items measured .............................................................................................. 7-4
7.1.4 Items calculated ............................................................................................. 7-7
7.1.5 Gestational age calculation data ............................................................. 7-9
7.2 Fetal Growth Measurement Menu ............................................. 7-15

7.2.1 2D-mode menu .............................................................................................. 7-15
7.2.2 Doppler-mode menu ................................................................................... 7-16
7.3 Entry and Calculation of OB Dates........................................... 7-17

7.3.1 LMP method ................................................................................................... 7-18
7.3.2 EDD method ................................................................................................... 7-18
7.3.3 PREV method ................................................................................................ 7-19
7.3.4 CLIN method .................................................................................................. 7-19
No. 2B771-023EN
-f-
7.3.5 Display of gestational age and estimated delivery date ............. 7-20
7.4 Measurement Methods ...................................................................... 7-21

7.4.1 Operating procedures for obtaining the number of weeks ....... 7-21
7.4.2 Amniotic fluid index measurements (AFI)......................................... 7-22
7.4.3 Cardio-thorax area ratio measurements (CTAR) ............................ 7-23
7.5 Registering OB Calculation Data ............................................... 7-24

7.5.1 Starting up the registration menu for OB Calculation data ....... 7-26
7.5.2 Setting procedures...................................................................................... 7-29
7.6 Birth Registration .................................................................................. 7-43
7.7 Anatomy Customize ............................................................................ 7-45
7.8 OB Item Registration ........................................................................... 7-49

7.8.1 Starting up the OB Item registration screen .................................... 7-49
7.8.2 OB Item (2D) screen.................................................................................... 7-50
7.8.3 OB Item (2D) Save screen ........................................................................ 7-54
7.8.4 OB Item (2D) Load screen ........................................................................ 7-55
7.9 OB Item D-Mode Registration ....................................................... 7-56

7.9.1 Starting up the OB Item D-mode registration screen ................... 7-56
7.9.2 OB Item D-mode screen ............................................................................ 7-57
7.9.3 OB Item (D Mode) Save screen .............................................................. 7-59
7.9.4 OB Item (D Mode) Load screen .............................................................. 7-60
8. OB Report/Worksheet ........................................................... 8-1

8.1 Outline .............................................................................................................. 8-1
8.2 OB Report Function ............................................................................... 8-1
8.3 OB Worksheet Function ..................................................................... 8-7
8.4 OB Datalist Function ........................................................................... 8-12
No. 2B771-023EN
-g-
8.5 OB Trend Graph Function ............................................................... 8-15
9. User Registration of Measurements ................. 9-1

9.1 What Is User Registration of Measurements ...................... 9-1
9.2 Invoking the Preset Screen .............................................................. 9-1
9.3 User Registration of Measurements

(Measure Registration) ........................................................................ 9-2
9.3.1 Adding a measurement to the
user-registered measurements................................................................ 9-3
9.3.2 Adding a calculation item ........................................................................ 9-10
9.3.3 Setting a preset............................................................................................. 9-17
9.3.4 Editing the measurement result display layout .............................. 9-18
9.3.5 Saving the user-registered measurements ...................................... 9-23
9.4 Modifying a User-Registered Measurement

(Modify) ......................................................................................................... 9-24
9.5 Copying a User-Registered Measurement Sample

(Sample Copy).......................................................................................... 9-25
9.6 Copying a Registered Measurement (Copy) ..................... 9-26
9.7 Loading a User-Registered Measurement from

External Media (Upload) ................................................................... 9-27
9.8 Saving a User-Registered Measurement on

External Media (Save) ......................................................................... 9-28
9.9 Clearing All the User-Registered Measurement

(All Clear) ..................................................................................................... 9-29
9.10 Terminating Measure Registration (Exit) ............................. 9-29
9.11 Executing a User-Registered Measurement ...................... 9-29
Optional Unit Operation
10. Recording Devices .................................................................. 10-1
No. 2B771-023EN
-h-
10.1 Video Recording Device ................................................................... 10-2
10.1.1 Recording to the video recording device .......................................... 10-2
10.1.2 Operation using the menu ....................................................................... 10-2
10.1.3 Operations from the main panel ............................................................ 10-4
10.1.4 Daily checks for the recording function of the

video recording device .............................................................................. 10-5
10.1.5 Measurement using video playback images .................................... 10-7
10.2 Printer ........................................................................................................... 10-10
10.3 HDD ................................................................................................................ 10-11

10.3.1 Saving images ............................................................................................. 10-11
10.3.2 Procedures for displaying saved images ........................................ 10-12
11. How to Use the Transducer ......................................... 11-1

11.1 PEF-510MA ................................................................................................. 11-1
11.1.1 Icon display setting..................................................................................... 11-1
11.1.2 Indication of the rotation angle.............................................................. 11-2
11.1.3 Temperature control ................................................................................... 11-3
11.1.4 Temperature detection function check procedure ........................ 11-5
11.2 PVM-740RT ................................................................................................. 11-6

11.2.1 Selecting the scanning plane ................................................................. 11-6
11.2.2 Display example ........................................................................................... 11-7
Optional Software Operation
12. THI (Tissue Harmonic Imaging)

Display Mode ................................................................................... 12-1
12.1 What Is THI Mode? ................................................................................ 12-1
12.2 Operating Procedures ........................................................................ 12-1
No. 2B771-023EN
-i-
13. TDI (Tissue Doppler Imaging)
Display Mode ................................................................................... 13-1
13.1 What Is TDI Mode? ................................................................................ 13-1
13.3 PW-TDI Mode ............................................................................................ 13-2
14. CI/FEI Mode ........................................................................................ 14-1

14.1 Outline of CI/FEI Modes .................................................................... 14-1
14.2 Display in CI/FEI Mode ....................................................................... 14-2
14.3 Image Adjustment on the Main Panel..................................... 14-5
14.4 Image Adjustment Using the Menu .......................................... 14-6
14.5 Cine Memory Operating Procedure ....................................... 14-18
15. Time Intensity Curve (TIC)

Measurements ............................................................................... 15-1
15.1 Features of the Time Intensity Curve (TIC)
Measurement Function...................................................................... 15-1
15.3 Display Format of the Time Intensity Curve ...................... 15-8
15.4 TIC Data File Output .......................................................................... 15-10
16. Dynamic Flow Mode .............................................................. 16-1

16.1 Features of Dynamic Flow Mode ................................................ 16-1
16.2 Operating Procedure ........................................................................... 16-1
17. Automated Cardiac Flow Measurement

(ACM) .......................................................................................................... 17-1
No. 2B771-023EN
-j-
17.1 Outline of ACM......................................................................................... 17-1
17.2 Features of ACM ..................................................................................... 17-1
17.3 Precautions for Measurement ...................................................... 17-2
17.4 Display of the Menus .......................................................................... 17-5
17.5 Operating Procedure ........................................................................... 17-7
17.6 Display Format for Measurement Results .......................... 17-9
17.7 Restrictions .............................................................................................. 17-10
17.8 Flow Volume Calculation Method ............................................ 17-11
17.9 List of Related Documents ........................................................... 17-13
18. References .......................................................................................... 18-1

18.1 Measurement Item................................................................................. 18-2
18.1.1 AA ....................................................................................................................... 18-2
18.1.2 AC ....................................................................................................................... 18-2
18.1.3 APAD ............................................................................................................... 18-12
18.1.4 APTD ............................................................................................................... 18-12
18.1.5 BPD .................................................................................................................. 18-13
18.1.6 CER .................................................................................................................. 18-27
18.1.7 Cervix Len no charts .............................................................................. 18-29
18.1.8 Cist. Magna no charts............................................................................ 18-29
18.1.9 Clavicle ........................................................................................................... 18-29
18.1.10 CRL .................................................................................................................. 18-30
18.1.11 Fibula .............................................................................................................. 18-36
18.1.12 FL ...................................................................................................................... 18-36
18.1.13 Foot .................................................................................................................. 18-50
18.1.14 FTA ................................................................................................................... 18-51
No. 2B771-023EN
-k-
18.1.15 GS ..................................................................................................................... 18-52
18.1.16 HA ..................................................................................................................... 18-54
18.1.17 HC ..................................................................................................................... 18-55
18.1.18 Humerus ........................................................................................................ 18-63
18.1.19 Kidney............................................................................................................. 18-65
18.1.20 NT no charts .............................................................................................. 18-65
18.1.21 Ocular D no charts .................................................................................. 18-65
18.1.22 OFD .................................................................................................................. 18-65
18.1.23 OOD ................................................................................................................. 18-69
18.1.24 Radius ............................................................................................................. 18-70
18.1.25 TAD .................................................................................................................. 18-71
18.1.26 TC no charts .............................................................................................. 18-71
18.1.27 THD .................................................................................................................. 18-72
18.1.28 Tibia ................................................................................................................. 18-73
18.1.29 TTD ................................................................................................................... 18-73
18.1.30 Ulna .................................................................................................................. 18-74
18.1.31 Umb VD no charts ................................................................................... 18-74
18.1.32 Yolk Sac no charts .................................................................................. 18-74
18.2 Calculation Item .................................................................................... 18-75

18.2.1 AC ..................................................................................................................... 18-75
18.2.2 AXT (APTD*TTD) ........................................................................................ 18-75
18.2.3 HC ..................................................................................................................... 18-77
18.2.4 EFW ................................................................................................................. 18-78
18.3 Doppler ........................................................................................................ 18-85

18.3.1 Fetal Ao RI .................................................................................................... 18-85
18.3.2 Fetal Ao PI ..................................................................................................... 18-86
18.3.3 MCA RI ............................................................................................................ 18-88
No. 2B771-023EN
-l-
18.3.4 MCA PI ............................................................................................................ 18-90
18.3.5 Umb A RI........................................................................................................ 18-92
18.3.6 Umb A PI ........................................................................................................ 18-94
18.3.7 Lt Uterin RI .................................................................................................... 18-96
18.3.8 Lt Uterin PI .................................................................................................... 18-96
18.3.9 Rt Uterin RI ................................................................................................... 18-97
18.3.10 Rt Uterin PI ................................................................................................... 18-97
18.4 Recommended Ratios no charts ........................................... 18-98
19. Workflow ................................................................................................ 19-1

19.1 Outline of the Workflow Operating Procedure ................ 19-1
19.2 Flow Window ............................................................................................. 19-2
19.3 Workflow Operation Examples .................................................... 19-2
20. Free Cursor ........................................................................................ 20-1

20.1 Outline of the Free Cursor Function ....................................... 20-1
20.2 Details of the Free Cursor Function ........................................ 20-1
20.3 Description of Objects ....................................................................... 20-4
No. 2B771-023EN
-m- *
1. Change and Registration of
Standard Settings
Standard settings (presets) such as image parameters are saved in the system.
This section describes the procedures for changing and saving presets.
1.1 Displaying the Preset Screen
(1) Press . The Exam Select menu is displayed.
(2) Select [Preset] in the Exam Select menu. The following Preset screen appears.
On this screen, settings can be changed and registered.
<1> <3>
<2> <4>
<5>
<6> <9>
<7> <10>
<8>
<11>
<12>
No. Switch Description

<1> System Used to change the initial settings (settings at power ON) such as
Configuration the preset settings and the scroll bar width.
<2> Time Correction Used to change the date and time.
<3> Image Process Used to change image parameters (IPs).
<4> Scale Set Used to set the scale for switching the blood flow velocity range.
<5> Needle Adapter Used to change the needle mark display.
<6> Exam Preset Used to change the parameters for each Exam.
<7> Measure Used to register the measurements.
Registration Refer to section 9 "User Registration of Measurements" for details.
<8> OB Registration Item related to OB Registration. For details, refer to section 7
"Obstetric Calculations".
<9> Maintenance Used to perform system tests and system maintenance.
<10> ADM Maintenance Used for advanced data management unit maintenance.
<11> Preset Copy Used to back up the preset data.
<12> Exit Used to close the Preset menu.
No. 2B771-023EN
1-1
1.2 Changing the System Environmental Settings (System
Configuration)
(1) Select [System Configuration] on the Preset screen.
The System Configuration screen appears.
(2) When an item for which the setting is to be changed is selected, the choices
available appear in the right box.
(3) After selecting the desired setting, press [OK]. The setting is changed.
No. 2B771-023EN
1-2
1.3 Changing the Date and Time (Time Correction)
(1) Select [Time Correction] on the Preset screen.
The Time Correction screen appears.
(2) After changing the date and (or) time, press [OK]. The date and (or) time are
changed.
No. 2B771-023EN
1-3
1.4 Changing Image Parameter Settings (Image Process)
Changes the image parameter settings to be set when the 2D IP switch and CDI IP
switch on the main panel are pressed.
(1) Select [Image Process] on the Preset screen.
The Image Process screen appears.
Select the mode.

Select the IP Type.
(2) Select the IP Type for which settings are to be changed.
(3) When an item for which the setting is to be changed is selected, a pull-down menu
appears, listing the available choices.
No. 2B771-023EN
1-4
1.5 Setting the Color Velocity Range (Scale Set)
In this system, the velocity range (Scale) for Color Doppler imaging is preset for each
organ. It is possible to customize (program) the scale table.
(1) Select [Scale Set] in the Preset screen. The Scale Set screen is displayed.
(2) Select the mode, IP Type, and Data No. for which the scale setting is to be
changed.
(3) Select the item to be changed. The pull-down menu is displayed to show a list of
options.
(4) Select the desired setting and press [OK]. The setting is changed.
No. 2B771-023EN
1-5
1.6 Changing the Needle Mark (Needle Adapter)
The needle mark to be displayed differs depending on the transducer or biopsy adapter
used. When the transducer has two or more biopsy adapters available, [Needle
Adapter] allows a biopsy adapter to be selected and the corresponding needle mark is
displayed.
(1) Select [Needle Adapter] on the Preset screen.
The Needle Adapter screen appears. The model names of the transducers currently
available and the biopsy adapters currently selected are listed in the left box.
(2) Select the transducer for which the setting is to be changed in the left box.
The biopsy adapters available for the selected transducer are listed in the right box.
(3) After selecting the biopsy adapter to be set, press [OK]. The setting is changed.
No. 2B771-023EN
1-6
1.7 Setting Parameters for Each Exam (Exam Preset)
To change the settings for the selected Exam, press the PRESET switch on the main
panel.
(1) Select [Exam Preset] on the Preset screen.
The Exam Preset screen appears.
(2) Select the Exam for which the settings are to be changed. To change the name of
the Exam, press [SET] and enter the new name.
Exam
<1>
<2>
<3>
<4>
<5>
<6>
<7>
<8>
<9>
<10>
<11>

<1> Region Select Used to set the region name (name of the anatomical region to
be examined).
<2> Condition Set Used to change initial settings such as image parameters in
each mode.
<3> Measure Item Select Used to set the items to be displayed in the menu in
measurement mode.
<4> Auto Measurement Used to set the measurement to be started when the
measurement switch on the main panel is pressed.
<5> OB Item (2D) Used to register the OB measurement items. For details, refer
to section 7.
<6> OB Item (D Mode) Used to register the Doppler OB measurement items. For
details, refer to section 7.
<7> Measurement Preset Used to set measurement-related presets.
<8> Body Mark Used to create a user menu consisting of body marks that are
used often.
<9> Annotation Used to add, delete, and modify annotations (comments).
<10> Custom Popup Used to set the items to be displayed in the menu.
<11> Hospital Name Used to register the hospital name.
No. 2B771-023EN
1-7
1.7.1 Changing the region name (name of the anatomical region to be
examined)
(1) Select [Region Select] on the Exam Preset screen.
The Region Select screen appears.
(2) After selecting the region name to be set, press [OK]. The setting is changed.
(3) When the region is to be changed for a body mark or annotation, move the cursor
to the check box and press the SET switch to place a check mark in the check
box.
(4) Press [OK].
No. 2B771-023EN
1-8
1.7.2 Changing initial settings in each mode
(1) Select [Condition Set] on the Exam Preset screen.
The Condition Set screen appears.
Select the mode.
Choice display column
(2) Select the mode and the item to be set. The choices available are displayed in the
right box.
No. 2B771-023EN
1-9
1.7.3 Changing display items in the measurement menu
(1) Select [Measure Item Select] on the Exam Preset screen.
The Measure Item Select screen appears.

The names of the available measurements are listed in the left box.
Up to 17 menu items can be displayed on a page. The 18th menu item is

displayed on the second page.
(2) Select the measurement item to be added to the menu and press [Add].
The selected item is displayed in the right-side Order List box.
To delete an item from the Order List box, select the item and then press [Delete].
(3) After completing addition and deletion, press [OK]. The setting is changed.
No. 2B771-023EN
1-10
1.7.4 Changing the functions assigned to measurement switches
Sets the measurement item to be started when , , or a measurement switch
that has been registered via the user function is pressed.
(1) Select [Auto Measurement] on the Exam Preset screen.
The Auto Measurement screen appears.
(2) Select the Measure SW for which the setting is to be changed and press [Select].
The measurement list appears.
(3) Select the measurement to be set from the measurement list and press [OK].
* In application measurement mode, the detailed measurement items are listed in

the column on the right. If a measurement is selected in the left column and no
detailed measurement items are selected in the right column, the list of detailed
measurement items is displayed when [OK] is pressed.
If the detailed measurement items are also selected, the measurements for the
selected items are started when [OK] is pressed.
(4) After completing setting, press [OK]. The setting is changed.
No. 2B771-023EN
1-11
1.7.5 Creating a user body mark menu
It is possible to create a user menu consisting of body marks that are used often.
When the body mark switch on the main panel is pressed, the mark registered at top of
this menu is displayed.
(1) Select [Body Mark] on the Exam Preset screen.
The Body Mark screen appears. The selectable marks are displayed in the left box.
The right box is the area in which the user menu is created.
<1>
<2>
<3>
<4>
<5>
<6>
<7>
<8>
<9>
(2) Create a user menu.

<1> Region When another anatomical region is selected here, the
body marks for the selected anatomical region are
displayed.
<2> Add Select the mark to be registered in the menu and press
[Add]. The selected mark is added to the right box.
<3> Delete Deletes the selected mark.
<4> Transducer Sets a transducer mark at the selected mark.
The transducer mark angle can be changed by
operating the MEAS.EDIT dial, and the transducer mark
position can be changed using the trackball.
To set the transducer mark position, press SET .
<5> Up Moves the selected mark up by one line.

<6> Down Moves the selected mark down by one line.
<7> Position Displays the position comment such as UP and SP for
the body mark.
<8> Default Resets all settings to the initial settings.
<9> Registration Edits and registers the body mark.
No. 2B771-023EN
1-12
(3) After completing setting, press [OK]. The setting is changed.
• Editing and registration of the body mark
Follow the steps below to create and register a body mark.
(a) Select [User] in the Region pull-down menu.
(b) Press [Registration]. The edit screen shown below is displayed.
Edit window Reference window
<3>
<1> <7>
<2> <6> <8>
<4> <5> <9> <10>

<1> Upside/Down Flips the edit mark vertically.
<2> Left/Right Flips the edit mark horizontally.
<3> Up, Down, Left, Right Moves the edit mark by 1 pixel up, down, left, or right.
<4> Save Saves the mark data in the external memory device.
<5> Upload Loads the mark data from the external memory device.
<6> Reference Loads the body mark to be referred to from among the list of
registered body marks into the reference window (right area of
the screen).
<7> All Clear Clears the changes to the body mark.
<8> Copy Copies the reference body mark from the reference window to
the edit window (left area of the screen).
<9> OK Registers the edited body mark and returns to the body mark
selection screen.
<10> Cancel Returns to the body mark selection screen without registering
the edited body mark.
No. 2B771-023EN
1-13
(c) Edit the body mark by following the following steps.
<1> Use the trackball to move the cursor to the dot to be changed on the edit
window.
<2> Press the SET switch. The color of the dot changes to white.
<3> Press the SET switch again with the cursor positioned at the same dot. The
color of the dot returns to black.
No. 2B771-023EN
1-14
1.7.6 Changing and registering the annotation menu
It is possible to change the annotation (comment) menu registered in the system.
(1) Select [Annotation] on the Exam Preset screen.
The Annotation screen appears.

The annotations currently registered are listed in the [Annotation Data] box.
Character entry box

<1>
<2>
<3>
<4>
<5>
<6>
<7>
<8>
<9>
(2) Edit the registered comments.

<1> Modify Modifies registered annotations. Select the annotation
to be modified, modify the annotation displayed in the
character entry box, and then press [Modify].
<2> Add Enter a new comment in the character entry box and
press [Add]. The new comment is added at the bottom
of the [Annotation Data] box.
<3> Insert Select the line above which an annotation is to be
inserted, enter the desired annotation in the character
entry box, and press [Insert]. The new annotation is
inserted just above the selected line.
<4> Delete Word Deletes the selected annotation.
<5> Up Moves the selected annotation up by one line.
<6> Down Moves the selected annotation down by one line.
<7> Sort (A-Z) Sorts the annotations in ascending alphabetic order.
<8> Sort (Z-A) Sorts the annotations in descending alphabetic order.
<9> Default Resets all settings to the initial settings.
(3) After completing editing, press [OK]. The data is saved.
No. 2B771-023EN
1-15
<<List of annotation>>
The following annotations are set in this system before shipment.
• General
Symbol on screen Full description

Liver Liver
RHV Right Hepatic Vein
MHV Middle Hepatic Vein
LHV Left Hepatic Vein
HV Hepatic Vein
PV Portal Vein
IVC Inferior Vena Cava
AO Aorta
GB Gallbladder
BD Bile Duct
CBD Common Bile Duct
SMA Superior Mesenteric Artery
Pancreas Pancreas
PD Pancreatic Duct
SPV Splenic Vein
SPA Splenic Artery
Spleen Spleen
Kidney Kidney
R- Right
L- Left
Stone Stone
Shadow Shadow
Polyp Polyp
Tumor Tumor
Cyst Cyst
Gas Gas
Fatty Fatty Tissue
Ascites Ascites
META Metastasis
No. 2B771-023EN
1-16
• OB/GYN

Anterior Anterior
Cyst Cyst
Gas Gas
GS Gestational Sac
Yolk-Sac Yolk Sac
Fetus Fetus
Heart Heart
Head Head
Tail Tail
Amnion Amnion
UC Umbilical Cord
Uterus Uterus
Placenta Placenta
BL Bladder
Ovary Ovary
Douglas Douglas
IUD Intrauterine Device
Follicle Follicle
Venous Venous
Posterior Posterior
R- Right
L- Left
UT-Artery Uterine Artery
UM-Artery Umbilical Artery
UM-Vein Umbilical Vein
Tumor Tumor
Myoma Myoma
No. 2B771-023EN
1-17
• Other

CCA Common Carotid Artery
ICA Internal Carotid Artery
ECA External Carotid Artery
BIF Bifurcation
JUG-V Jugular Vein
IJV Internal Jugular Vein
EJV External Jugular Vein
AJV Anterior Jugular Vein
S-TH-A Superior Thyroid Artery
I-TH-A Inferior Thyroid Artery
VERT-A Vertebral Artery
CFA Common Femoral Artery
SFA-DIST Distal Superficial Femoral Artery
SFA-PROX Proximal Superficial Femoral Artery
PFA Profunda Femoris Artery
CFV Common Femoral Vein
SFV Superficial Femoral Vein
POP-A Popliteal Artery
POP-V Popliteal Vein
SV Saphenous Vein
PTA Posterior Tibial Artery
ATA Anterior Tibial Artery
PTV Posterior Tibial Vein
ATV Anterior Tibial Vein
PER-A Peroneal Fibular Artery
PER-V Peroneal Vein
ACA Anterior Cerebral Artery
MCA Middle Cerebral Artery
BR-A Brachial Artery
BR-V Brachial Vein
UL-A Ulnar Artery
PCA Posterior Cerebral Artery
AX-A Axillary Artery
RACL-A Raclial Artery
CIA Common Iliac Artery
IIC Internal Iliac Artery
EIA External Iliac Artery
CIV Common Iliac Vein
IIV Internal Iliac Vein
EIV External Iliac Vein
No. 2B771-023EN
1-18
• Cardiac

LV Left Ventricle
RV Right Ventricle
LA Left Atrium
RA Right Atrium
AO Aorta
PA Pulmonary Artery
P Vein Pulmonary Vein
LVOT Left Ventricular Outflow Tract
RVOT Right Ventricular Outflow Tract
IAS Interatrial Septum
IVS Interventricular Septum
MV Mitral Valve
AV Aortic Valve
TV Tricuspid Valve
PV Pulmonary Valve
AML Anterior Mitral Valve Leaflet
PML Posterior Mitral Valve Leaflet
Diastole Diastole
Systole Systole
LVPW Left Ventricle Posterior Wall
END Endocardium
EPI Epicardium
PM Papillary Muscle
MR Mitral Regurgitation
AR Aortic Regurgitation
TR Tricuspid Regurgitation
PR Pulmonic Regurgitation
MS Mitral Stenoisis
AS Aortic Stenosis
TS Tricuspid Stenosis
PS Pulmonic Stenoisis
ASD Atrial Septal Defect
VSD Ventricular Septal Defect
PDA Patent Ductus Arteriosus
No. 2B771-023EN
1-19
• Urology

R- Right
L- Left
Kidney Kidney
CE Central Echoes
RA Renal Artery
RV Rental Vein
Ureter Ureter
BL Urinary Bladder
Prostate Prostate Gland
Transition Z Transition Zone
Peripheral Z Peripheral Zone
Central Z Central Zone
Seminal V Seminal Vesicle
Urethra Urethra
Testis Testis
Epi Epididymis
Stone Stone
Shadow Shadow
Tumor Tumor
Cyst Cyst
Gas Gas
Ascites Ascites
Meta Meta Stasis
Rectum Rectum
Liver Liver
Spleen Spleen
AO Aorta
No. 2B771-023EN
1-20
• Orthopedics

R- Right
L- Left
Arm Arm
Elbow Elbow
Hand Hand
Wrist Wrist
Finger Finger
Leg Leg
Thigh Thigh
Upper leg Upper Leg
Foot Foot
Knee Knee
Lower leg Lower Leg
Ankle Ankle
Toe Toe
Heel Heel
Achilles'tendon Achilles Tendon
Lumbago Lumbago
Joint Pain Joint Pain
Trauma Trauma
Bone fracture Bone Fracture
Dislocation Dislocation
Sprain Sprain
No. 2B771-023EN
1-21
1.7.7 Changing and registering measurements
It is possible to set the initial values for measurement-related parameters.
(1) Select [Measurement Preset] on the Exam Preset screen.
The Measurement Preset screen appears.

The items for which settings can be changed are displayed in the left box.
Tab
(2) Select the tab for which parameters are to be set.
Tab name Description

General Displays setting items common to all measurements.
Application Displays setting items related to application measurements.
Unit Displays setting items related to the units used during
measurement.
LV (2D) Displays setting items related to LV (2D) measurements.
LV (M) Displays setting items related to LV (M) measurements.
Area Method Displays setting items related to Area Method measurements.
Mean Velocity Displays setting items related to Mean Velocity measurements.
ACM Displays setting items related to ACM measurements.
Velocity Trace Displays setting items related to Velocity Trace measurements.
Other Displays setting items related to other measurements.
OB Displays setting items related to OB measurements.
Report Displays the setting items related to the report function.
(3) Select the item to be set. The choices available are listed in [Modify Value List].
(4) When the cursor is moved to the item to be set, the setting in the Type column
changes
(5) After completing setting, press [OK].
No. 2B771-023EN
1-22
1.7.8 Changing items to be displayed in the menu
(1) Select [Custom Popup] on the Exam Preset screen.
The Custom Popup screen appears. The selectable items are displayed in the left
box.
(2) Select the measurement item to be added to the menu and press [Add].
The selected item is displayed in the right-side Popup Item box.
To delete an item from the Popup Item box, select the item and press [Delete].
(3) After completing addition and deletion, press [OK].
No. 2B771-023EN
1-23
1.7.9 Changing the hospital name and the examination department
(1) Select [Hospital Name] on the Exam Preset screen.
The Hospital Name screen appears.
(2) After entering the hospital name, press [OK]. The following screen appears.
(3) Press [OK]. The changes become effective for all Exams. The system returns to
the Exam Preset screen.
No. 2B771-023EN
1-24
1.8 Changing the Display Conditions for Markers and Other
Items (Visual Customize)
The color and character size of measurement markers, annotations, body marks, and
various other items can be changed.
CAUTION: 1. After a color setting is changed, confirm that the item is printed
correctly. Items may not be printed clearly depending on the selected
color or printer type.
2. The printed color may appear different from the specified color.
NOTE: Dark colors cannot be selected using the Measurement or Application menu.
If a dark color is selected, the message "Canceled: This color is too dark. At
least one value for RGB should be 128 or higher" is displayed.
* Dark colors: Colors in which all three RGB components are less than 128
in the range between 0 and 255
(1) Select [System Configuration] on the Preset screen.
The System Configuration screen is displayed.
No. 2B771-023EN
1-25
(2) Press [Visual Customize]. The Visual Customize screen is displayed. Change the
color and character size using this screen.
<1> <2> <3>
<4>
<5> <6> <7> <8> <9>

<1> Measurement Displays the screen for setting the color of the measurement
marker and graph.
The color of the ROI and graph for TIC measurement can also be
specified on the displayed screen.
<2> Popup Displays the screen for setting the color and character size of the
pop-up menus.
<3> Application Displays the screen for setting the color of body marks and
annotations.
<4> Enable Enables setting on this screen.
<5> Load Loads the settings file from the DVD or CD.
<6> Save Saves the settings file on the DVD or CD.
<7> Default Resets all settings to the initial values.
<8> OK Registers the changes and returns the display to the System
Configuration screen.
<9> Cancel Returns the display to the System Configuration screen without
registering the changes.
No. 2B771-023EN
1-26 *
2. 2D-Mode Measurements
2.1 Distance Measurement (Distance)
The distance between two points is measured.
2.1.1 Measurement procedures

(1) Select [Distance] from the menu and the start point
marker will appear.
(2) Move the marker to the measurement start point with the
trackball. To fix the marker, press SET .
(3) Move the marker to the measurement end point using

the trackball.
(4) Press SET to fix the end point. The channel

identification mark "A" will appear and the measured A
value is fixed.
(5) Press NEXT or select [Distance] from the menu.

A new start point marker appears. Proceed with A
measurement in the same manner.
<<Display layout for measured values>>
Dist A 999.9 mm
No. 2B771-023EN
2-1
2.1.2 Modifying measurements
The following descriptions assume that CH C is modified.
(1) When measurement has been performed for more than

one point, select the channel to be modified from [CH] A B
in the menu window. Then, close the menu window
and press SET .
* To modify the most recently measured channel, press

SET . Modification of the channel is then possible.
(2) Move the start point. Move the marker to the

measurement start point with the trackball and press A B
SET . If it is not necessary to move the start point,
C
just press SET . The start point is fixed.
(3) Next, move the end point.

Press SET again. The end point can be moved. A B
(4) Move the marker to the desired measurement end point

using the trackball and press SET . The end point is A B
fixed.
C
No. 2B771-023EN
2-2
2.2 Trace Length Measurement (Trace Length)
The following two measurement methods are available:
• Trace All : Measures the length traced using the trackball.
• Trace Spline : Measures the length of the curve created by connecting the set points.
<<Selecting a measurement method>>
When the Trace Length measurement is selected, measurement is started using the
preset measurement method (one of the 2 measurement methods). To select another
measurement method, follow the procedures below.
(1) Select [Select] from the menu. The General Select screen appears.
(2) Select the desired measurement method and press SET .
General Select screen
No. 2B771-023EN
2-3
2.2.1 Trace All
(1) Confirm that the Trace Length Method is set to Trace All.
Select [Trace Length] from the menu. The marker for
the first point is displayed.
(2) Move the marker to the measurement start point using

the trackball and press SET .
The first point is fixed and the marker for the second
point appears, overlapping the first point.
(3) Move the marker gradually along the circumference of

the target object using the trackball.
If the locus is to be modified during tracing, rotate the
MEAS EDIT dial counterclockwise to undo the trace 10
pixels at a time. If the trace is undone more than
desired, rotate the MEAS EDIT dial clockwise to redo
the trace 10 pixels at a time.
(4) When SET is pressed, the marker is fixed.
Dist A 999.9 mm
No. 2B771-023EN
2-4
2.2.2 Trace Spline
(1) Confirm that the Trace Length Method is set to [Trace
Spline]. Select [Trace Length] from the menu. The first
point marker is displayed.

The first point is fixed and the second point marker
appears.
(3) Operate the trackball to move the second point marker

to the desired position and press SET . The second
point is fixed, the third point marker appears, and a
curve drawn based on the first and second points is
displayed.
(4) In the same manner, set the third and subsequent

points.
If the locus is to be modified, rotate the MEAS EDIT dial
counterclockwise to undo the trace one point at a time.
If the trace is undone more than desired, rotate the
MEAS EDIT dial clockwise to redo the trace one point at
a time.
(5) When SET is pressed twice at the same point, the end
point is fixed. A
Dist A 999.9 mm
No. 2B771-023EN
2-5
2.3 Angle Measurement (Angle)
The angle between two straight lines is measured.

(1) Select [Angle] from the menu. The first marker is
displayed.
(2) Move the marker to the measurement point with the

trackball.
Rotate it to any angle using the MEAS EDIT dial.
(3) Press SET to fix the marker. A second marker

perpendicular to the first marker is displayed.
(4) Move the marker to the measurement point with the

trackball. Rotate it to any angle using the MEAS EDIT
dial.
(5) Press SET to fix the marker. The measured angle is

fixed. A A
Angle A 0 (180)°
No. 2B771-023EN
2-6
(1) Select [CH] in the menu to select the channel to be
modified from among "A" to "H". To modify the channel
measured last, press SET . A
(2) Modify the first marker. Move it to any position using the
trackball and press SET . If it is not necessary to A
A
move it, just press SET . The angle can be changed
using the MEAS EDIT dial.
(3) When SET is pressed again, the second marker can

be modified.
(4) Move the marker to any position with the trackball and
press SET . A
A
No. 2B771-023EN
2-7
2.4 Area/Circumference Measurement (Area)
The following four measurement methods are available:
• Trace All : The path traced by operating the trackball along the circumference of
the target object is used to calculate the approximate
area/circumference.
• Trace Spline : The interpolated curve for the points set for measurement is used to
calculate the approximate area/circumference.
• Ellipse : The elliptical approximation is used to calculate the approximate

area/circumference.
• Cross : A figure drawn based on two perpendicular lines is used to calculate

the approximate area/circumference.
<<Selecting a measurement method>>
When the Area measurement is selected, measurement is started using the preset
measurement method (one of the 4 measurement methods). To select another
measurement method, follow the procedures below.
(1) Select [Select] from the menu. The General Select screen appears.
(2) Select the desired measurement method and press SET .
General Select screen
No. 2B771-023EN
2-8
2.4.1 Trace All
(1) Confirm that the Area Method is set to Trace All.
Select [Area] from the menu. The marker for the first
point is displayed.

point appears, overlapping the first point.
(3) Move the marker gradually along the circumference of

the target object using the trackball.
If the locus is to be modified during tracing, rotate the
MEAS EDIT dial counterclockwise to undo the trace 10
pixels at a time. If the trace is undone more than
desired, rotate the MEAS EDIT dial clockwise to redo
the trace 10 pixels at a time.
(4) When SET is pressed, the marker is fixed. When it is

fixed, the start point and the end point are connected
with a line. If the distance between the start point A
marker and the end point marker is within 16 pixels, the
system behaves as if SET were pressed and
automatically closes the trace.
The measured value is fixed.
Area A 99999 mm2 Circ A 999.9 mm
No. 2B771-023EN
2-9
2.4.2 Trace Spline
(1) Confirm that the Area Method is set to [Trace Spline].
Select [Area] from the menu. The first point marker is
displayed.

appears.
(3) Move the trackball and set the second point. In the
same manner, set the third and subsequent points. The
figure drawn by connecting the points is displayed.
(4) If the locus is to be modified, rotate the MEAS EDIT dial

counterclockwise to undo the trace one point at a time.
If the trace is undone more than desired, rotate the
MEAS EDIT dial clockwise to redo the trace one point at
a time.
(5) When SET is pressed twice at the same point, the end
point is fixed. When the end point is fixed, the start point A
and the end point are connected with a line and the
measured value is fixed.
Area A 9999 mm2 Circ A 999.9 mm
No. 2B771-023EN
2-10
2.4.3 Elliptical approximation (Ellipse)
2.4.3.1 Measurement procedures

(1) Confirm that the Area Method is set to [Ellipse].
Select [Area] from the menu. The first point marker is
displayed.

The first point is fixed and the second point marker is
displayed along with a circle whose diameter is the line
connecting the first and second points.
(3) Operate the trackball to change the diameter.

The circle is resized as the line between the first and
second points (the diameter of the circle) changes.
(4) Press SET . The length from the first point to the
second point is fixed. A dotted line perpendicular to the
line connecting the first point and the second point is
displayed together with markers.
(5) Operate the trackball to change the length of the

perpendicular line.
(6) When SET is pressed, the perpendicular line is fixed

and the measured value is fixed. A
Area A 99999 mm2 Circ A 999.9 mm Dist1 A 999.9 mm Dist2 A 999.9 mm
No. 2B771-023EN
2-11
2.4.3.2 Modifying measurements
(1) Select the channel to be modified and press SET . B

The first point marker is displayed.
(2) Use the trackball to move the marker. The length of the B
perpendicular axis is retained.
(3) Press SET to fix the marker. B

A
(4) Press SET . The points on the axis perpendicular to B

the modified line are displayed with markers.
(5) Use the trackball to modify the length of the B

perpendicular axis.
(6) Press SET to fix the perpendicular line. B
No. 2B771-023EN
2-12
2.4.4 Cross
2.4.4.1 Measurement procedures

(1) Confirm that Area Method is set to [Cross]. When [Area]
is selected from the menu, the first point marker is
displayed.

appears.
(3) Move the marker with the trackball.
(4) Press SET to fix the marker. A line perpendicular to

the straight line connecting the first and second points is
displayed.
(5) Operate the trackball to adjust the position and the

length of the perpendicular line.
(6) Press SET to fix the start point of the perpendicular

line.
(7) Move the marker to the end point of the perpendicular

line.
(8) Press SET to fix the fourth point.

A
The measured value is fixed.
Area A 99999 mm2 Circ A 999.9 mm Dist1 A 999.9 mm Dist2 A 999.9 mm
No. 2B771-023EN
2-13
2.4.4.2 Modifying measurements
(1) Select the channel to be modified and press SET .

The color of the starting point of the line connecting the
first and second points changes.
(2) Use the trackball to adjust the length of the line.

The position of the line cannot be changed.
(3) Press SET to fix the marker. A

Each subsequent time SET is pressed, the line that
can be modified is switched.
No. 2B771-023EN
2-14
2.5 Volume Measurement (Volume)
The volume is measured via an elliptical approximation in which three axes are set.

(1) Select [Volume] from the menu. The marker for the first
point is displayed.

point is displayed.
(3) Move the marker using the trackball.
(4) Press SET to fix the marker. The start point marker
for the second line is displayed. A
(5) Fix the second line in the same manner as the first line.
(6) Unfreeze the image. Then scan the image and refreeze
it.
Select [Volume] from the menu.
The start point marker for the third line is displayed.
(7) Move the marker using the trackball and press SET to
fix it.
The first point is fixed and the second point marker is
displayed.
No. 2B771-023EN
2-15
(9) Press SET to fix the marker. A

The calculated result for the volume is fixed.
D1A 999.9 mm D2A 999.9 mm D3A 999.9 mm Volume A 9999.9 cm3
CAUTION: Only the channel for which measurement is being performed

(unconfirmed) can retain the measurement result after the
image is unfrozen. The measured values are cleared for
channels where measurement is complete.

Modify a measurement in the same manner as for the distance measurement.
Refer to 2.1 "Distance Measurement (Distance)".
No. 2B771-023EN
2-16
2.6 Cross Measurement (Cross)
This function measures the distance on two perpendicular straight lines.

(1) Select [Cross] from the menu. The first point marker
appears.
(2) Use the trackball to move the marker to the

measurement start point and press SET .
appears.
(4) Press SET to fix the marker.

The third point and a line perpendicular to the line
connecting the first and second points are displayed.
(5) Move the third point and the perpendicular line using the
trackball.
(6) Press SET to fix the third point. The fourth point is
displayed symmetric to the third point with respect to the
point where the orthogonal lines cross.
(7) Move the fourth point with the trackball.
No. 2B771-023EN
2-17
(8) Press SET to fix the fourth point.
The measured value is fixed. A
Dist1 A 999.9 mm Dist2 A 999.9 mm
(1) Press SET .

The first point marker is displayed.
(2) Use the trackball to move the marker.

A
Each subsequent time SET is pressed, the second
point, third point, and fourth point can be modified.
No. 2B771-023EN
2-18
2.7 Parallel Measurement (Parallel)
This function measures the distances between two to five points on a straight line.

(1) Select [Parallel] from the menu. The base line (vertical
line) and the movable line (horizontal line) are displayed
perpendicular to each other.
(2) Use the trackball to move the point where they cross
(intersection point) and use the MEAS EDIT dial to
rotate the target around the intersection point.
(3) Press SET to fix the target. The base line becomes a
dotted line and the movable line for the second point is
displayed as a solid line, overlapping the first point.
(4) Use the trackball to move the movable line to the second
point and press SET to fix it.
The movable line for the third point is displayed
overlapping the second point.
(5) Set the third and subsequent points in the same manner.
(6) When SET is pressed at the same point, the target is

fixed and the measured value is fixed. To proceed to A
the next channel, press NEXT .
Dist1 A 999.9 mm Dist2 A 999.9 mm Dist3 A 999.9 mm Dist4 A 999.9 mm
No. 2B771-023EN
2-19
(1) When SET is pressed, the first point can be modified.
(2) Use the trackball to move the intersection point and use
the MEAS EDIT dial to rotate the target around the
intersection point.
(3) Press SET to fix the target. A

Each subsequent time SET is pressed, the second
and the subsequent points can be modified and fixed.
No. 2B771-023EN
2-20
2.8 Joint Measurement (Joint)
This function measures the angles (α, β) between two straight lines that cross another
straight line.

(1) Select [Joint] from the menu.
The base line (a horizontal line) and a marker for the
rotation center are displayed.
(2) Use the trackball to move the base line and the marker
for the rotation center.
(3) When the MEAS EDIT dial is turned, the base line
rotates around the marker for rotation center.
(4) Press SET after setting the base line and rotation
center. The base line becomes a dotted line and the
acetabular roof line (solid line) and a marker for the
rotation center are displayed.
(5) Operate the trackball to move the acetabular roof line

(solid line) and the marker for the rotation center.
(6) When the MEAS EDIT dial is turned, the acetabular roof
line (solid line) rotates around the marker for the rotation
center.
(7) Press SET after setting the acetabular roof line (solid
line) and the rotation center. The acetabular roof line
becomes a dotted line and the limbic line (solid line) and
a marker for the rotation center are displayed.
No. 2B771-023EN
2-21
(8) Operate the trackball to move the limbic line (solid line)
and the marker for the rotation center.
(9) When the MEAS EDIT dial is turned, the limbic line
(solid line) rotates around the marker for the rotation
center.
(10) Press SET after setting the limbic line (solid line) and A
rotation center 3. The limbic line changes to a dotted
line. The measured value is fixed. α A
β
A
αA 99° βA 99°
NOTE: The initial display statuses of the acetabular roof line and the limbic line can
be changed by setting "Joint Baseline" in the preset menu.
The factory setting is (Right-Left). Changing the preset to (Left-Right) causes

the acetabular roof line to be displayed at an angle of 60° clockwise relative to
the base line (dotted line) and the limbic line to be displayed at an angle of 55°
counterclockwise relative to the base line (dotted line).
No. 2B771-023EN
2-22
2.9 Prostate Measurement (Prostate)
The transverse diameter and the anteroposterior diameter are measured from a median
transaxial image of the prostate gland. In addition, the cephalocaudal diameter of the
prostate gland is measured from a midsagittal image. The volume and mass of the
prostate gland are calculated from these measurement results.
<<Items to be measured>>
Meas.
Description Meas. procedure
item name
Width Transverse diameter of the prostate on Refer to "Measurement
the median transaxial image (mm) position".
Height Anteroposterior diameter of the Refer to "Measurement
prostate on the midsagittal image (mm) position".
Depth Cephalocaudal diameter of the Refer to "Measurement
prostate on the midsagittal image (mm) position".
<Items to be calculated>
Calc. item
Description Calc. procedure
name
Volume Prostate volume (cm3) Width × height × depth ×10-3 × 0.523*
Weight Prostate mass (g) Volume × ρ
ρ Specific gravity Selectable in the preset. Entry using the
keyboard is also possible.
(*0.523: 4/3π × 1/2 × 1/2 × 1/2)
H
D
CAUTION: The elliptical approximation method is used for calculating the

volume and mass. This means that the region to be measured
may be overestimated or underestimated.
No. 2B771-023EN
2-23
<<Measurement position>>
* For the measurement procedures, refer to subsection 2.1 "Distance Measurement

(Distance)".
(1) Measure the transverse diameter

[Width] and anteroposterior Transverse
diameter [Height]. diameter
[Width]
Anteroposterior
diameter
[Height]
(2) Unfreeze the image and display the

image of the cephalocaudal
diameter [Depth] for measurement. [Depth]
(cephalocaudal
diameter)
Width 999.9 mm Height 999.9 mm Depth 999.9 mm

3
Volume 9999.9 cm Weight 9999.9 g ρ 99.99 g/cm3
No. 2B771-023EN
2-24
2.10 Percent Stenosis (% STENOSIS)
Select [% STENOSIS] from the menu.
Meas. Description Meas. procedure

item name
DMaxA Maximum diameter for CHA Refer to 2.1 "Distance
Measurement (Distance)".
DMinA Minimum diameter for CHA Refer to 2.1 "Distance
DMaxB Maximum diameter for CHB Refer to 2.1 "Distance
DMinB Minimum diameter for CHB Refer to 2.1 "Distance
AMaxA Maximum area for CHA (in 2D-mode Refer to 2.4 "Area/Circumference
only) Measurement (Area)".
AMinA Minimum area for CHA (in 2D-mode Refer to 2.4 "Area/Circumference
AMaxB Maximum area for CHB (in 2D-mode Refer to 2.4 "Area/Circumference
AMinB Minimum area for CHB (in 2D-mode Refer to 2.4 "Area/Circumference
<<Items to be calculated>>
Calc. item name Calc. procedure

%S DistA (Dmax A – Dmin A)/Dmax A
2
%S DistA (DMax A2 – DMin A2)/Dmax A2
%S DistB (Dmax B – Dmin B)/Dmax B
%S DistB2 (DMax B2 – DMin B2)/Dmax B2
%S AreaA (Amax A – Amin A)/Amax A
%S AreaB (Amax B – Amin B)/Amax B
The area to be measured is the valve orifice area. Therefore, if the area to be
measured is too large, calculation will not be performed, and "?" will be displayed
instead of the measured value.
%S DistA 999.9 %
Dmax A 999.9 mm Dmin A 999.9 mm %S DistA2 999.9 %
%S DistB 999.9 %
Dmax B 999.9 mm Dmin B 999.9 mm %S DistB2 999.9 %
2 2
Amax A 99999 mm Amin A 99999 mm %S AreaA 999.9 %
2 2
Amax B 99999 mm Amin B 99999 mm %S AreaB 999.9 %
No. 2B771-023EN
2-25
2.11 Left Ventricular Function Measurement (LV)
The left ventricular function calculation methods include the following nine types.
The calculation method to be displayed initially can be set in the preset menu.
<1> Single Plane Ellipse

<2> Biplane Ellipse
<3> Bullet
<4> Simpson
<5> Simpson SP (DISK SUMMATION method)
<6> Simpson BP (DISK SUMMATION method)
<7> Cube
<8> Teichholz
<9> Gibson
<<Measurement procedures>>
(1) When measurement is performed using the calculation method set in the preset
menu
When [LV] is selected from the menu, the menu for left ventricular function
measurement set in the preset menu is displayed. The system then proceeds to
measurement.
(2) When measurement is to be performed using a calculation method other than the
preset method
Select [Select] from the LV function measurement menu. The LV function

measurement method selection menu is displayed. Select the calculation method
and the measurement method and then select [Previous]. The system returns to
the LV function measurement menu and proceeds to measurement.
<1>
<2>
<3>
<4>
<5>
<6>
<7>
<8>
<9>
LV function measurement menu LV function measurement

(Example for the Cube method) method selection menu
No. 2B771-023EN
2-26
2.11.1 SINGLE PLANE ELLIPSE method
This method calculates the left ventricular volume by approximating the 2D-mode long-
axis image to an ellipse.
<<Calculation formula for volume>>
8 LVALd 2
EDV = ×
3 π × LVLd
8 LVALs 2
ESV = ×
3 π × LVLs
<<Measurement menu>>
No. 2B771-023EN
2-27
Meas.
item name
LVALd*1 Left ventricular long-axis area at end Refer to 2.4 "Area/Circumference
diastole Measurement (Area)".
LVLd Left ventricular long-axis length at Refer to 2.1 "Distance
end diastole Measurement (Distance)".
LVALs*1 Left ventricular long-axis area at end Refer to 2.4 "Area/Circumference
systole Measurement (Area)".
LVLs Left ventricular long-axis length at Refer to 2.1 "Distance
end systole Measurement (Distance)".
HR*2 Heart rate Refer to 3.4 "Heart Rate
Measurement (HR)".
*1: The area measurement methods include the following 4 choices.

The initial display is set in the preset.
If a method other than the preset is to be used, select it in the selection menu.
• Trace All
• Trace Spline
• Ellipse
• Cross
*2: For the heart rate, one of the following choices can be selected.
The value to be used can be set in the preset.
• Value calculated using the ECG
(The ECG heart rate obtained by pressing the measurement item switch is
automatically entered.)
• Value measured using M or Doppler mode images
NOTE: If [LVALd] measurement is performed when the HR measurement method is

set to ECG and HR is not measured, the HR value is automatically input from
the ECG waveform displayed on the screen.
Calc. item
Description [Unit] Calc. procedure
name
EDV End-diastolic left ventricular Refer to <<Calculation formula for
volume [mL] volume>>.
ESV End-systolic left ventricular Refer to <<Calculation formula for
SV Stroke volume [mL] SV = EDV - ESV
CO Cardiac output [L/min] CO = SV × HR / 1000
EF Ejection fraction EF = SV / EDV
SI SV index SI = SV / BSA
CI CO index CI = CO / BSA
2
BSA Body surface area [cm ] Calculated from the height and weight
entered during ID registration.
No. 2B771-023EN
2-28
LVLd 999.9 mm LVLs 999.9 mm SV 999.9 mL

2 2
LVALd 99999 mm LVALs 99999 mm EF 99.99
EDV 999.9 mL ESV 999.9 mL SI 999.9 mL/m2
HR 999 bpm CO 99.999 L/min CI 99.9
2.11.2 BIPLANE ELLIPSE method

This method calculates the left ventricular volume by approximating either the 2D-mode
long-axis image or the short-axis image at the level of the mitral valve to an ellipse.
8 LVALd × LVAMd
EDV = ×
3 π × LVIDd
8 LVALs × LVAMs
ESV = ×
3 π × LVIDs
No. 2B771-023EN
2-29
Meas.
item name
LVALd Left ventricular long-axis area at end Refer to 2.4 "Area/Circumference
diastole Measurement (Area)".
LVAMd Left ventricular short-axis area at the Refer to 2.4 "Area/Circumference
level of the mitral valve at end diastole Measurement (Area)".
LVIDd Left ventricular short-axis diameter at Refer to 2.1 "Distance
LVALs Left ventricular long-axis area at end Refer to 2.4 "Area/Circumference
systole Measurement (Area)".
LVAMs Left ventricular short-axis area at the Refer to 2.4 "Area/Circumference
level of the mitral valve at end systole Measurement (Area)".
LVIDs Left ventricular short-axis diameter at Refer to 2.1 "Distance
HR Heart rate Refer to 3.4 "Heart Rate
Measurement (HR)".
NOTE: If [LVALd] measurement is performed when the HR measurement method is

Calc. item
name
2
BSA Body surface area [cm ] Calculated from the height and weight
LVIDd 999.9 mm LVIDs 999.9 mm

2
LVAMd 99999 mm LVAMs 99999 mm2 SV 999.9 mL
2 2
LVALd 99999 mm LVALs 99999 mm EF 99.99
HR 999 bpm CO 99.999 L/min CI 99.99
No. 2B771-023EN
2-30
2.11.3 BULLET method
This method calculates the left ventricular volume using the 2D-mode long-axis image
and the short-axis image at the level of the mitral valve.
5
EDV = × LVLd × LVAMd
6
5
ESV = × LVLs × LVAMs
6
Meas.
item name
LVAMd Left ventricular short-axis area at the Refer to 2.4 "Area/Circumference
level of the mitral valve at end diastole Measurement (Area)".
LVLd Left ventricular long-axis length at end Refer to 2.1 "Distance
diastole Measurement (Distance)".
LVAMs Left ventricular short-axis area at the Refer to 2.4 "Area/Circumference
level of the mitral valve at end systole Measurement (Area)".
LVLs Left ventricular long-axis length at end Refer to 2.1 "Distance
systole Measurement (Distance)".
HR Heart rate Refer to 3.4
"Heart Rate Measurement (HR)".
No. 2B771-023EN
2-31
NOTE: If [LVAMd] measurement is performed when the HR measurement method is
Refer to subsection 2.11.1 "SINGLE PLANE ELLIPSE method".
LVLd 999.9 mm LVLs 999.9 mm SV 999.9 mL

2 2
LVAMd 99999 mm LVAMs 99999 mm EF 99.99
HR 999 (9) bpm CO 99.999 L/min CI 99.99
2.11.4 SIMPSON'S method

This method calculates the left ventricular volume using the 2D-mode long-axis image,
the short-axis image at the level of the mitral valve, and the short-axis image at the level
of the papillary muscle.
EDV =
LVLd
9
(
× 4 × LVAMd + 2 × LVAPd + LVAMd × LVAPd )
ESV =
LVLs
9
(
× 4 × LVAMs + 2 × LVAPs + LVAMs × LVAPs )
No. 2B771-023EN
2-32
Meas.
menu name
LVAMd Left ventricular short-axis area at Refer to 2.4 "Area/Circumference
the level of the mitral valve at end Measurement (Area)".
diastole
LVLd Left ventricular long-axis length at Refer to 2.1 "Distance
LVAPd Left ventricular short-axis area at Refer to 2.4 "Area/Circumference
the level of the papillary muscle at Measurement (Area)".
end diastole
LVAMs Left ventricular short-axis area at Refer to 2.4 "Area/Circumference
the level of the mitral valve at end Measurement (Area)".
systole
LVLs Left ventricular long-axis length at Refer to 2.1 "Distance
LVAPs Left ventricular short-axis area at Refer to 2.4 "Area/Circumference
the level of the papillary muscle at Measurement (Area)".
end systole
Measurement (HR)".
NOTE: If [LVAMd] measurement is performed when the HR measurement method is

Refer to subsection 2.11.1 " SINGLE PLANE ELLIPSE method" for the entry
procedures and the items to be calculated.
LVLd 999.9 mm LVLs 999.9 mm

LVAMd 99999 mm2 LVAMs 99999 mm2 SV 999.9 mL
2 2
LVAPd 99999 mm LVAPs 99999 mm EF 99.99
HR 999 bpm CO 99.999 L/min CI 99.99
No. 2B771-023EN
2-33
2.11.5 SIMPSON'S SINGLE PLANE method
This method calculates the left ventricular volume using the 2D-mode long-axis image.
When the left ventricle is traced and its long axis is specified on a 2D-mode cross-
sectional image, this method allows the system to automatically divide the long axis into
20 segments to calculate the volume of the left ventricle as the 2D-mode cross-sectional
image is rotated.
LVLd 20 2
EDV = π × × ∑ ri
20 i =1
LVLs 20 2
ESV = π × × ∑ ri
20 i =1
ri : Radius of the i-th circle

LVLd : Left ventricular long-axis length at end diastole
LVLs : Left ventricular long-axis length at end systole
No. 2B771-023EN
2-34
Meas.
item name
Diastole Traces the endocardium of the left
ventricle at end-diastole and sets the
position of the long axis.
Systole Traces the endocardium of the left
ventricle at end-systole and sets the
position of the long axis.
Measurement (HR)".
NOTE: If [Diastole] measurement is performed when the HR measurement method is

Calc. item
name
<<Display on the report/worksheet screen>>
Display item name Description

L (D) Left ventricular long-axis length at end diastole
L (S) Left ventricular long-axis length at end systole
A (D) Left ventricular long-axis area at end diastole
A (S) Left ventricular long-axis area at end systole
SI Mean value of the SV Index
EDV 999.9 mL SV 999.9 mL

ESV 999.9 mL CO 99.999 L/min SI 999.9 mL/m2
HR 999 bpm EF 99.99 CI 99.99
No. 2B771-023EN
2-35
2.11.6 SIMPSON'S BIPLANE method
This method allows the volume of the left ventricle to be calculated by repeating
"2.11.1 SINGLE PLANE ELLIPSE method" on two 2D-mode cross-sectional images
(two-chamber and four-chamber cross-sectional images).
Calculation is also possible for only two-chamber cross-sectional images or only four-
chamber cross-sectional images.
LVLd 20
(1) EDV = π × × ∑ (r2i × r4i )
20 i=1
LVLs 20
(2) ESV = π × × ∑ (r2i × r4i )
20 i=1
r2i : Radius of the i-th ellipse (2CH)
r4i : Radius of the i-th ellipse (4CH)
LVLd : Length of the left-ventricular long axis at end diastole for 2CH or 4CH,
whichever is longer
LVLs : Length of the left-ventricular long axis at end systole for 2CH or 4CH,
whichever is longer
LVLd 20 2
(3) EDV = π × × ∑ r 2i
20 i=1
LVLs 20 2
(4) ESV = π × × ∑ r 2i
20 i=1
r2i : Radius of the i-th circle (2CH)
LVLd : Length of the left-ventricular long axis at end diastole
LVLs : Length of the left-ventricular long axis at end systole
LVLd 20 2
(5) EDV = π × × ∑ r 4i
20 i=1
LVLs 20 2
(6) ESV = π × × ∑ r 4i
20 i=1
r4i : Radius of the i-th circle (4CH)
LVLd : Length of the left-ventricular long axis at end diastole
LVLs : Length of the left-ventricular long axis at end systole
No. 2B771-023EN
2-36
Meas. name Description Meas. procedure

Diastole Traces the endocardium of the left Refer to 2.11.5 "SIMPSON'S
(2CH) ventricle at end-diastole on the two- SINGLE PLANE method".
chamber cross-sectional image and
sets the position of the long axis.
Systole Traces the endocardium of the left Refer to 2.11.5 "SIMPSON'S
(2CH) ventricle at end-systole on the two- SINGLE PLANE method".
Diastole Traces the endocardium of the left Refer to 2.11.5 "SIMPSON'S
(4CH) ventricle at end-diastole on the four- SINGLE PLANE method".
Systole Traces the endocardium of the left Refer to 2.11.5 "SIMPSON'S
(4CH) ventricle at end-systole on the four- SINGLE PLANE method".
Measurement (HR)".
NOTE: If [Diastole (2CH)] or [Diastole (4CH)] measurement is performed when the

HR measurement method is set to ECG and HR is not measured, the HR
value is automatically input from the ECG waveform displayed on the screen.
No. 2B771-023EN
2-37
<<Reference drawings>>
• For 4CH
End diastole End systole
Left ventricle
i-th
diameter
2r4i
• For 2CH
End diastole End systole
Left ventricle
i-th
diameter
2r2i
i-th end-diastolic volume i-th end-systolic volume
r 4i
r 4i LVLd LVLs
20 20
r 2i
r 2i
No. 2B771-023EN
2-38
Calc. item
Description [Unit]
name
EDV End-diastolic left ventricular volume [mL]
(Refer to Calculation formula for volume (1).)
ESV End-systolic left ventricular volume [mL]
(Refer to Calculation formula for volume (2).)
SV Stroke volume [mL] SV = EDV – ESV
EDV2 EDV obtained from the trace results for two-chamber cross-sectional
images (Refer to Calculation formula for volume (3).)
ESV2 ESV obtained from the trace results for two-chamber cross-sectional
SV2 SV obtained from the trace results for two-chamber cross-sectional
images
CO2 CO obtained from the trace results for two-chamber cross-sectional
images
EF2 EF obtained from the trace results for two-chamber cross-sectional images
EDV4 EDV obtained from the trace results of four-chamber cross-sectional
ESV4 ESV obtained from the trace results for four-chamber cross-sectional
SV4 SV obtained from the trace results for four-chamber cross-sectional
images
CO4 CO obtained from the trace results for four-chamber cross-sectional
images
EF4 EF obtained from the trace results for four-chamber cross-sectional
images
diffD Difference between the left ventricular long-axis lengths at end diastole for
the two-chamber and four-chamber cross-sectional LV images as a
(* CH)
percentage
L(D)2 − L(D)4
× 100
MAX{L(D)2, L(D)4}
L(D) 2 : Left ventricular long-axis length at end diastole for the two-
chamber cross-sectional LV image
L(D) 4 : Left ventricular long-axis length at end diastole for the four-
* 2CH or 4CH, whichever has the shorter end-diastolic long axis, is
displayed.
No. 2B771-023EN
2-39
Calc. item
Description [Unit]
name
diffS Difference between the left ventricular long-axis lengths at end systole for
the two-chamber and four-chamber cross-sectional LV images as a
(* CH)
percentage
L(S)2 − L(S)4
× 100
MAX{L(S)2, L(S)4}
L(S) 2 : Left ventricular long-axis length at end systole for the two-
L(S) 4 : Left ventricular long-axis length at end systole for the four-
* 2CH or 4CH, whichever has the shorter end-systolic long axis, is
displayed.
EDV 999.9 mL EDV2 999.9 mL EDV4 999.9 mL

ESV 999.9 mL ESV2 999.9 mL ESV4 999.9 mL
SV 999.9 mL SV2 999.9 mL SV4 999.9 mL
CO 99.999 L/min CO2 99.999 L/min CO4 99.999 L/min
EF 99.99 EF2 99.99 EF4 99.99
2 2
SI 999.9 mL/m SI2 999.9 mL/m SI4 999.9 mL/m2
CI 99.99 CI2 99.99 CI4 99.99
HR 999 bpm diffD (2ch) 999.9 % diffS (2ch) 999.9 %
No. 2B771-023EN
2-40
<<Display on the report/worksheet screen>>
Display Description
item name
L(d)4 Left ventricular long-axis length at end diastole for the four-chamber cross-
sectional LV image
L(s)4 Left ventricular long-axis length at end systole for the four-chamber cross-
sectional LV image
A(d)4 Left ventricular long-axis area at end diastole for the four-chamber cross-
sectional LV image
A(s)4 Left ventricular long-axis area at end systole for the four-chamber cross-
sectional LV image
SI4 SI obtained from the measurement results for the four-chamber cross-
sectional LV images
L(d)2 Left ventricular long-axis length at end diastole for the two-chamber cross-
sectional LV image
L(s)2 Left ventricular long-axis length at end systole for the two-chamber cross-
sectional LV image
A(d)2 Left ventricular long-axis area at end diastole for the two-chamber cross-
sectional LV image
A(s)2 Left ventricular long-axis area at end systole for the two-chamber cross-
sectional LV image
SI2 SI obtained from the measurement results for the two-chamber cross-
sectional LV images
No. 2B771-023EN
2-41
2.11.7 CUBE method
This method calculates the left ventricular volume by approximating the given region to
a cube.
EDV = LVIDd3
ESV = LVIDs3
No. 2B771-023EN
2-42
Meas.
item name
Diastole End-diastolic left ventricular Refer to "Measurement
measurements position".
IVSTd Interventricular septal thickness at end Refer to 2.1 "Distance
LVPWd Left ventricular posterior wall thickness Refer to 2.1 "Distance
at end diastole Measurement (Distance)".
Systole End-systolic left ventricular Refer to "Measurement
measurements position".
IVSTs Interventricular septal thickness at end Refer to 2.1 "Distance
LVPWs Left ventricular posterior wall thickness Refer to 2.1 "Distance
at end systole Measurement (Distance)".
ET Ejection time Refer to 3.2 "Time Measurement
(Time)".
Measurement (HR)".
NOTE: If [Diastole] or [LVIDd] measurement is performed when the HR measurement

method is set to ECG and HR is not measured, the HR value is automatically
input from the ECG waveform displayed on the screen.
Calc. item
Description Calc. formula
name
FS Fractional shortening FS = (LVIDd - LVIDs) / LVIDd
MVCF Mean velocity of circumferential MVCF = (LVIDd - LVIDs)
fiber shortening / (LVIDd × ET)
BSA Body surface area [m2] Calculated from the height and weight
No. 2B771-023EN
2-43
IVSTd 999.9 mm IVSTs 999.9 mm

LVIDd 999.9 mm LVIDs 999.9 mm SV 999.9 mL
LVPWd 999.9 mm LVPWs 999.9 mm EF 99.99
EDV 999.9 mL ESV 999.9 mL FS 99.99
HR 999 bpm CO 99.999 L/min SI 999.9 L/m2
ET 99999 ms MVCF 99.99 circ/s CI 99.99
No. 2B771-023EN
2-44
* For the measurement procedures, refer to subsection 2.7 "Parallel Measurement

(Parallel)".
(1) Select [Diastole] from the menu.

The base line (vertical line) and the movable
IVS
line (horizontal line) are displayed LV
perpendicular to each other. AV
PPM AC
LA
(2) Using the trackball and the MEAS EDIT dial,

move and rotate the marker to the anterior
IVS
wall of the end-diastolic ventricular septum LV
and press SET . PPM

AV
AC
LA
(3) Move the marker to the posterior wall of the

end-diastolic ventricular septum and press IVS
SET . In the same manner, move the LV

AV
marker to the front surface and the back PPM AC
surface of the posterior wall of the left

LA
ventricle for measurement.
(4) Select [Systole] from the menu.

Perform end-systolic measurements in the IVS
same manner. LV
AV
PPM AC
LA
NOTE: The LVIDd measurement marker is displayed at the end point of IVSTd.
The LVPWd measurement marker is displayed at the end point of LVIDd.
The LVIDs measurement marker is displayed at the end point of IVSTs.
The LVPWs measurement marker is displayed at the end point of LVIDs.
No. 2B771-023EN
2-45

EDV 999.9 mL ESV 999.9 mL FS 99.99
HR 999 bpm CO 99.999 L/min SI 999.9 mL/m2
NOTE: The initial display status of the base line (vertical line) can be changed by
changing the setting for "Default Angle" of "LV (D)" of the Measurement Preset
menu.
• Example for 20° setting
20°
-90° 90°
Base line Movable line
No. 2B771-023EN
2-46
NOTE: Each time NEXT is pressed, the next LV measurement item can be changed
(it is not necessary to select the measurement in the menu). The order in which
the measurement items can be changed is determined by the setting for
"Sequence Type" of "LV (2D)" of the Measurement Preset menu.
• When "Sequence Type" is set to "1"
One of the following orders is used depending on the measurement item

selected.
• IVSTd > LVIDd >LVPWd >IVSTs > LVIDs >LVPWs > HR > IVSTd
• Diastole > Systole > HR > Diastole
• When "Sequence Type" is set to "2"
The order is determined by the measurement item that is selected first.
• When the first selection is Diastole: Diastole > LVIDs > HR > Diastole
• When the first selection is Systole : Systole > LVIDd > HR > Systole
• When the first selection is LVIDd : LVIDd > LVIDs > HR > LVIDd
When NEXT is pressed when an item other than Diastole, Systole, or LVIDd
is selected, the following shift pattern is used.
• IVSTd > LVIDd > LVPWd > LVIDs > HR > IVSTd
<<Example of operation>>
When NEXT is pressed in IVSTd measurement mode, LVIDd measurement

mode is entered regardless of whether the setting is "1" or "2". When NEXT
is pressed again, LVPWd mode is entered. When NEXT is pressed in
Diastole measurement mode, however, Systole measurement mode is entered
if the setting "1" and LVIDs measurement mode is entered if the setting is "2".
No. 2B771-023EN
2-47
2.11.8 TEICHHOLZ method
7 × LVIDd 3
EDV =
2.4 + LVIDd
7 × LVIDs 3
ESV =
2.4 + LVIDs
The items to be measured, the measurement procedures, and the items to be

calculated are identical to those in subsection 2.11.7 "CUBE method".
2.11.9 GIBSON method

π
EDV = × (0.98 × LVIDd + 5.90 ) × LVIDd 2
6
π
ESV = × (1.14 × LVIDs + 4.18 ) × LVIDs 2
6
The items to be measured, the measurement procedures, and the items to be

calculated are identical to those in subsection 2.11.7 "CUBE method".
No. 2B771-023EN
2-48
2.12 2D-Mode Profile (2D-Profile)
The intensity of the echo on a line arbitrarily set on a 2D-mode frozen image can be
graphed out. The procedure for setting a line is the same as that for distance
measurement. Two positions (CH A, CH B) can be measured on one screen.

(1) Select [2D-Profile] from the menu and the start point
marker will appear.
(2) Move the marker to the measurement start point with the
trackball. To fix the marker, press SET .

the trackball.
(4) Press SET to fix the end point. The channel

identification mark "A" will appear and the measured A
value is fixed.
(5) Press NEXT or select [2D-Profile] from the menu.

A new start point marker appears. Proceed with A
measurement in the same manner.
Brightness
Distance
Dist A 999.9 mm
No. 2B771-023EN
2-49
Use the same procedures as for "2.1 Distance Measurement (Distance)".
2.12.3 Copying measurements

(1) Select [Copy] from the menu.
A marker with the same length as that for channel A is
A B
displayed for channel B.
(2) Move the marker to any position with the trackball.

B
A
(3) Press SET . When the marker is fixed, the histogram B

of the copied channel is displayed as a graph. A
No. 2B771-023EN
2-50
2.13 Histogram Measurement (2D-Histogram)
The distribution of the intensity of the 2D-mode echoes within the traced area can be
displayed graphically (histogram measurement).
Histogram measurement can be performed on a frozen image.

Histogram measurement is possible for two channels (CH A, CH B) on one screen.

(1) As in the case of "2.4 Area/Circumference Measurement (Area)", the
measurement method can be selected from among Trace All, Trace Spline, Ellipse,
and Cross.
(2) Select [2D-Histogram] from the menu.
(3) Specify the area to which histogram measurement is to be applied.
CAUTION: If the measurement ROI is set including the area outside the image,
the correct measurement result cannot be obtained.
<<Display layout for measured value>>
The measured result is displayed graphically with values.
The horizontal axis of the graph indicates the gradation value and the vertical axis
indicates the number of pixels corresponding to each gradation value.
CH A
MAX XX%
M XX
SD XX
N XXXX
0 60
MAX : Number of data corresponding to the gradation value with the maximum
number of data as a percentage of the total number of data (%).
M : Mean scale
SD : Standard deviation
N : Number of data
2.13.2 Copying measurements

(1) When [COPY] is selected after the area for CH A has been set, an area with the
same shape and size as that for CH A is displayed to the right of the area for CH A.
(2) Move this area to the region to be measured using the trackball and press SET .
The histogram for CH B is displayed.
No. 2B771-023EN
2-51
2.14 Mean IMT Measurement
Three distance measurements are performed and the mean is calculated to determine
the thickness of the intima-media complex of the carotid artery.

(1) Press [mean IMT] in the menu.
The marker for measuring the first distance is displayed.
(2) Use the trackball to move the marker to the measurement

position.
Rotate the marker to the desired angle using the MEAS
EDIT dial.
(3) Press SET . The lower marker position is set. Move the
upper marker to the desired position using the trackball.
(4) Press SET . The distance set by the lower and upper
markers is measured.
A second marker is displayed next to the first marker.
(5) Repeat steps (2) to (4) to measure the second and third
distances.
(6) After the three distances have been measured, press

SET . The measurement data is fixed and the mean of
the three distances is displayed.
A2 A1 A3
When "Thickness (IMT) Digit number" is preset to Single
Dist1 A 999.9 mm Dist2 A 999.9 mm Dist3 A 999.9 mm meanIMT A 999.9 mm
When "Thickness (IMT) Digit number" is preset to Double
Dist1 A '99.99 mm Dist2 A '99.99 mm Dist3 A '99.99 mm meanIMT A '99.99 mm
No. 2B771-023EN
2-52
CAUTION: 1. The mean IMT result is displayed to the second decimal place. However, the
result may not be accurate to 1/100 depending on the image conditions.
2. Understand the above limitation and use the obtained mean IMT values and the
values calculated based on the mean IMT values only for reference.
3. In MDA, a single quotation mark (') is added to the mean IMT measurement
value and to the calculation values that have been obtained based on the mean
IMT value.
Limitation: The value does not increment in steps of 0.01 due to the limited
resolution of ultrasound imaging. Even when the marker is moved
in 1-pixel steps, the displayed value does not precisely follow each
step.

First marker
(1) Press SET .
Second marker Third marker
The start point of the third marker can now be
moved.
A2 A1 A3
(2) Move the marker to the desired position using the

trackball. Press SET to set the marker.
A2 A1 A3
(3) Press SET . The end point of the third marker can
now be moved.
A2 A1 A3
(4) Move the marker to the desired position using the

trackball and press SET . The measurement is
fixed.
A2 A1 A3
(5) Each subsequent time SET is pressed, the first

marker and then the second marker can be modified.
No. 2B771-023EN
2-53
2.15 Thickness Measurement
Very small thicknesses such as a thin membrane are measured.

Measurement can be set only by following the procedure below.
(1) Press [Thickness] in the menu.

The measurement marker is displayed. (The NEXT
switch is disabled at this time.*1)
(2) Move the measurement marker to the desired position

using the trackball and rotate the marker to the desired
angle using the MEAS EDIT dial.
(3) Press SET . The start point is set. The shape of the
marker is changed and the end point marker is displayed
1 mm above*2 the start point marker.
Move the end point marker to the desired position using
the trackball. The end point can be moved only in the
direction parallel to the start point.
(To set the measurement and proceed to setting of the
next measurement position, press NEXT .)
(4) Press SET . The end position is set and measurement

is performed.
The start point marker and end point marker are set as
one marker and the channel identification mark is
displayed near the start point.
*1: The NEXT switch is disabled for this step only in basic measurement mode.
*2: This "above" may not be applicable depending on the marker angle.
When "Thickness (IMT) Digit number" is preset to Single
Dist A 999.9 mm Dist B 999.9 mm Dist C 999.9 mm Dist D 999.9 mm

Dist E 999.9 mm Dist F 999.9 mm Dist G 999.9 mm Dist H 999.9 mm
When "Thickness (IMT) Digit number" is preset to Double
Dist A '99.99 mm Dist B '99.99 mm Dist C '99.99 mm Dist D '99.99 mm

Dist E '99.99 mm Dist F '99.99 mm Dist G '99.99 mm Dist H '99.99 mm
No. 2B771-023EN
2-54
(1) To modify the measurement for the last set channel, press
SET .
The start point marker becomes a floating marker and can
now be moved.
(2) Move the start point marker to a new position using the
trackball.
Press SET to set the new position.
The marker angle cannot be changed. The start position
marker (and end position marker) can be moved only in
the direction parallel to its paired marker.
(3) Press SET again to modify the end point position.
<<Modifying measurement for a selected channel>>
Select the desired channel from the menu.

The measurement can then be modified by following the same procedure as described
above.
CAUTION: 1. The thickness result is displayed to the second decimal place.

However, the result may not be accurate to 1/100 depending on the
image conditions.
2. Understand the above limitation and use the obtained thickness values
and the values calculated based on the thickness values only for
reference.
3. In MDA, a single quotation mark (') is added to the thickness

measurement value and to the calculation values that have been
obtained based on the thickness value.
Limitation: The value does not increment in steps of 0.01 due to the
limited resolution of ultrasound imaging. Even when the
marker is moved in 1-pixel steps, the displayed value does
not precisely follow each step.
No. 2B771-023EN
2-55
2.16 Circle Measurement
The diameter of the displayed circle is measured. The measurement method, fixed
center point (Type 1) or two points (Type 2), can be specified using Circle Method in the
preset menu.

<<Fixed center point method (variable radius)>>
(1) Select [Circle] from the menu.

The measurement marker appears. Move the marker to
the measurement point using the trackball.
(2) Press SET . The center point is set. When the trackball
is moved, the size of the circle is enlarged/reduced around
its center. (Pressing NEXT at this time sets the
measurement and moves to the next channel.)
(3) Press SET . The measured values are set.

(When this measurement is used in AFI measurement,
only the diameter of the circle is set in the measured
values of each channel.)
<<Two-point method (variable diameter)>>
(1) Select [Circle] from the menu.

The measurement marker for the first point appears.
(2) Move the marker to the measurement start point using the
trackball and press SET . The first point is set.
The marker for the second point appears, and a circle
whose diameter is the distance between the first and
second points is displayed.
(3) Operate the trackball to change the circle diameter.

The circle size is changed accordingly.

A
Dist A 999.9 mm Area A 99999 mm2 Circ A 999.9 mm
No. 2B771-023EN
2-56
<<Fixed center point method>>
(1) To modify the measurement for the last channel set, press
SET .
The center point can now be moved using the trackball.
(2) Move the marker to a new position using the trackball.
(3) Press SET to set the new position. The size of the
circle can now be enlarged/reduced using the trackball.
(Pressing NEXT at this time sets the measurement and
moves to the next channel.)
Press SET again to repeat the procedures from step (1).
<<Two-point method>>
(1) Select the channel to be modified and press SET .

The marker is displayed.
(2) Operate the trackball to change the circle diameter.
(3) Press SET . The measurement values are set.

A
Press SET again to repeat the procedures from step (1).
No. 2B771-023EN
2-57 *
3. M-Mode Measurements
3.1 Distance Measurement (Distance)
Refer to subsection 2.7 "Parallel Measurement (Parallel)".
Note that angle setting cannot be performed.
3.1.2 Display layout for measured values
Dist1 A 999.9 mm Dist2 A 999.9 mm Dist3 A 999.9 mm Dist4 A 999.9 mm
No. 2B771-023EN
3-1
3.2 Time Measurement (Time)
The time interval between two points is measured.
(1) Select [Time] from the menu. The start point marker
appears.

the trackball.
(3) Press SET to fix the start point.

The measurement end point marker is displayed.

the trackball.
The time interval between the two points is displayed.
(5) Press SET to fix the end point. A A
The identification character "A" is displayed at the start

and end points. The measured value is fixed.
(6) To perform another time measurement, press NEXT . A A
The new start point is displayed. Perform measurement

by repeating the above procedures.
Time A 99999 ms
No. 2B771-023EN
3-2
3.3 Slope Measurement (Slope)
The slope between two points is measured.

(1) Select [Slope] from the menu. A marker is displayed.

the trackball and press SET to fix the start point.
A second marker is displayed.
(3) Move the second marker to the measurement end point.
(4) Press SET to fix the end point. The measurement

value is fixed. A
The slope is given by:

Slope = Distance/Time
(5) To perform slope measurement again, press NEXT .

The new start point is displayed. Perform measurement
by repeating the above procedures.
Dist A 999.9 mm Time A 99999 ms Slope A 999.9 mm/s
No. 2B771-023EN
3-3
modified. To modify the channel measured last, press
SET .
(2) Move the first marker to any position using the trackball.
If it is not necessary to move it, proceed to (3).

A
(4) Press SET again.

Move the second marker to any position using the
trackball.
(5) Press SET to fix the second marker.

A
No. 2B771-023EN
3-4
3.4 Heart Rate Measurement (HR)
It is possible to calculate the heart rate (per minute) on the basis of the heart beats
shown on the screen.
This measurement is possible for channel 1 only.
(1) Select [HR] from the menu. [Heart Beat] is displayed in

the menu and a marker appears on the screen.
HR: Heart rate (beats/minute)

the trackball.
(3) Press SET to fix the measurement start point.

The end point marker appears at the measurement start
point.
(4) Move the end point marker to the measurement end

point using the trackball.
The time from the measurement start point is displayed
together with the heart rate. Rotating the MEAS EDIT
dial clockwise raises the heart beat, while rotating it
counterclockwise decreases the heart beat.
(5) Press SET to fix the measurement end point. The A A
measurement value is fixed. To modify the heart beat

after pressing SET , select "Heart Beat" from the
Select menu.
Time A 99999 ms HR A 999 (1) bpm
No. 2B771-023EN
3-5
3.5 Left Ventricular Function Measurement (LV)
Three left ventricular function calculation methods are available: Cube method,
Teichholz method, and Gibson method. The calculation method to be displayed initially
can be set in the preset menu.
(1) When measurement is performed using the calculation method set in the preset
menu
When [LV] is selected from the menu, the LV function measurement menu is
displayed.
The system then proceeds to measurement.
(2) When measurement is to be performed using a calculation method other than the
preset method
Select [Select] from the LV function measurement menu.
The LV function measurement method selection menu is displayed.
Select the calculation method and the measurement method. The system returns
to the LV function measurement menu and proceeds to measurement.
LV function measurement menu LV function measurement method

(Example for the Cube method) selection menu
No. 2B771-023EN
3-6
3.5.1 CUBE method (M-mode)
This method calculates the left ventricular volume by approximating the given region to
a cube.
EDV = LVIDd3
ESV = LVIDs3
No. 2B771-023EN
3-7
Meas.
item name
Diastole End-diastolic left ventricular Refer to 3.1 "Distance
measurements Measurement (Distance)".
IVSTd Interventricular septal thickness at end Refer to 3.1 "Distance
LVPWd Left ventricular posterior wall thickness Refer to 3.1 "Distance
at end diastole Measurement (Distance)".
Systole End-systolic left ventricular Refer to 3.1 "Distance
measurements Measurement (Distance)"
IVSTs Interventricular septal thickness at end Refer to 3.1 "Distance
LVPWs Left ventricular posterior wall thickness Refer to 3.1 "Distance
at end systole Measurement (Distance)".
ET Ejection time Refer to 3.2 "Time Measurement
(Time)".
Measurement (HR)".
NOTE: If [Diastole] or [LVIDd] measurement is performed when the HR measurement

method is set to ECG and HR is not measured, the HR value is automatically
input from the ECG waveform displayed on the screen.
No. 2B771-023EN
3-8
(1) Select [Diastole] from the menu. A marker is displayed.
(2) Using the trackball, move the marker to the anterior wall
of the end-diastolic ventricular septum and press SET .
(3) Move the marker to the posterior wall of the end-diastolic

ventricular septum and press SET . In the same
manner, move the marker to the front surface and the
back surface of the posterior wall of the left ventricle for
measurement.
(4) Select [Systole].

Perform end-systolic measurements in the same
manner.
NOTE: The LVIDd measurement marker is displayed at the end point of IVSTd.
The LVPWd measurement marker is displayed at the end point of LVIDd.
The LVIDs measurement marker is displayed at the end point of IVSTs.
The LVPWs measurement marker is displayed at the end point of LVIDs.
When IVSTs measurement is not performed, the measurement marker is

displayed to the right of the LVIDs start point.
When LVIDs measurement is not performed, the measurement marker is
displayed to the right of the Diastole start point.
No. 2B771-023EN
3-9
Calc. item
name
EF Ejection fraction EF = SV/EDV
FS Fractional shortening FS = (LVIDd - LVIDs)/LVIDd
SI SV index SI = SV/BSA
CI CO index CI = CO/BSA
MVCF Mean velocity of circumferential MVCF = (LVIDd - LVIDs)/(LVIDd × ET)
fiber shortening
BSA Body surface area [m2] Calculated from the height and weight

EDV 999.9 mL ESV 999.9 mL FS 99.99
HR 999 bpm CO 99.999 L/min SI 999.9 mL/m2
No. 2B771-023EN
3-10
NOTE: Each time NEXT is pressed, the next LV measurement item can be changed
(it is not necessary to select the measurement in the menu). The order in which
the measurement items can be changed is determined by the preset.
Select either (1) or (2) for "Sequence Type" of "LV (M)" of the Measurement
Preset.
• When the setting of "Sequence Type" is (1)
One of the following orders is used depending on the measurement item

selected.
• IVSTd > LVIDd > LVPWd > IVSTs > LVIDs > LVPWs > ET > HR > IVSTd
• Diastole > Systole > ET > HR > Diastole
• When the setting of "Sequence Type" is (2)
The order is determined by the measurement item that is selected first.
• When the first selection is Diastole : Diastole > LVIDs > ET > HR >
Diastole
• When the first selection is Systole : Systole > LVIDd > ET > HR >
Systole
• When the first selection is LVIDd : LVIDd > LVIDs > ET > HR > LVIDd
If NEXT is pressed when an item other than Diastole, Systole, or LVIDd is

selected, the following shift pattern is used.
• IVSTd > LVIDd > LVPWd > LVIDs > ET > HR > IVSTd
<<Example of operation>>
When NEXT is pressed in IVSTd measurement mode, LVIDd measurement

mode is entered regardless of whether the "Sequence Type" setting is (1) or (2).
When NEXT is pressed again, LVPWd mode is entered. When NEXT is
pressed in Diastole measurement mode, however, Systole measurement mode
is entered if the "Sequence Type" setting is (1) and LVIDs measurement mode
is entered if the "Sequence Type" setting is (2).
No. 2B771-023EN
3-11
3.5.2 TEICHHOLZ method
7 × LVIDd 3
EDV =
2.4 + LVIDd
7 × LVIDs 3
ESV =
2.4 + LVIDs
The items to be measured, the measurement procedures, and the display layout for
measured values are identical to those for the CUBE method. Therefore, refer to
subsection 3.5.1 "CUBE method".
3.5.3 GIBSON method

π
EDV = × (0.98 × LVIDd + 5.90) × LVIDd 2
6
π
ESV = × (1.14 × LVIDs + 4.18) × LVIDs 2
6
The items to be measured, the measurement procedures, and the display layout for
measured values are identical to those for the CUBE method. Therefore, refer to
subsection 3.5.1 "CUBE method".
No. 2B771-023EN
3-12
3.6 Mitral Valve Measurement (MV)
When [MV] is selected from the menu, mitral valve measurement can be performed in
M-mode.
EF SLP DE SLP
EPSS E
E
CE AMP A A
DE AMP B
CA AMP F B
D F D
C C C
MV measurement items
Meas.
Description Meas. formula
item name
EFSLP Refer to subsection 3.3 "Slope
Mitral valve closing speed
Measurement (Slope)".
EPSS Distance between point E and Refer to subsection 3.1 "Distance
the interventricular septum Measurement (Distance)".
CEAMP Amplitude of the E wave Refer to subsection 3.1 "Distance
CAAMP Amplitude of the A wave. Refer to subsection 3.1 "Distance
DEAMP Amplitude of the DE wave. Refer to subsection 3.1 "Distance
DESLP Mitral valve opening speed Refer to subsection 3.3 "Slope
Measurement (Slope)".
<<Items calculated>>
Calc. item
name
CA/CE Ratio of the A and E waves CAAMP/CEAMP
CEAMP 999.9 mm DEAMP 999.9 mm

CAAMP 999.9 mm EPSS 999.9 mm
DESLP 999.9 mm/s EFSLP 999.9 mm/s CA/CE 99.99
No. 2B771-023EN
3-13
3.7 Aortic Valve Measurement (Aortic)
When [AO] is selected from the menu, aortic valve measurement can be performed in
M-mode.
RVOTD
AVD
AOD
LAD ET
AO measurement items
Meas.
Description Meas. formula
item name
AOD Refer to subsection 3.1 "Distance
Diameter of the aorta
LAD Diameter of the left atrium Refer to subsection 3.1 "Distance
AVD Diameter of the aortic valve Refer to subsection 3.1 "Distance
ET Ejection time Refer to subsection 3.2 "Time
Measurement (Time)".
RVOTD Diameter of the right ventricular Refer to subsection 3.1 "Distance
outflow tract Measurement (Distance)".
<<Items calculated>>
Calc. item
name
LA/AO Ratio of the left atrium to the LAD/AOD
aorta
RVOTD 999.9 mm AOD 999.9 mm

LAD 999.9 mm AVD 999.9 mm
ET 99999 ms LA/AO 99.99
No. 2B771-023EN
3-14
3.8 Percent Stenosis Measurement (% STENOSIS)
The measurement items, the calculation items, and the display layout for measured
values are identical to those in 2D-mode. Refer to subsection 2.10 "Percent Stenosis
(% STENOSIS)".
Note, however, that [Amax A], [Amin A], [Amax B], and [Amin B] cannot be selected
because area measurement is not possible in M-mode.
No. 2B771-023EN
3-15 *
4. CDI-Mode Measurements
4.1 Flow Velocity (Color Vel)
The flow velocity at the specified point on the frozen color-mode image is calculated and
displayed.

(1) Select [Color Vel] from the menu.
The marker "" is displayed.
(2) Use the trackball to move the marker to the

measurement position and press SET .
An angle mark is displayed in the direction of the
ultrasound beam.
(3) Use the MEAS EDIT dial to align the angle mark with the
blood flow direction.
(4) Press SET to fix the angle mark. The channel mark is
displayed.
To measure another flow velocity, press NEXT .
A
Vel A 999.9 cm/s Angle A 99°
NOTE: 1. In TDI-mode measurements, a bar may be displayed above or below the

measured value. This indicates saturation.
2. TDI mode can be used when the TDI option is installed.
No. 2B771-023EN
4-1
modified. To modify the channel measured last, press
SET .
A
(2) Move the marker using the trackball and press SET .
The angle mark is displayed at the angle before
modification. A
(3) Modify the angle using the MEAS EDIT dial.
(4) Press SET to fix the angle mark.
A
B
No. 2B771-023EN
4-2
4.2 Color-Mode Profile Measurement (Color Profile)
In this measurement, the velocity, variance, power, and other data on any line set on
the frozen color-mode image can be graphed out.
For the measurement procedures, refer to subsection 2.12 "2D-Mode Profile".
The color map can be changed using the C Map on the CDI menu.
After the measurement position is set, the measurement result is displayed graphically.
The horizontal axis of the graph indicates the distance and the vertical axis indicates the
power and variance.
Note that the measured distance values are used for the horizontal axis.
Power
Distance
σ
Dist A 999.9mm
No. 2B771-023EN
4-3 *
5. Doppler-Mode Measurements
5.1 Flow Velocity Measurement (Velocity)
The blood flow velocity is measured in Doppler mode.
Display item Contents (unit)

Velocity Velocity (m/s)
PG Pressure gradient (mmHg)
(1) Start up the measurement function and select [Velocity]

from the menu.
A marker is displayed.
(2) Move the marker to the measurement point using the

trackball and then press SET to fix the marker.
A
The channel indication character is displayed.
To change the display position, press SET again.
(3) To perform another velocity measurement, press

NEXT .
Vel A 999.9 cm/s PG A 999.9 mmHg
No. 2B771-023EN
5-1
5.2 Acceleration Measurement (Accel)
The change in flow velocity between two points (acceleration) is measured.
Display item Contents (unit)

V-Diff Velocity deviation (m/s)
Accel Acceleration (m/s2)
(1) Select [Accel] from the menu.

A marker is displayed.

the trackball.

the trackball.

The channel indication character is displayed.
A
(6) To perform another acceleration measurement, press

NEXT .
* The modification procedures are identical to those for M-mode velocity

measurement. Refer to subsection 3.3 "Slope Measurement (Slope)".
Vel1 A 999.9 cm/s Vel2 A 999.9 cm/s V-Diff A 999.9 cm/s Time A 99999 ms
2
Accel A 999.9 cm/s
No. 2B771-023EN
5-2
5.3 Time Measurement (Time)
The time is measured by selecting [Time] from the menu.
The measurement procedures and the display layout for the measured value are
identical to those for time measurement in M-mode.
Refer to subsection 3.2 "Time Measurement (Time)".
5.4 Heart Rate Measurement (HR)

The heart rate is measured by selecting [HR] from the menu.
The measurement procedure and the display layout for the measured value are
identical to those for heart rate measurement in M-mode.
Refer to subsection 3.4 "Heart Rate Measurement (HR)".
No. 2B771-023EN
5-3
5.5 Velocity Trace Measurement (Vel Trace)
Tracing the Doppler waveform permits measurement (calculation) of the velocity and
other items. Manual trace (Trace All) measurement or Auto-trace measurement is
available. To perform tracing manually, select All, Spline, or Line for "Velocity Trace" in
the Measurement Preset.
5.5.1 Trace All

The Doppler waveform can be traced freehand from the start point to the end point.
<<Measurement procedure>>
(1) Set [Manual] in the menu to ON.
(2) Select [Vel Trace] from the menu.

A marker for the first point is displayed at the center of
the screen.
(3) Move the marker to the trace start point using the
trackball and press SET .
The start point is fixed and a marker for the second point
is superimposed on the start point.
(4) Move the new marker a little at a time using the trackball
to trace the Doppler waveform.
To modify the trace during the tracing, turn the MEAS
EDIT dial counterclockwise. The trace is deleted in
10-pixel increments. The trace can also be deleted by
moving the trackball to the left.
(5) Press SET to fix the trace.

The markers indicating Vps, Vmin, and Ved are A
displayed (when [Auto Point] is set to ON).
VPS A 999.9 cm/s Vm_PA 999.9 cm/s Vm_MA 999.9 cm/s Ved A 999.9 cm/s
Vmin A 999.9 cm/s RI A 99.99 PI A 99.99
No. 2B771-023EN
5-4
<<Modifying the trace line>>
(1) Press SET .

A marker for modification is displayed.
(2) Modify the trace line using the trackball and the MEAS
EDIT dial.
Rotating the MEAS EDIT dial counterclockwise deletes
the line by 10 pixels at a time.
Excessive deletion of the line can be restored by rotating
the MEAS EDIT dial clockwise.
(3) Press SET to fix the modified trace line.

A
No. 2B771-023EN
5-5
5.5.2 Trace Spline
The Doppler waveform can be traced by setting at least three points (including the start
and end points). A spline curve is connected between the set points to trace the
Doppler waveform.
<<Basic operating procedures>>
(1) Set [Manual] in the menu to ON.

A marker for the first (start) point is displayed.

The first point is fixed and a marker for the second point
is displayed.
(4) Repeat this procedure to set the third and subsequent

points.
When the third point is set, a line connecting the points
is displayed.
To modify the line, rotate the MEAS EDIT dial
counterclockwise. The points are deleted one by one to
delete the trace. Excessive deletion can be restored by
rotating the MEAS EDIT dial clockwise.
(5) When SET is pressed, the trace spline is fixed.

The markers indicating Vps, Vmin, and Ved are A
displayed. (when [Auto Point] is set to ON)
<<Modification procedure>>
Refer to subsection 5.5.1 "Trace All".
5.5.3 Trace Line

Set at least three points including the start and end points. Straight lines are drawn
between the points for tracing. The operation is the same as for Trace Spline.
No. 2B771-023EN
5-6
5.5.4 Auto-trace
The maximum velocity (Vpeak) and the mean velocity (Vmean) can automatically be
traced, and the measurements are calculated by specifying the area and one cardiac
cycle of the Doppler waveform in the specified rectangular area.
Brightness
Velocity
PEAK MEAN 0
NOTE: The curve to be displayed can be preset.
Page : Measurement Preset "Velocity Trace"
Item : Trace Line Display
Setting : VPEAK : Displays a Vpeak curve.

VPEAK+VMEAN : Displays a Vpeak curve and a Vmean curve.
No. 2B771-023EN
5-7
<<Basic operating procedures>>
(1) Set [Manual] in the menu to OFF.

A marker and bar cursor used to set the trace start point
are displayed.
(3) Move the marker and the bar cursor using the trackball.
* To set the auto-trace target region to FWD (or REV),

move the marker in the FWD (or REV) direction until
the lower (or upper) part of the bar cursor is
displayed dotted and set the start point.
(4) Press SET .

The trace start point is set and the bar cursor for the
second point is displayed to the right.
(5) Move the bar cursor for the trace end point using the
trackball.
(6) Press SET to fix the end point.

When the end point is set, tracing starts automatically. A A
The markers indicating Vps, Vmin, and Ved are
displayed (when [Auto Point] is set to ON).
VPS A 999.9 cm/s Vm_P A 999.9 cm/s Vm_M A 999.9 cm/s Ved A 999.9 cm/s
Vmin A 999.9 cm/s RI A 99.99 PI A 99.99
No. 2B771-023EN
5-8
<<Automatic point recognition function>>
VPS (peak systolic velocity), VMIN (minimum velocity), and VED (end-diastolic velocity)
in the area specified by auto-tracing can be automatically detected using this function.
or is displayed at each recognition point.
This function is useful in the analysis of the pulsatile blood flow waveform.
Select [Auto Point] from the menu.
This function can be preset to ON.
When [Auto Point] is set to ON, cardiac cycles are automatically detected; VPS, VMIN,
VED, VM_, etc. are calculated for each cardiac cycle; and the mean values of the
measurements for each measurement item are displayed.
When [Auto Point] is set to OFF, automatic recognition points are not displayed, and
each measurement value is calculated for the entire tracing range and displayed.
The displayed measurement items differ depending on the Auto Point ON/OFF setting.
VPS VPS
VED
VMIN VED
VMIN
No. 2B771-023EN
5-9
<<Modifying the trace line>>
The trace line can be modified.
(1) Select [Trace Cor.] from the menu.

The modification cursor appears.
Move the cursor to the point to be modified using the
trackball.
(2) Press SET . The modification start position is set.

A cross-shaped cursor for modification is displayed.
Draw the new trace line using the trackball and the MEAS
EDIT dial.
(3) Press SET to set the newly drawn line.

The modified trace line is then displayed.
No. 2B771-023EN
5-10
5.6 VTI Measurement (Conti. Equation)
In this measurement, the following items are calculated and displayed from the traced
velocity and 2D-mode area measurement.
VTI A VTI B
S1 S2
Flow passage
Item name Contents [Unit] Measurement and calculation methods

VTI A VTI (velocity-time integral)[m or Measurement
cm] of the region for which the Refer to subsection 5.5 "Velocity Trace
flow path area can be Measurement (Vel Trace)".
measured
VTI B VTI [m or cm] of the region Measurement
(valve orifice) for which the flow Refer to subsection 5.5 "Velocity Trace
path cross-sectional area is to Measurement (Vel Trace)".
be measured
Area A Flow path cross-sectional area Measurement
[mm2 or cm2] to be measured in Refer to subsection 2.4
2D-mode "Area/Circumference Measurement
(Area)".
Area B Valve orifice area VTI A
× Area A
VTI B
VTI A 99.99 cm VTI B 99.99 cm

2
Area A 999.9 mm Area B 999.9 mm2
VTI C 99.99 cm VTI D 99.99 cm
2
Area C 999.9 mm Area D 999.9 mm2
No. 2B771-023EN
5-11
5.7 Doppler Flow Volume Measurement (F Vol VTI)
<<Measurement and calculation items>>
In this measurement, the following items are calculated and displayed from the traced
velocity and 2D-mode area measurement.
Item name Contents Measurement and calculation methods

Vmax Maximum velocity [m/s] Measurement
Refer to subsection 5.5 "Velocity Trace
Measurement (Vel Trace)".
VTI Velocity-time integral Measurement
Area Calculated area in 2D mode Measurement
[mm2 or cm2] Refer to subsection 2.4
"Area/Circumference Measurement
(Area)".
SV Stroke volume [mL] SV = VTI × AREA
SI SV index SI = SV/BSA
CI CO index CI = CO/BSA
PPG Maximum pressure gradient PPG = 4V max2
[mmHg]
MPG PG time-averaged Max 4∑ V max n 2
MPG =
n
AcTime Systolic acceleration time Time between Ved and Vmax
AcRatio Systolic acceleration ratio Ratio between the velocity and AcTime
DcTime Deceleration time Time between the Vmax (Peak) point
and the point where the 0-Hz line
intersects the line segment drawn
between the Vmax point and the
Vmax/ 2 point
Cycle Time Cycle time Traced time
Vmax A 999.9 cm/s VTI A 99.99 cm Area A 999 mm2

SV A 99.9 mL CO A 99.99 L/min SI A 99.9 mL/m2
CI A 99.99 PPG A 999.9 mmHg MPG A 999.9 mmHg
AcTime A 999 ms DcTime A 999.9 ms Cycle Time A 999 ms
Vmax B 999.9 cm/s VTI B 99.99 cm Area B 999.9 mm2
SV B 99.9 mL CO B 99.99 L/min SI B 99.9 mL/m2
CI B 99.99 PPG B 999.9 mmHg MPGA 999.9 mmHg
AcTime B 999 ms DcTime B 999 ms Cycle Time B 999 ms
No. 2B771-023EN
5-12
CAUTION: 1. When a range smaller than a single cardiac cycle is traced
on the Doppler waveform, the traced range is displayed as
the cycle time.
2. When a range including two or more cardiac cycles is traced

on the Doppler waveform, the traced range is divided by the
number of detected peaks and the average is displayed as
the cycle time.
• When [Auto Point] is set to OFF, the traced range is

displayed as the cycle time.
NOTE: • The TAVmax value to be used for CO calculation can be checked on the
Report or Worksheet screen.
• The AcTime value is displayed only when [Auto Point] is set to On.
No. 2B771-023EN
5-13
5.8 Velocity Measurement (F Vol Vel Trace)
Item name Name [Unit] Measurement and calculation methods

Vmax Peak systolic velocity [cm/s] Measurement
TAVmax Time-averaged Vmax [cm/s] Measurement
TAV mean Time-averaged Vmean Measurement
[m/s] Refer to subsection 5.5 "Velocity Trace
Area [mm2] Measurement
Refer to subsection 2.4
"Area/Circumference Measurement
(Area)".
Flow Vol [L/min] TAV max A × Area A × 60
10 3
TAV mean A × Area A × 60
10 3
PPG [mm Hg] PGmax A = 4V max A2
MPG [mm Hg] 4∑ V max n 2
PGT max A =
n
No. 2B771-023EN
5-14
• When "Cardiac" is selected for Measurement Preset "F Vol Vel Trace Type"
Vmax A 999.9 cm/s TAVmax A 999.9 cm/s

TAVmean A 999.9 cm/s Area A 99999 mm2 Flow Vol A 99.999 L/min
PPG A 999.9 mmHg MPGA 999.9 mmHg
Vmax B 999.9 cm/s TAVmax B 999.9 cm/s
TAVmean B 999.9 cm/s Area B 99999 mm2 Flow Vol B 99.999 L/min
PPG B 999.9 mmHg MPGB 999.9 mmHg
• When "Vascular" is selected for Measurement Preset "F Vol Vel Trace Type"
Vmax A 999.9 cm/s Ved A 999.9 cm/s Vmin A 999.9 cm/s

TAVmax A 999.9 cm/s PI A 99.99 RI A 99.99
2
TAVmean A 999.9 cm/s Area A 99999 mm Flow Vol A 99.999 L/min
2
AcTime A 99999 ms AcRatio A 99.99 cm/s S/D A 99.99
Vmax B 999.9 cm/s Ved B 999.9 cm/s Vmin B 999.9 cm/s
TAVmax B 999.9 cm/s PI B 99.99 RI B 99.99
TAVmean B 999.9 cm/s Area B 99999 mm2 Flow Vol B 99.999 L/min
AcTime B 99999 ms AcRatio B 99.99 cm/s2 S/D B 99.99
CAUTION: 1. Be sure to trace the Doppler waveform for ranges that

exceed a single cardiac cycle so that two Ved points are
included in the traced range. Otherwise, the correct
measurement result cannot be obtained.
2. The HR A and HR B values displayed in the Report and

Worksheet screens are calculated using the value (cycle
time) obtained by averaging the traced range by the number
of detected peaks.
When [Auto Point] is set to OFF and a range smaller than a
single cardiac cycle is traced, the traced range is set as the
cycle time.
No. 2B771-023EN
5-15
5.9 Velocity Ratio Measurement
NOTE: When the Doppler angle is changed in velocity ratio measurement, the values
are not recalculated according to the change in the angle unless the
measurement mark remains displayed.
5.9.1 RATIO measurement

This measurement function calculates the flow ratio at four points on two Doppler images.
Flow VA1
velocity VA3
Doppler image A
VA2
0 Time
VA4
Flow VB3
velocity VB1
Doppler image B
VB2
0 Time
VB4
No. 2B771-023EN
5-16
<<Measurement items>>
Measurement item name Contents Measurement method

Vel1 A Velocity in time-phase A on Refer to subsection 5.1
Doppler image Vel 1 [m/s] "Flow Velocity
Measurement".
Vel1 B Velocity in time-phase B on Refer to subsection 5.1
Measurement".
Vel1 C Velocity in time-phase C on Refer to subsection 5.1
Measurement".
Vel1 D Velocity in time-phase D on Refer to subsection 5.1
Measurement".
Vel2 A Velocity in time-phase A on Refer to subsection 5.1
Measurement".
Vel2 B Velocity in time-phase B on Refer to subsection 5.1
Measurement".
Vel2 C Velocity in time-phase C on Refer to subsection 5.1
Measurement".
Vel2 D Velocity in time-phase D on Refer to subsection 5.1
Measurement".
<<Calculation items>>
Calculation item name Contents Calculation method
Ratio A Velocity ratio in time-phase A Ratio A = Vel1 A / Vel2 A
Ratio B Velocity ratio in time-phase B Ratio B = Vel1 B / Vel2 B
Ratio C Velocity ratio in time-phase C Ratio C = Vel1 C / Vel2 C
Ratio D Velocity ratio in time-phase D Ratio D = Vel1 D / Vel2 D
Vel1 A 999.9 cm/s Vel2 A 999.9 cm/s Ratio A 99.99

Vel1 B 999.9 cm/s Vel2 B 999.9 cm/s Ratio B 99.99
Vel1 C 999.9 cm/s Vel2 C 999.9 cm/s Ratio C 99.99
Vel1 D 999.9 cm/s Vel2 D 999.9 cm/s Ratio D 99.99
No. 2B771-023EN
5-17
5.9.2 RI measurement (RI)
Measurement
Contents Measurement method
item name
Vel1 A Velocity in time-phase 1 (CH A) Refer to subsection 5.1 "Flow
Velocity Measurement".
Vel2 A Velocity in time-phase 2 (CH A) Refer to subsection 5.1 "Flow
Vmax A Maximum velocity (CH A) Refer to subsection 5.1 "Flow
Vmin A Minimum velocity (CH A) Refer to subsection 5.1 "Flow
Vel1 B Velocity in time-phase 1 (CH B) Refer to subsection 5.1 "Flow
Vel2 B Velocity in time-phase 2 (CH B) Refer to subsection 5.1 "Flow
Vmax B Maximum velocity (CH B) Refer to subsection 5.1 "Flow
Vmin B Minimum velocity (CH B) Refer to subsection 5.1 "Flow
Calculation item name Calculation method

Ratio A Vel1A
RatioA =
Vel2A
Ratio B Vel1B
RatioB =
Vel2B
RI A V max A − V min A
RIA =
V max A
RI B V max B − V min B
RIB =
V max B
Vel1 A 999.9 cm/s Vel2 A 999.9 cm/s Ratio A 99.99

Vmax A 999.9 cm/s Vmin A 999.9 cm/s RI A 99.99
Vel1 B 999.9 cm/s Vel2 B 999.9 cm/s Ratio B 99.99
Vmax B 999.9 cm/s Vmin B 999.9 cm/s RI B 99.99
No. 2B771-023EN
5-18
5.10 Mitral Valve Measurement (Mitral Valve)
Measurement of mitral valve function is performed using 2D-mode image and Doppler
images.
Item name Contents Measurement and calculation methods

E Vel E-wave flow velocity [cm/s] Refer to subsection 5.1 "Flow Velocity
Measurement".
A Vel A-wave flow velocity [cm/s] Refer to subsection 5.1 "Flow Velocity
Measurement".
PHT Pressure half time [ms] Refer to subsection 5.1 "Flow Velocity
Measurement".
E Dur E-wave duration [ms] Refer to subsection 3.2 "Time
A Dur A-wave duration [ms] Refer to subsection 3.2 "Time
E' Vel E'-wave flow velocity [cm/s or Refer to subsection 5.1 "Flow Velocity
m/s] Measurement".
A' Vel A'-wave flow velocity [cm/s or Refer to subsection 5.1 "Flow Velocity
m/s] Measurement".
IRT Isovelocity relaxation time [ms] Refer to subsection 3.2 "Time
MV VTI Mitral valve VTI [m] Refer to the item <<Measurement
points>> below.
MV VM Mitral valve mean velocity [cm/s] Refer to the item <<Measurement
points>> below.
MV VP Mitral valve maximum velocity Refer to the item <<Measurement
[cm/s] points>> below.
MV MPG Mitral valve mean pressure Refer to the item <<Measurement
gradient [mmHg] points>> below.
MV PPG Mitral valve maximum pressure Refer to the item <<Measurement
gradient [mmHg] points>> below.
MV Diam Mitral valve diameter [mm] Refer to subsection 2.1 "Distance
HR Heart rate [bpm] Refer to subsection 3.4 "Heart Rate
Measurement (HR)".
E/A E-wave flow velocity / A-wave E Vel / A Vel
flow velocity [cm/s]
A/E A-wave flow velocity / E-wave A Vel / E Vel
E/E' E-wave flow velocity / E'-wave abs (E Vel / E' Vel)
DcT Deceleration time [ms] Measure
SV Stroke volume [mL] 0.785 × (MVDiam)2 × ABS | MV VTI |
CO Cardiac output [L] SV × HR / 1000
SI SV Index SV / BSA (BSA: Body surface area)
CI CO Index CO / BSA (BSA: Body surface area)
2 2
MV Area Mitral valve area [mm or cm ] 220 / PHT
No. 2B771-023EN
5-19
E Vel 999.9 cm/s A Vel 999.9 cm/s E/A 99.99

DcT 99999 ms PHT 99999 ms A/E 99.99
E' Vel 999.9 cm/s E/E' 99.99 A' Vel 999.9 cm/s
IRT 99999 ms E Dur 99999 ms A Dur 99999 ms
MV VTI 9.99 m MV Diam 999.9 mm MV Area 99999 mm2
MV VM 999.9 cm/s SV 999.9 mL HR 999 bpm
MV VP 999.9 cm/s CO 99.99 L/min
MV MPG 999.9 mmHg SI 999.9 mL/m2
MV PPG 999.9 mmHg CI 99.99
NOTE: 1. When [HR] is selected with the HR measurement method set to ECG, the
HR value is input from the ECG waveform displayed on the screen.
2. If [MV Trace] measurement is performed when HR is not measured, the HR

value is automatically input from the ECG waveform displayed on the
screen.
<<Measurement points>>
(1) Measure [E Vel] and [A Vel]. Measure [PHT]. Measure [E-Dur], [A-Dur], and [IRT].
Measure [HR].
HR
LV
E VEL
A VEL
RV PHT
IRT EDUR ADUR

LA PCG
RA
(2) Measure [E' Vel] and [A' Vel].

E' Vel, A' Vel
A' Vel
E' Vel
No. 2B771-023EN
5-20
(3) Measure [MV Trace].
(4) Measure [MV Diam].
Diam
No. 2B771-023EN
5-21
5.11 Mitral Valve Regurgitation Measurement
(Mitral Regurgitation: MR)
Measurement
Contents [Unit] Measurement and calculation methods
item name
dt Time required for the Measurement
regurgitation velocity at the Refer to item <<Measurement
mitral valve to change from points>>.
1 m/s to 3 m/s [ms]
dP/dt dP/dt value [mmHg/s] dP/dt = 32 / dt × 1000
MR Vel Mitral valve regurgitation Refer to subsection 5.1 "Flow Velocity
velocity [cm/s] Measurement".
MR PG Mitral valve regurgitation Refer to subsection 5.1 "Flow Velocity
pressure gradient [mmHg] Measurement".
* dP/dt measurement
This measurement assesses mitral valve function during the LV systolic period
based on the time the LV pressure takes to rise to 32 mmHg. The dP/dt value is
obtained by measuring the time required for the regurgitation velocity at the mitral
valve to change from 1 m/s to 3 m/s.
* Source: IOWA HEART INSTITUTE

CARDIAC DOPPLER HEMODYNAMIC HANDBOOK DP/DT
The result is judged to be abnormal when the calculated value is lower than
1000 mmHg/s and is judged to be normal when the calculated value is greater than
1200 mmHg/s according to the above source.
<<Interpretation of the dP/dt value>>
Normal > 1200 mmHg/s (< 27 msec)

Borderline 1000 to 1200 mmHg/s (27 msec to 32 msec)
Abnormal < 1000 mmHg/s (> 32 msec)
No. 2B771-023EN
5-22
(1) Select [dP/dt] from the menu. Regurgitation

Horizontal lines corresponding to the at the mitral
velocities of 1 m/s and 3 m/s are valve
displayed together with a measurement
cursor (vertical bar).
1 m/s
3 m/s
Measurement cursor
(vertical bar)
(2) Operate the trackball to move the

measurement cursor to the point
corresponding to a regurgitation velocity
of 1 m/s at the mitral valve (start point).
(3) Press SET .

The measurement cursor at the point
of 1 m/s becomes a dotted line.
A new measurement cursor (vertical
bar) is displayed.
The start point and the end point are
connected using dotted lines.
(4) Operate the trackball to move the

measurement cursor to the point
of 3 m/s at the mitral valve.
(5) Press SET .

The measurement cursor at the point
of 3 m/s becomes a dotted line.
When SET is pressed again, the end
point can be set again.
MR Vel 999.9 cm/s MR PG 999.9 mmHg

dt 99999 ms dP/dt 9999 mmHg/s
No. 2B771-023EN
5-23
5.12 Aortic Valve Function Measurement (Aortic Valve)
Measurement of aortic valve function is performed using 2D-mode and Doppler images.
Measurement
Contents [unit] Measurement method
item name
LVOT Vel
LVOT Vel Velocity in the LV outflow Refer to subsection 5.1 "Flow Velocity
tract [cm/s] Measurement".
LVOT PG Pressure gradient in the LV Refer to subsection 5.1 "Flow Velocity
outflow tract [mmHg] Measurement".
AoV Vel
AoV Vel Velocity at the aortic valve Refer to subsection 5.1 "Flow Velocity
[cm/s] Measurement".
AoV PG Pressure gradient at the Refer to subsection 5.1 "Flow Velocity
aortic valve [mmHg] Measurement".
LVOT V Trace
LVOT VTI VTI on the blood flow Refer to subsection 5.5 "Velocity Trace
waveform for the LV outflow Measurement (Vel Trace)".
tract [m]
LVOT VM Mean velocity on the blood Refer to subsection 5.5 "Velocity Trace
flow waveform for the LV Measurement (Vel Trace)".
outflow tract [cm/s]
LVOT VP Maximum velocity on the Refer to subsection 5.5 "Velocity Trace
blood flow waveform for the Measurement (Vel Trace)".
LV outflow tract [cm/s]
LVOT MPG Mean pressure gradient on Refer to subsection 5.5 "Velocity Trace
the blood flow waveform for Measurement (Vel Trace)".
the LV outflow tract [mmHg]
LVOT PPG Maximum pressure gradient Refer to subsection 5.5 "Velocity Trace
on the blood flow waveform Measurement (Vel Trace)".
for the LV outflow tract
[mmHg]
AoV V Trace
AoV VTI VTI on the aortic valve blood Refer to subsection 5.5 "Velocity Trace
flow waveform [m] Measurement (Vel Trace)".
AoV VM Mean velocity on the aortic Refer to subsection 5.5 "Velocity Trace
valve blood flow waveform Measurement (Vel Trace)".
[cm/s]
AoV VP Maximum velocity on the Refer to subsection 5.5 "Velocity Trace
aortic valve blood flow Measurement (Vel Trace)".
waveform [cm/s]
AoV MPG Mean pressure gradient on Refer to subsection 5.5 "Velocity Trace
the aortic valve blood flow Measurement (Vel Trace)".
waveform [mmHg]
AoV PPG Maximum pressure gradient Refer to subsection 5.5 "Velocity Trace
on the aortic valve blood Measurement (Vel Trace)".
flow waveform [mmHg]
LVOT Diam Left ventricular outflow tract Refer to subsection 2.1 "Distance
diameter [mm] Measurement (Distance)".
HR Heart rate [bpm] Refer to subsection 3.4 "Heart Rate
Measurement (HR)".
No. 2B771-023EN
5-24
2. If [LVOT Trace] measurement is performed when HR is not measured, the
HR value is automatically input from the ECG waveform displayed on the
screen.
Calculation
Contents [unit] Calculation method
item name
SV Stroke volume [mL] 0.785 × (LVOT Diam)2 ×
ABS | LVOT VTI |
CO Cardiac output [L] SV × HR / 1000
SI SV Index SV/BSA (BSA: Body surface area)
CI CO Index CO/BSA (BSA: Body surface area)
AoV Area Aortic valve area [mm2 or cm2] SV/AoV VTI / 100
<<Items displayed only on the report screen>>
Calculation
item name
SV (PV) Stroke volume [mL] SV calculated at the pulmonary valve
CO (PV) Cardiac output [L] CO calculated at the pulmonary valve
HR (PV) Heart rate [bpm] HR measured at the pulmonary valve
Qp/Qs (SV) Shunt ratio (SV) SV (PV)/SV
Qp/Qs (CO) Shunt ratio (CO) CO (PV)/CO
AoV VTI 9.99 m LVOT VTI 9.99 m LVOT Diam 999.9 mm

AoV VM 999.9 cm/s LVOT VM 999.9 cm/s AoV Area 99999 mm2
AoV VP 999.9 cm/s LVOT VP 999.9 cm/s SV 999.9 mL
AoV MPG 999.9 mmHg LVOT MPG 999.9 mmHg CO 99.99 L/min
AoV PPG 999.9 mmHg LVOT PPG 999.9 mmHg SI 999.9 mL/m2
AoV Vel 999.9 cm/s LVOT Vel 999.9 cm/s CI 99.99
AoV PG 999.9 mmHg LVOT PG 999.9 mmHg HR 999 bpm
(1) Measure [LVOT Vel]. Measure [HR].
LVOT Vel
(PW Doppler)
No. 2B771-023EN
5-25
(2) Measure [LVOT V Trace].
(3) Measure [AoV Vel].
AoV Vel
(CW Doppler)
(4) Measure [AoV VTI].
(5) Measure [LVOT Diam].
LVOT
Diam
No. 2B771-023EN
5-26
5.13 Aortic Valve Regurgitation Measurement
(Aortic Regurgitation: AR)
Measurement
Contents Measurement or calculation method
item name
AR Vmax Maximum AR velocity [cm/s] Refer to subsection 5.2 "Acceleration
Measurement (Accel)".
AR Ved End diastolic AR velocity Refer to subsection 5.2 "Acceleration
[cm/s] Measurement (Accel)".
DcT Deceleration time DcT = AR Vmax/Decel Rate
Decel Rate Deceleration rate on the Decel Rate =
aortic valve regurgitation (AR Vmax - AR Ved)/Time
waveform [cm/s2]
AR Vmax 999.9 cm/s AR Ved 999.9 cm/s

DcT 99999 ms Decel Rate 999.9 cm/s2
AR Vmax
Ved
Time
DCT
No. 2B771-023EN
5-27
5.14 Tricuspid Valve Measurement (Tricuspid Valve)
Measurement of tricuspid valve function is performed using Doppler images.
Measurement
Contents Calculation method
item name
TV VTI Tricuspid valve VTI [m] TV VTI measurement item
TV VM Tricuspid valve mean TV VTI measurement item
velocity [cm/s] Refer to subsection 5.5 "Velocity Trace
TV VP Tricuspid valve maximum TV VTI measurement item
velocity [cm/s] Refer to subsection 5.5 "Velocity Trace
TV MPG Tricuspid valve mean TV VTI measurement item
pressure gradient [mmHg] Refer to subsection 5.5 "Velocity Trace
TV PPG Tricuspid valve maximum TV VTI measurement item
pressure gradient [mmHg] Refer to subsection 5.5 "Velocity Trace
TV Vel Tricuspid valve velocity Refer to subsection 5.1 "Flow Velocity
[cm/s] Measurement".
TV PG Tricuspid valve pressure Refer to subsection 5.1 "Flow Velocity
gradient [mmHg] Measurement".
TV VTI 9.99 m TV MPG 999.9 mmHg TV Vel 999.9 cm/s

TV VM 999.9 cm/s TV PPG 999.9 mmHg TV PG 999.9 mmHg
TV VP 999.9 cm/s
No. 2B771-023EN
5-28
(1) Measure [TV VEL Trace].
RV
LV
LA
RA
(PW Doppler)
(2) Measure [TV Vel].
TV-VEL
No. 2B771-023EN
5-29
5.15 Tricuspid Valve Regurgitation Measurement
(Tricuspid Regurgitation: TR)
Measurement
item name
TR VTI Tricuspid valve regurgitation Measurement (TR Trace measurement
VTI [m] item)
TR VM Tricuspid valve regurgitation Measurement (TR Trace measurement
mean velocity [cm/s] item)
TR VP Tricuspid valve regurgitation Measurement (TR Trace measurement
maximum velocity [cm/s] item)
Measurement (Vel Trace)" or 5.1 "Flow
TR MPG Tricuspid valve regurgitation Measurement (TR Trace measurement
mean pressure gradient item)
[mmHg]
TR PPG Tricuspid valve regurgitation Measurement (TR Trace measurement
maximum pressure gradient item)
[mmHg]
Measurement (Vel Trace)" or 5.1 "Flow
RA Press Right atrium pressure Measurement (manual input)
[mmHg]
RVSP Right ventricle systolic RVSP = TR PPG + RAPress
pressure [mmHg]
TR VTI 9.99 m TR MPG 999.9 mmHg TR Vel 999.9 cm/s

TR VM 999.9 cm/s TR PPG 999.9 mmHg TR PG 999.9 mmHg
TR VP 999.9 cm/s RA Press 999.9 mmHg RVSP 999.9 mmHg
No. 2B771-023EN
5-30
NOTE: For TR VP and TR PPG, the values measured most recently using [TR Vel] or
[TR Vel Trace] are input.
For RA Press, 10.0 mmHg is input as the default.
If no value is input for RA Press, RVSP is calculated assuming that the right
atrium pressure is 10.0 mmHg.
No. 2B771-023EN
5-31
5.16 Pulmonary Valve Measurement (Pulmonary Valve)
Measurement of pulmonary valve function is performed using a Doppler image.
<<Measurement items>
Measurement
item name
PV VTI Pulmonary valve VTI [m] Refer to subsection 5.5 "Velocity
Trace Measurement (Vel Trace)".
PV VM Pulmonary valve mean velocity Refer to subsection 5.5 "Velocity
[cm/s] Trace Measurement (Vel Trace)".
PV VP Pulmonary valve maximum Refer to subsection 5.5 "Velocity
velocity [cm/s] Trace Measurement (Vel Trace)".
PV MPG Pulmonary valve mean pressure Refer to subsection 5.5 "Velocity
gradient [mmHg] Trace Measurement (Vel Trace)".
PV PPG Pulmonary valve maximum Refer to subsection 5.5 "Velocity
pressure gradient [mmHg] Trace Measurement (Vel Trace)".
PV Vel Maximum velocity [cm/s] Refer to subsection 5.1 "Flow
PV PG Maximum pressure gradient Refer to subsection 5.1 "Flow
[mmHg] Velocity Measurement".
PV Diam Pulmonary artery diameter [mm] Refer to subsection 2.1 "Distance
Measurement".
HR Heart rate [bpm] Refer to subsection 3.4 "Heart
Rate Measurement (HR)".
RV ET Ejection time [ms] Refer to subsection 3.2 "Time
RV AcT Acceleration time [ms] Refer to subsection 3.2 "Time
RV PEP Pre-ejection period [ms] Refer to subsection 3.2 "Time
2. If [PV V Trace] measurement is performed when HR is not measured, the

HR value is automatically input from the ECG waveform displayed on the
screen.
Calculation
item name
SV Stroke volume [mL] 0.785 × (PV Diam)2 × ABS | VTI |
CO Cardiac output [L] SV × HR/1000
SI SV Index SV/BSA (BSA: Body surface area)
CI CO Index CO/BSA (BSA: Body surface area)
RV AcT/ET Ratio of AcT to ET RV ACT/RV ET
RV STI Systolic time interval RV REP/RV ET
No. 2B771-023EN
5-32
<<Items displayed only on the report screen>>
Calculation
item name
SV (AoV) Stroke volume [mL] SV calculated at the aortic valve
CO (AoV) Cardiac output [L] CO calculated at the aortic valve
HR (AoV) Heart rate [bpm] HR measured at the aortic valve
Qp/Qs (SV) Shunt ratio (SV) SV/SV (AoV)
Qp/Qs (CO) Shunt ratio (CO) CO/CO (AoV)
(1) Measure [PV Vel].

TV PV
RV
PV Vel
RA
LA
(PW Doppler)
(2) Measure [PV V Trace].
(3) Measure [ET], [ACT], and [PEP].
ACT
PEP ET
HR
Diam
(4) Measure [PV Diam].
No. 2B771-023EN
5-33
PV Vel 999.9 cm/s PV PG 999.9 mmHg

PV VTI 9.99 m PV Diam 999.9 mm RV ET 99999 ms
PV VM 999.9 cm/s HR 999 (9) bpm RV AcT 99999 ms
PV VP 999.9 cm/s SV 999.9 mL RV PEP 99999 ms
PV MPG 999.9 mmHg CO 99.99 L/min RV AcT/ET 99.99
PV PPG 999.9 mmHg SI 999.9 mL/m2 RV STI 99.99
CI 99.99
No. 2B771-023EN
5-34
5.17 Pulmonary Vein Measurement (Pulmonary Vein)
Measurement
Contents Measurement method
item name
S1 Vel S1-wave flow velocity [cm/s] Refer to subsection 5.1 "Flow
S2 Vel S2-wave flow velocity [cm/s] Refer to subsection 5.1 "Flow
D Vel D-wave flow velocity [cm/s] Refer to subsection 5.1 "Flow
PVA Vel PVA-wave flow velocity [cm/s] Refer to subsection 5.1 "Flow
PVA Dur Atrial inversion duration [ms] Refer to subsection 3.2 "Time
S VTI S-wave VTI [m] Refer to subsection 5.5 "Velocity
D VTI D-wave VTI [m] Refer to subsection 5.5 "Velocity
DcT Deceleration time Measure
Calculation item name Contents [unit] Calculation method

S2/D Ratio of the S2 wave velocity S2 Vel/D Vel
to the D wave velocity
Sys Fract. Systolic fraction (S VTI)/(S VTI + D VTI)
S1 Vel 999.9 cm/s PVA Vel 999.9 cm/s

S2 Vel 999.9 cm/s D Vel 999.9 cm/s S2/D 99.99
PVA Dur 99999 ms Sys Fract. 99.99
S VTI 9.99 m D VTI 9.99 m DcT 99999 ms
No. 2B771-023EN
5-35
(1) Measure [S1 Vel], [S2 Vel], [D Vel], and [PVA Vel].
Measure [PVA Dur].
LV
D
RV S2 S1
PVA
LA
RA
PVA Dur
(2) Measure [S VTI] and [D VTI].

D-VTI
S-VTI
No. 2B771-023EN
5-36 *
6. Cardiac Report/Worksheet
The cardiac report is a function for displaying each application measurement result and
user-registration measurement/calculation result on the monitor.
The cardiac worksheet is a function for displaying each application measurement result
and user-registration measurement/calculation result on the monitor in order to edit the
measurement results.
No. 2B771-023EN
6-1
6.1 Report Function
When [Report] is selected from the menu during cardiac measurement or when the
Report switch registered as a user function is pressed, the cardiac report screen is
displayed.
• During measurement, the page containing the title of the current measurement is
displayed.
• When measurement is not being performed, the first page is displayed.
• Measurement titles are displayed in the preset order.
• Neither the measurement items nor the calculation items can be changed.
• If a value is outside the effective range, "?????" is displayed.
• Items that are not measured are not displayed.
• For calculation items, if the applicable measurement items are not available, values
and units are not displayed.
• For measurement items, if measurement is performed several times, average values
are displayed.
• When [Prev] is pressed, the screen is switched to the previous page. When [Next] is
displayed, the screen is switched to the next page.
• When [Exit] is pressed, report display is terminated.
• When [Worksheet] is pressed, the screen is switched to the worksheet screen of the
selected measurement title.
• Presetting can be performed so that an edited item and all calculation items related
to the edited item are enclosed in angle brackets "< >".
• The keyboard can be used to enter characters in the Remarks field.
• When [Print] is pressed, the report is printed via the USB port.
No. 2B771-023EN
6-2
6.2 Worksheet Function
When [Worksheet] is selected from the menu during cardiac measurement or when the
Worksheet switch registered as a user function is pressed, the cardiac report screen is
displayed.
• During measurement, the worksheet screen containing the title of the measurement
being performed is displayed.
• When measurement is not being performed, the worksheet showing the preset first
measurement title is displayed.
• Measurement items can be edited.
• Depending on the preset setting, all edited items and related calculation items are
marked.
• When [All Clear] is pressed, the measured data that is currently being displayed is
deleted.
"Height", "Weight", and "BSA" registered in patient ID registration are displayed.
• When [Col. Clear] is pressed after moving the cursor to the column to be deleted, the
data in the column is deleted. The data in the columns to the right move left by one
column each.
• For calculation items, if the applicable measurement items are not available, values
and units are not displayed.
• For AVG, the average values from No. 1 to No. 5 are displayed.
No. 2B771-023EN
6-3
• When values are entered for No. 1 to No. 5 and determined, AVG is calculated again
and displayed.
Applicable calculation items are also calculated again.
• For items that can be changed, the background is colored.
• If all contents cannot be displayed in one screen, a scroll bar is displayed.
• When [Exit] is pressed, worksheet display is terminated.
• When [Report] is pressed, the Report screen for the currently displayed
measurement item is displayed.
• To move the cursor to the entry frame, press the Tab key on the keyboard.
• When the Tab key is pressed to move the entry frame or when the Enter key is
pressed, the entered data is set.
• When a value is edited on the Worksheet screen, the change is reflected in the
Report screen and Measurement window.
• When [Print] is pressed, the worksheet is printed via the USB port.
No. 2B771-023EN
6-4
6.3 List of Cardiac Report/Worksheet Measurement Titles
The following measurement titles are displayed in the cardiac report/worksheet.
No. Measurement function name Measurement category name Measurement title name
1 Left ventricular function LV Single Plane Ellipse LV Single Plane Ellipse
2 Left ventricular function LV Biplane Ellipse LV Biplane Ellipse
3 Left ventricular function LV Bullet LV Bullet
4 Left ventricular function LV Modified Simpson LV Modified Simpson
5 Left ventricular function LV Simpson SP LV Simpson SP
6 Left ventricular function LV Simpson BP LV Simpson BP
7 Left ventricular function LV Cube LV Cube
8 Left ventricular function LV Teichholz LV Teichholz
9 Left ventricular function LV Gibson LV Gibson
10 Stenosis ratio measurement %Stenosis %Stenosis
11 PROSTATE measurement Prostate Prostate
12 Mitral valve function measurement MV MV
13 Aortic valve function measurement AO AO
14 Valve area measurement VA VTI Conti. Equation VA VTI Conti. Equation
15 Flow volume measurement F Vol VTI F Vol VTI
16 Flow volume measurement F Vol Vel Trace F Vol Vel Trace
17 Flow velocity ratio Ratio Ratio
18 Flow velocity ratio RI RI
19 Mitral valve function measurement Mitral Valve Mitral Valve
20 Mitral valve function measurement Mitral Regurgitation Mitral Regurgitation
21 Aortic valve function measurement Aortic Valve Aortic Valve
22 Aortic valve function measurement Aortic Regurgitation Aortic Regurgitation
23 Tricuspid valve function Tricuspid Valve Tricuspid Valve
measurement
24 Tricuspid valve function Tricuspid Regurgitation Tricuspid Regurgitation
measurement
25 Pulmonary valve function Pulmonary Valve Pulmonary Valve
measurement
26 Pulmonary vein function Pulmonary Vein Pulmonary Vein
measurement
No. 2B771-023EN
6-5
No. Measurement function name Measurement category name Measurement title name
27 User registration 1 User registration 1 Up to 30 characters
39 Automated cardiac flow ACM ACM
measurement (option)
No. 2B771-023EN
6-6 *
7. Obstetric Calculations
7.1 Outline of Obstetric Calculations
This function provides data for determining fetal growth based on the fetal size
measured by the ultrasound system. The measured value is calculated on the basis of
the obtained clinical statistical data (measurement charts from authors), and is then
displayed.
Measurement charts from several authors are registered in this diagnostic ultrasound
system. Each of these charts is based on the calculation formula derived statistically
from the data acquired by the individual author. Accordingly, even if the same fetal
measurement value is input, the calculation result may differ depending on the selected
author.
It is recommended that mixing of measurement charts from different authors (facilities)
be avoided. As far as possible, only one author should be selected.
In addition, the author to be used should be selected based on the clinical judgment of a
specialist.
The fetal growth data can be registered with the patient ID in the order of date, and the
list of measured data or a graph of the measured development indicators (fetal growth
conditions) can be displayed for each patient.
Measured data for up to 2000 patients can be saved.
CAUTION: 1. Be sure to record the EDD (estimated delivery date) and the
measured data in the patient records.
Although this data can be saved in the system with the
patient ID and patient name using the SAVE function, the
saved data may be lost if the system breaks down.
2. When the system date is changed, be sure to press .
Failure to press will result in abnormal display of the

trend graph and the number of weeks.
3. When the Exam Preset is switched during measurement, all

the measurement results are cleared, except for the patient
ID and gestational age, which are saved.
4. Enter the correct data for LMP (last menstrual period), IVF
(in-vitro fertilization date), CLIN (clinical examination date),
and PREV (previous examination date). Incorrect entry of
these parameters will result in incorrect EDD (estimated date
of delivery) calculation.
The date and GA entered for CLIN or PREV are used to
calculate LMP and GA, which are then used for
measurement.
5. Obstetric calculation data cannot be stored in the system or

updated unless the patient ID is entered.
6. Do not reach a diagnosis based only on the current

measured data and calculation results displayed on the
report screen. The diagnosis must always be based on an
overall clinical evaluation of the patient including past
examination results recorded on the patient's medical
record.
No. 2B771-023EN
7-1
CAUTION: 7. Measurements may be incorrect depending on the fetal
position. Do not reach a diagnosis based only on the
measured data and calculation results obtained using the
measured data. The diagnosis must always be based on an
overall clinical evaluation of the patient.
8. Several fetal growth measurement methods are available.

Select the most appropriate method for the patient based on
the clinical judgment of a specialist.
NOTE: Clinical statistics data is cited and registered based on the references listed in
section 18 "References". Note that the data may vary depending on the
author. Therefore, in this manual, the used data is identified using the author
name. Up to two types can be registered for each measurement item to
permit user-specific clinical statistics data to be used.
No. 2B771-023EN
7-2
7.1.1 Outline of operating procedures
The main operating procedures for the first diagnostic examination and for subsequent
examinations are as follows:
First examination Subsequent examination

Input the patient ID and patient name. Input the patient ID.
↓ ↓
Calculate EDD*1. Start OB.
↓ ↓
Start OB. Patient name and EDD are displayed automatically.
↓ ↓
*2
Calculate EDD . Perform measurement (BPD, FL, etc.).
↓ ↓
Perform measurement (BPD, FL, etc.). Save data.
↓ ↓
Save data. Stop OB.
↓
Stop OB.
For twins, select OB TWIN rather than OB.
*1: This calculation is possible when the preset "OB Data on ID" is set to ON.
*2: When EDD has already been calculated, the result is displayed automatically.
7.1.2 Abbreviations used

The following abbreviations are used in this operation manual and on the TV monitor
display:
• EDD (estimated date of delivery)

• GA (gestational age)
• LMP (last menstrual period)
• PRV (previous examination date)
• CLN (clinical examination date)
• EFW (estimated fetal weight)
• IVF (in-vitro fertilization date)
No. 2B771-023EN
7-3
7.1.3 Items measured
(1) OB (2D) measurement items
• AA (abdominal area)
• AC (abdominal circumference)
• AFI (amniotic fluid index)
• APAD (anteroposterior abdominal diameter)
• APTD (anteroposterior trunk diameter)
• BPD (biparietal diameter)
• CER (cerebellum)
• Cervix Len (cervical length)
• Cist.magna (cisterna magna)
• Clavicle (clavicle length)
• CRL (crown rump length)
• FHR (fetal heart rate)
• Fibula (fibula length)
• FL (femur length)
• Foot (foot length)
• FTA (fetal trunk cross-sectional area)
• GS (gestational sac diameter)
• HA (head area)
• HC (head circumference)
• Humerus (humerus length)
• Kidney (kidney length)
• NT (nuchal translucency)
• Ocular D (ocular diameter)
• OFD (occipitofrontal diameter)
• OOD (outer orbital diameter)
• Radius (radius length)
• TAD (transverse abdominal diameter)
• TC (thoracic circumference)
• THD (thoracic diameter)
• Tibia (tibia length)
• TTD (transverse trunk diameter)
• Ulna (ulna length)
• Umb VD (umbilical vein diameter)
• Yolk Sac (yolk sac)
• Nasal Bone (Nasal Bone)
• Dist 1 to Dist 4 (Distance)
• Leng 1, Leng 2 (Trace Length)
• FMF (Frontomaxillary facial angle)
• AFP (Amniotic Fluid Pocket)
• CTAR (Cardio-thorax area ratio)
No. 2B771-023EN
7-4
(2) OB (D-mode) measurement items
• Umb A (umbilical artery)

• MCA (middle cerebral artery)
• Rt Uterin (right uterine artery)
• Lt Uterin (left uterine artery)
• Fetal AO (fetal aorta)
PI (pulsatility index) and RI (resistance index) can be measured for these arteries.
* PI and RI are obtained based on the following calculation expressions

according to the settings in [Measurement Preset] - [Velocity Trace] on the
[Exam Preset] screen.
When calculating PI and RI, you can separately set which one will be used for
calculation between VED or VMIN.
• When VED is selected
PI: Pulsatility Index = |(Vmax - Ved)/Vmean|

RI: Resistance Index = |(Vmax - Ved)/Vmax|
• When VMIN is selected
PI: Pulsatility Index = |(Vmax - Vmin)/Vmean|

RI: Resistance Index = |(Vmax - Vmin)/Vmax|
When Auto Point is set to OFF, use Vmin.
No. 2B771-023EN
7-5
It is possible to change the VPS display by presetting ("VPS Display").
* VPS : Peak Systolic Velocity
VPS Display : None
Twin A RI PI
Umb A RI 99.99 Umb A PI 99.99
MCA RI 99.99 MCA PI 99.99
Rt Uterin RI 99.99 Rt Uterin PI 99.99
Fetal AO RI 99.99 Fetal AO PI 99.99
VPS Display : Left
Twin A VPS RI PI
Umb A VPS 99.99 cm/s Umb A RI 99.99 Umb A PI 99.99
MCA VPS 99.99 cm/s MCA RI 99.99 MCA PI 99.99
Rt Uterin VPS 99.99 cm/s Rt Uterin RI 99.99 Rt Uterin PI 99.99
Fetal AO VPS 99.99 cm/s Fetal AO RI 99.99 Fetal AO PI 99.99
VPS Display : Right
Twin A RI PI VPS
Umb A RI 99.99 Umb A PI 99.99 Umb A VPS 99.99 cm/s
MCA RI 99.99 MCA PI 99.99 MCA VPS 99.99 cm/s
Rt Uterin RI 99.99 Rt Uterin PI 99.99 Rt Uterin VPS 99.99 cm/s
Fetal AO RI 99.99 Fetal AO PI 99.99 Fetal AO VPS 99.99 cm/s
In OB(D) Twin, "Twin A" or "Twin B" is displayed at the far left in the top line. They are
not displayed in OB(D).
No. 2B771-023EN
7-6
7.1.4 Items calculated
(1) EFW (estimated fetal weight)
EFW is calculated based on the measured values for the fetus and the result is
displayed.
The EFW calculation method is selected from among the following methods.
The measurement items used for calculation differ depending on the calculation
method.
EFW is not calculated or displayed if the measurement items to be used for the
selected calculation method have not yet been measured.
EFW with standard deviation (2SD) can also be calculated. The EFW will always
lie in the middle of the calculated range.
Hadlock1 : Hadlock method [AC, FL]

Hadlock2 : Hadlock method [BPD, AC, FL]
Hadlock3 : Hadlock method [HC, AC, FL]
Hadlock4 : Hadlock method [BPD, AC, HC, FL]
Best Sel : For the Hadlock method, the appropriate method is selected based
on whether or not there are data for AC, FL, HC, and BPD. For
example, Hadlock 4 is selected if all data are available and Hadlock
2 is selected if HC is not available.
Shepard : Shepard method [AC, BPD]
Campbell : Campbell method [AC]
Merz1 : Merz method [BPD, AC]
Merz2 : Merz method [AC]
Hansmann : Hansmann method [BPD, THD]
Tokyo : Tokyo Univ. method [BPD, APTD, TTD, FL]
Osaka : Osaka Univ. method [BPD, FTA, FL]
JSUM : JSUM method [BPD, AC, FL]
NOTE: The EFW value display range differs depending on the selected calculation
method.
Example for the Hadlock method
• When GA is calculated based on BPD, HC, AC, and/or FL and the result
exceeds 42 weeks, the EFW result is not displayed.
• The upper EFW value display limit is approximately 4.5 kg.
This value applies when "Extrapolated" is set to OFF in the preset menu.
Refer to section 8 "OB Report/Worksheet" for the Extrapolated option.
• The measurement item to be used for calculating EFW differs depending
on the type of the Hadlock method.
For example, the EFW value calculated using Hadlock1 (AC, FL) does not
reflect the head size.
No. 2B771-023EN
7-7
(2) GA (gestational age)
GA is calculated based on the measured values for the fetus.
(3) Weight Percentile for Age
* If the gestational age is 18 weeks or less, the EFW percentile is not meaningful.
(4) HC/AC
(5) FL/AC
* When the range of either of the FL value or the AC value is between 14 and 21
weeks, FL/AC values are not displayed.
(6) FL/BPD
(7) CI (cephalic index)
* CI is not calculated if "Trace All" or "Trace Spline" is selected for Area Method in
[Measurement Preset] - [OB Registration] on the [Exam Preset] screen.
* The value calculated by measuring BPD and OFD is displayed.
(8) AXT AXT = APTD × TTD
No. 2B771-023EN
7-8
7.1.5 Gestational age calculation data
As shown in the following table at the end of this subsection, authors have been
registered for each of the measurement items to be used for calculating GA (gestational
age). It is recommended that mixing of measurement charts from different facilities
(authors) be avoided. If possible, only one facility should be selected.
The gestational age is displayed based on the date curve when the clinical age is
known and is based on the growth curve when the clinical age is not known.
Some authors provide only the data to be used when the clinical age is not available
(data type GA), some provide only the data to be used when the clinical age is available
(data type FG), some provide the data to be used both when the clinical age is available
and is not available (data type FG + GA), and some do not take into consideration
whether or not the clinical age is input (data type Identical).
In this system, the GA value is calculated as shown below.
When [GA Calculated by] is set to "FG Chart with Clinical Age" in the preset menu
Data type Clinical age is not input Clinical age is input

FG The GA value corresponding to the The GA value corresponding to the
measured value is not calculated. measured value is calculated based
on the FG data that is provided for
use when the clinical age is input.
GA The GA value corresponding to the The GA value corresponding to the
measured value is calculated based on measured value is not calculated.
the GA data that is provided for use
when the clinical age is not input.
FG + GA The GA value corresponding to the The GA value corresponding to the
measured value is calculated based on measured value is calculated based
the GA data that is provided for use on the FG data that is provided for
when the clinical age is not input. use when the clinical age is input.
Identical The GA value corresponding to the The GA value corresponding to the
the Identical data that does not take into on the Identical data that does not
consideration whether or not the clinical take into consideration whether or
age is input. not the clinical age is input.
No. 2B771-023EN
7-9
When [GA Calculated by] is set to "Only GA Chart" in the preset menu
Data type Clinical age is not input Clinical age is input

FG The GA value corresponding to the The GA value corresponding to the
measured value is not calculated. measured value is calculated based
on the FG data that is provided for
use when the clinical age is input.
GA The GA value corresponding to the The GA value corresponding to the
the GA data that is provided for use on the GA data that is provided for
when the clinical age is not input. use when the clinical age is not
input.
FG + GA The GA value corresponding to the The GA value corresponding to the
the GA data that is provided for use on the GA data that is provided for
when the clinical age is not input. use when the clinical age is not
input.
Identical The GA value corresponding to the The GA value corresponding to the
the Identical data that does not take into on the Identical data that does not
consideration whether or not the clinical take into consideration whether or
age is input. not the clinical age is input.
NOTE: If you would like to change the setting of the preset menu, contact your
No. 2B771-023EN
7-10
Displayed item name Standard nomenclature Author name GA calculation data
BPD Biparietal diameter Jeanty GA
Hadlock FG + GA
Kurtz GA
Sabbagha FG
Merz FG + GA
Hansmann FG + GA
Rempen FG + GA
Chitty (O-O) FG + GA
Chitty (O-I) FG + GA
Shepard -
Tokyo FG + GA
Tokyo-SD *1 FG + GA
Osaka Identical
Osaka-SD *1 Identical
ASUM-V1 GA
ASUM-V2 FG + GA
JSUM FG + GA
JSUM-SD *1 FG + GA
Campbell -
CFEF FG
Nicolaides FG + GA
OFD Occipitofrontal diameter Merz FG
Hansmann FG + GA
Chitty FG
ASUM-V2 FG + GA
Nicolaides FG + GA
HC Head circumference Jeanty GA
Hadlock FG + GA
Merz FG + GA
Hansmann FG + GA
Chitty (plotted) FG + GA
Chitty (derived) FG + GA
ASUM-V1 FG
ASUM-V2 FG + GA
CFEF FG
Nicolaides FG + GA
THD Thoracic diameter Hansmann FG + GA
TAD Transverse abdominal diameter Merz FG + GA
Merz GA
Campbell -
CFEF FG
TTD Transverse trunk diameter Tokyo -
APAD Anteroposterior abdominal Merz FG
diameter Campbell -
APTD Anteroposterior trunk diameter Tokyo -
No. 2B771-023EN
7-11
AC Abdominal circumference Jeanty FG
Hadlock FG + GA
Merz FG + GA
Deter FG
Chitty (plotted) FG
Chitty (derived) FG
Shepard -
Campbell -
Tokyo FG + GA
Tokyo-SD *1 FG + GA
ASUM-V1 FG
ASUM-V2 FG + GA
JSUM FG + GA
JSUM-SD *1 FG + GA
CFEF FG
Nicolaides FG + GA
FL Femur length Jeanty FG + GA
Hadlock FG + GA
Hohler GA
Merz FG + GA
Hansmann FG + GA
O' Brien FG
Warda FG + GA
Chitty FG + GA
Tokyo FG + GA
Tokyo-SD *1 FG + GA
Osaka Identical
ASUM-V1 GA
ASUM-V2 FG + GA
JSUM FG + GA
JSUM-SD *1 FG + GA
CFEF FG
Nicolaides FG + GA
CRL Crown rump length Jeanty GA
Hadlock FG + GA
Nelson GA
Robinson FG + GA
Rempen GA
Hansmann FG + GA
Tokyo FG + GA
Tokyo-SD *1 FG + GA
Osaka Identical
ASUM-V1 FG + GA
ASUM-V2 FG + GA
JSUM FG + GA
JSUM-SD *1 FG + GA
Robinson and GA
Fleming
Humerus Humerus Jeanty GA
Merz FG
ASUM-V2 FG + GA
Radius Radius Merz FG
No. 2B771-023EN
7-12
Ulna Ulna Jeanty GA
Merz FG
Tibia Tibia Jeanty GA
Merz FG
Fibula Fibula Merz FG
CER Cerebellum Goldstein FG
Hill FG + GA
Nicolaides FG + GA
Foot Foot length Mercer FG + GA
GS Gestational sac length Hellman FG
Rempen FG + GA
Hansmann FG + GA
Tokyo FG + GA
Tokyo-SD *1 FG + GA
OOD Outer orbital diameter Jeanty GA
Mayden GA
Fetal Kidney Kidney length Bertagnoli FG
HA Head area Chitty FG+ GA
AA Abdominal area Chitty FG
FTA Fetal trunk cross-sectional area Osaka Identical
Clavicle Clavicle length Yarkoni FG + GA
EFW Estimated fetal weight Hadlock1
[AC, FL]
Hadlock2 FG
[BPD, AC, FL]
Hadlock3 FG
[HC, AC, FL]
Hadlock4 FG
[BPD, HC, AC,
FL]
Shepard
-
[BPD, AC]
Tokyo FG + GA
[BPD, APTD,
TTD, FL]
Tokyo-SD *1 FG + GA
[BPD, APTD,
TTD, FL]
Osaka Identical
[BPD, FTA, FL]
[BPD, FTA, FL]
JSUM FG + GA
[BPD, AC, FL]
JSUM-SD *1 FG + GA
[BPD, AC, FL]
No. 2B771-023EN
7-13
EFW Estimated fetal weight Hansmann FG
[BPD, THD]
Campbell [AC] -
Merz1
-
[BPD, AC]
Merz2 [AC] -
2 2
HC 2.325*√(BPD ＋OFD ) Merz GA
2.325*√(BPD2＋OFD2) Hansmann -
(BPD+OFD)/2 * pi Nicolaides FG + GA
AC (TAD+APAD)/2 * pi Merz GA
Campbell -
AXT APTD*TTD Tokyo FG + GA
Tokyo-SD *1 FG + GA
*1 : When Tokyo-SD, Osaka-SD, or JSUM-SD is selected, the author name is

displayed as Tokyo, Osaka, or JSUM, respectively.
When the OB date is entered, the SD is displayed as "±X.XSD" (value normalized
by the SD). No SD is displayed if the OB date is not entered. On the trend graph,
three curves (Mean and ±1.5SD) are displayed.
No. 2B771-023EN
7-14
7.2 Fetal Growth Measurement Menu
7.2.1 2D-mode menu
Preset the desired item using the Preset function.

Up to 16 items can be preset. When 13 or more items are preset,
they can be displayed by switching the display screen.
Twin display
Switch name Function

LMP/EDD Allows entry of the LMP, EDD, or IVF.
Prev/Clin Allows entry of the previous examination date and GA or the GA
at the time of examination.
Week Calculates LMP based on the current GA.
Average Averages the selected measured data.
Save Saves measurement data.
Report Selects the report function.
Worksheet Selects the worksheet function.
Graph Displays a trend graph during measurement.
Only the current data is plotted.
No graph is displayed unless LMP or EDD is entered.
Trend Selects the trend function.
Window Deletes/displays the measurements display window.
All Display Displays all measurement items on the screen.
No. 2B771-023EN
7-15
7.2.2 Doppler-mode menu
Preset the desired item using the Preset function.
Twin display

Manual Changes the trace method.
Auto Point Displays the automatically recognized point.
Point Cor. Corrects the automatically recognized point (VED).
No. 2B771-023EN
7-16
7.3 Entry and Calculation of OB Dates
Display Input date and calculated data Calculation method

LMP When LMP is entered, EDD EDD = LMP + 280 days
(Start date of last menstrual and GA are calculated. GA = System date - LMP
cycle)
EDD When the estimated date of LMP = EDD - 280 days
(Estimated date of delivery) delivery is entered, LMP and GA = System date - LMP
GA are calculated.
PREV When PREV and the GA for LMP = PREV - GA for PREV
(Previous examination date) PREV are entered, LMP, EDD, EDD = LMP + 280 days
and GA are calculated. GA = System date - LMP
CLIN When the GA for CLIN is LMP = System date - GA
(Number of weeks on the entered, LMP and EDD are EDD = LMP + 280 days
date of examination) calculated.
IVF When IVF is entered, EDD and LMP = IVF - 14 days
(In-vitro fertilization (date)) GA are calculated. EDD = IVF + 266 days
GA = System date - LMP
WEEK The number of weeks is LMP = System date -
(Number of weeks) automatically calculated based number of weeks
on the measured values for the EDD = System date +
fetus. (280 days - number of weeks)
No. 2B771-023EN
7-17
7.3.1 LMP method
The method for calculating EDD from the start date of the last menstrual cycle is
described below.
(1) Select LMP for [LMP/EDD] in the menu. The screen below is displayed.
(2) Enter the start date of the last menstrual cycle from the keyboard.
* When the T button on the right of the LMP field is pressed, the calendar is
displayed. The date can be entered by selecting it on the calendar.
(3) Press OK to set the data.
7.3.2 EDD method

The method for obtaining the number of weeks on the date of examination when the
estimated date of delivery is known is described below.
(1) Select EDD for [LMP/EDD] in the menu. The screen below is displayed.
(2) Enter the estimated date of delivery from the keyboard.
* When the T button on the right of the EDD field is pressed, the calendar is
No. 2B771-023EN
7-18
7.3.3 PREV method
The method for obtaining the estimated date of delivery and the estimated gestational
age when the previous examination date and the estimated fetal age (weeks) on that
examination day are known is described below.
(1) Select PRV for [Prev/Clin] in the menu. The screen below is displayed.
(2) Enter the previous examination date from the keyboard.
* When the T button on the right of the PRV field is pressed, the calendar is
7.3.4 CLIN method

The method for obtaining the estimated date of delivery when the number of weeks on
the current date of examination is known is described below.
(1) Select CLN for [Prev/Clin] in the menu. The screen below is displayed.
(2) Enter the number of weeks on the date of examination from the keyboard.
NOTE: If the number of weeks is not entered, the examination date is assumed to be
0 weeks 0 days and OK is disabled. Be sure to enter the number of weeks
1 d or more. Cancel is enabled in any cases.
Each of the LMP, EDD, PRV, and LLN methods can be started up from the
menu or by a single operation using the assigned user function key.
No. 2B771-023EN
7-19
7.3.5 Display of gestational age and estimated delivery date
It is possible to display the gestational age and/or estimated delivery date by setting
[Age/EDD Display] in the Preset menu.
[Age/EDD Display] Displayed item Display on the screen

Off None
Age Gestational age
EDD Estimated
delivery date
Full Gestational age

and estimated
delivery date
Refer to subsections 7.3.1 "LMP method" to 7.3.4 "CLIN method" for the calculation
methods.
No. 2B771-023EN
7-20
7.4 Measurement Methods
7.4.1 Operating procedures for obtaining the number of weeks
(1) Distance measurement items (BPD, FL, CRL, etc. (except HC, AC, HA, AA, FTA,
and AFI))
The distance and GA (gestational age) are displayed based on the measurement
results.
Refer to subsection 2.1 "Distance Measurement (Distance)" for the measurement

method, correction method, and other details.
(2) Area, circumference measurements (HC, AC, HA, AA, FTA)
Select [Select `] from the menu and select the area measurement method.
When a preset measurement method is to be selected or when the selection has

already been made in the previous operation, it is not necessary to make a
selection again.
For the measurement procedures and editing procedures, refer to the descriptions
of the measurement methods in subsection 2.4 "Area/Circumference Measurement
(Area)". When the area and circumference are set, GA (gestational age) is
displayed.
No. 2B771-023EN
7-21
7.4.2 Amniotic fluid index measurements (AFI)
(1) Select [AFI] in the menu.
The start-point mark is displayed on the monitor.
When this measurement is selected for the first time, blanks are displayed for "xxx"
of "AFIxxx".
(2) Operate the trackball to measure the distance (refer to subsection 2.1 "Distance
Measurement (Distance)" for details).
When the current measurement is complete, the system automatically moves to

the next set of distance measurements.
Even when the measurement process is suspended by canceling the Freeze status
etc., the subsequent AFI measurements can be resumed.
When the measurements start again after the four distances have been measured,
the previous measurements are cleared and measurement starts again with the
first distance.
(3) Repeat step (2) to measure the four distances.
As the distance measurement method, Circle measurement (subsection 2.16) can

also be used.
NOTE: The sum of the four sets of data is used as the AFI value for the measurement
window.
With the default setting, the AFI result field remains blank until all four
measurements are completed.
The default can be changed so that the sum of the completed measurements
only is displayed as soon as each measurement is completed. In this case,
the fields for the distances that have not yet been measured appear blank in
the measurement window. On the Report screen, the number of measured
distances is added to the AFI result, for example, AFI 999.9 mm (3).
If you would like to change the default setting, contact your Toshiba service
representative.
<<Measured value display layout>>
AFI 999.9 mm AFI (D1) 999.9 mm AFI (D2) 999.9 mm

AFI (D3) 999.9 mm AFI (D4) 999.9 mm
No. 2B771-023EN
7-22
7.4.3 Cardio-thorax area ratio measurements (CTAR)
Area measurement is performed for both the heart and thorax, and the area ratio is
displayed.
(1) Select [CTAR] in the menu.
The start point marker is displayed on the monitor. The area measurement method
can be specified by Area Method in the preset menu.
(2) Measure the first area by operating the trackball (refer to subsection 2.4
"Area/Circumference Measurement (Area)).
When the first measurement is completed, perform the second measurement.
CTAR 999.9% Area1 99999 mm2 Area2 99999 mm2
(3) Complete the second area measurement by pressing SET . The CTAR value is
set.
CTAR 999.9%
NOTE: Before the second area measurement is set, two area values are displayed.
Once the second area measurement is set, only the CTAR value (ratio) is
displayed. The CTAR value is calculated by dividing the smaller area by the
larger area.
No. 2B771-023EN
7-23
7.5 Registering OB Calculation Data
Although typical author data is provided for each item, OB measurement data specific to
the institution can also be registered. Up to two sets can be registered for each item in
the system. The assigned author names are US1 and US2. The registered data can be
saved onto a DVD or CD. Data saved on a DVD or CD can also be loaded into the
diagnostic ultrasound system.
CAUTION: 1. Toshiba shall not be liable for any results obtained using
this registration function.
2. This registration function has been developed solely for the

diagnostic ultrasound system SSA-590A. Inclusion of the
registration function in this version does not necessarily
imply that this function will also be included in upgraded
versions or future models.
3. Use the registered data only after confirming that it is

correct.
No. 2B771-023EN
7-24
A flowchart outlining the operating procedures is shown below.
Select [OB Calculation].

* Refer to the screen in (1) of subsection 7.5.1.
Select the desired item name from 2D list,

Calculation list, or Doppler list.
* Refer to the screen in (2) of subsection 7.5.1.
Make a new user setting. Edit previously registered data.

Edit copied data.
New Edit
The OB Calculation Select screen is displayed.

The displayed screen differs depending on the list from which the item is selected.
Select the entry method.
OB Calculation Select OB Calculation Select OB Calculation Select
(2D) screen (Calculation) screen (Doppler) screen
* Refer to the screen in * Refer to the screen in * Refer to the screen in
(1) of subsection 7.5.2. (4) of subsection 7.5.2. (8) of subsection 7.5.2.
OB Table Registry (2D) OB Table Registry (Doppler)

* Refer to the screen in (2) of * Refer to the screen in (9) of
subsection 7.5.2. subsection 7.5.2.
OB Formula Registry (2D) OB Percent Registry (Doppler)

OB Table Registry (Calculation) OB Formula Registry (Calculation)

OB Calculation Formula Registry

* Refer to the screen in (7) of
subsection 7.5.2.
No. 2B771-023EN
7-25
7.5.1 Starting up the registration menu for OB Calculation data
(1) Press [OB Registration] on the Preset screen.
The OB Registration screen is displayed.
No. 2B771-023EN
7-26
(2) Select OB Calculation from the OB Registration screen.
The OB user registration screen is displayed on the monitor.
Up to two sets can be registered for each item in the system. The assigned author
names are US1 and US2.
2D list Calculation list Doppler list

Save Moves to the external device storage screen.
Load Moves to the external device load screen.
OK Registers the changes and returns to the OB Preset screen.
Cancel Returns to the OB Preset screen without registering the changes.
No. 2B771-023EN
7-27
(3) Register the measurement item.
Move the cursor to the measurement item to be registered in the 2D list,

Calculation list, or Doppler list, and press SET to select the item. Then select
US1 or US2 and press SET .
(a) When user registration is performed for a new item
New, Copy, or Cancel can be selected.
(b) When a registered item is modified
Edit, Delete, or Cancel can be selected.
Drop-down list display Function

New Moves to the measurement item selection screen or
Edit calculation item selection screen for the selected item.
Delete Deletes the selected item.
Copy Allows specification of the author name for copying of the
registered table data and calculation formula data.
Cancel Cancels the New, Copy, Edit, and Delete processes.
No. 2B771-023EN
7-28
7.5.2 Setting procedures
When [New] is selected for a measurement item which has no registered data or when
[Edit] is selected for registered data US1 or US2, the OB Calculation Select screen is
displayed.
The displayed screen differs depending on the list to which the selected item belongs.
(1) OB Calculation Select (2D) screen
When an item name is selected from the 2D list, the following screen is displayed.

Week Select the data input format.
Table : Enter values corresponding to the gestational age
in a table format.
Expression : Enter a formula for obtaining the number of weeks
corresponding to the measured value or the
measured value corresponding to the number of
weeks.
Week Data Displays the input format screen specified in the [Week] column.
Table → Displays the OB Table Registry (2D) screen.
Expression → Displays the OB Formula Registry (2D) screen.
OK Registers the changes and returns to the OB Calculation screen.
Cancel Returns to the OB Calculation screen without registering the
changes.
No. 2B771-023EN
7-29
(2) OB Table Registry (2D) screen
(a) When [Week Data] is pressed with 'Table' selected for [Week], the table data
input screen is displayed. When Type (FG) has been selected at the upper
right of the screen, the following screen is displayed.

Data Unit Select the unit of the data to be entered.
EFW : g, lbs
CI : %
HC : mm, cm
AC : mm, cm
AXT : mm2, cm2
SD Select the SD format.
None, 5%/95%, 10%/90%, 1SD, 1.5SD, 2SD, 3%/97%, 1SD
(calculation)
Type Select the input format related to the clinical age.
FG : Enter data for the case where the clinical age is known.
GA : Enter data for the case where the clinical age is not
known.
GA Gestational ages from 0w0d to 47w0d are displayed.
Only the number of days can be changed as required (0d to 6d).
Value Enter a value corresponding to the GA.
SD (-) For FG: Deviation (value)
(+) For GA: Deviation (date)
All Clear Deletes the settings.
A confirmation message is displayed before execution of deletion.
OK Registers the changes and returns to the OB Calculation Select
screen.
Cancel Returns to the OB Calculation Select screen without registering
the changes.
No. 2B771-023EN
7-30
* When 1SD (Calculation) is selected from the SD drop-down list, the SD
Limit edit box is displayed. If a value exceeding 9.9 is entered as the
maximum SD value, it is adjusted to 9.9. If a value of 9.9 or less is set as
the maximum SD value, it is set as is.
(b) When Type (GA) has been selected at the upper right of the screen, the
following screen is displayed.

CAUTION: When both Type (FG) and Type (GA) are set, the same value should
be used in the Value column for the same GA. Otherwise, when the
gestational age is calculated from the Type (GA) data using the Week
function, plotting is not performed at the Mean position of the trend
graph obtained from the Type (FG) data (a point is not placed at the
Mean position).
No. 2B771-023EN
7-31
(3) OB Formula Registry (2D) screen
(a) When [Week Data] is pressed with 'Expression' selected for [Week], the
formula input screen is displayed. When Type (FG) has been selected at the
upper right of the screen, the following screen is displayed.
Switch name Contents

Week Low Lower limit of the display range of the number of weeks.
Week High Upper limit of the display range of the number of weeks.
Calculation Select Select the units of the items used for calculation.
mm, cm, Day (GA value calculated in days)
Regist GA Select this switch to enter the formula for obtaining the
gestational age.
Regist SD Select this switch to enter the formula for calculating the SD.
Expression Construct a formula by selecting functions, numbers, and
operators from the Operator column and constants (A to H) from
the Constant column.
Numbers, operators, and constants can be entered using the
keyboard directly (up to 48 characters).
When an entered value results in division by zero, the result is
displayed as zero.
No. 2B771-023EN
7-32
Switch name Contents
Operator Displays functions, numbers, and operators.
When SET is pressed after selecting a character string using
the cursor, the selected string is entered in the Expression field.
SIN(x) : Sine of x (degree)
COS(x) : Cosine of x (degree)
TAN(x) : Tangent of x (degree)
LOG(x) : Logarithm to base 10 (log10x)
LN(x) : Logarithm to base e (logex)
EXP(x) : ex
SQR(x) : Square root of x
ATAN(x) : Arc tangent of x
PWR(x,y) : Xy
ABS(x) : Absolute value of x
Numbers : 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 0
Arithmetic operators : +, -, *, /
Constant Constants that are frequently used can be registered in advance.
Move the cursor to any of A to H, press SET , and enter a
number using the keyboard.
screen.
the changes.
No. 2B771-023EN
7-33
(4) OB Calculation Select (Calculation) screen
When an item name is selected from the Calculation list, the following screen is
displayed.

Table : Enter values corresponding to the gestational age
in a table format.
Expression: Enter a formula for obtaining the number of weeks
corresponding to the measured value or the
measured value corresponding to the number of
weeks.
Table → Displays the OB Table Registry (Calculation) screen.
Expression → Displays the OB Formula Registry (Calculation)
screen.
Item Expression Displays the calculation item formula setting screen.
changes.
No. 2B771-023EN
7-34
(5) OB Table Registry (Calculation) screen
input screen is displayed. When Type (FG) has been selected at the upper
right of the screen, the following screen is displayed.

Data Unit Select the unit of the data to be entered.
The selections differ depending on the measurement item.
EFW : g, lbs
CI : %
HC : mm, cm
AC : mm, cm
AXT : mm2, cm2
None, 5%/95%, 10%/90%, 1SD, 1.5SD, 2SD, 3%/97%, 1SD
(Calculation)
Type Select the clinical age data type.
FG : Enter data for the case where the clinical age is known.
GA : Enter data for the case where the clinical age is not known.
Value Enter the value corresponding to the GA.
screen.
Cancel Returns to the OB Calculation Select screen without registering the
changes.
No. 2B771-023EN
7-35

No. 2B771-023EN
7-36
(6) OB Formula Registry (Calculation) screen
(a) When [Week Data] is pressed with 'Expression' selected for [Week], the
formula input screen is displayed. When Type (FG) has been selected at the
upper right of the screen, the following screen is displayed.

Week Low Enter the lower limit of the display range of the number of weeks.
Week High Enter the upper limit of the display range of the number of weeks.
Calculation Select Select the units of the items used for calculation.
Regist GA Select to enter the formula for obtaining the gestational age.
Regist SD Select to enter the formula for calculating the SD.
displayed as zero.
Item Displays the selected item name.
No. 2B771-023EN
7-37
EXP(x) : ex
PWR(x,y) : Xy
Numbers : 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 0
Move the cursor to any of A to H, press SET , and enter a
number using the keyboard.
screen.
the changes.
No. 2B771-023EN
7-38
(7) OB Calculation Formula Registry screen
When [Item Expression] is selected from the OB Calculation Select (Calculation)

screen, the calculation item formula setting screen shown below is displayed.

Low Limit Enter the minimum value of the displayed calculation.
High Limit Enter the maximum value of the displayed calculation.
displayed as zero.
Item Displays the selected item name.
Note: Radian =
Angle (in degrees) * π / 180
EXP(x) : ex
PWR(x,y) : Xy
Numbers : 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 0
No. 2B771-023EN
7-39
Move the cursor to the position at which a constant is to be
registered (any of A to H), press SET , and then enter a number
using the keyboard.
screen.
the changes.
(8) OB Calculation Select (Doppler) screen
When an item name is selected from the Doppler list, the following screen is
displayed.

Table : Enter values corresponding to the gestational age in a
table format.
% : Enter values corresponding to the standard deviation.
Table → Displays the OB Table Registry (Doppler) screen.
% → Displays the OB Percent Registry (Doppler) screen.
changes.
No. 2B771-023EN
7-40
(9) OB Table Registry (Doppler) screen
input screen shown below is displayed.

5%/95%, 10%/90%, 1SD, 1.5SD, 2SD, 3%/97%, 1SD
(Calculation)
Value Enter a value corresponding to the GA.
screen.
the changes.

maximum SD value, it is adjusted to 9.99. If a value of 9.99 or less is set
as the maximum SD value, it is set as is.
No. 2B771-023EN
7-41
(b) When [Week Data] is pressed with '%' selected for [Week], the table data
input screen shown below is displayed.

None, 5%/95%, 10%/90%, 3%/97%
50% (Current) Enter a value corresponding to the GA.
% (-) Enter a value corresponding to the GA.
% (+) Enter a value corresponding to the GA.
screen.
the changes.
No. 2B771-023EN
7-42
7.6 Birth Registration
Although basic calculation methods for GA and EDD are provided with the system, each
facility can register its own method. Names etc. displayed during calculation can also
be registered.
(1) Press [OB Registration] on the Preset screen.
No. 2B771-023EN
7-43
(2) Select 'OB Birth' from the OB Registration screen.
The OB Child Birth registration screen is displayed.

LMP/EDD/IVF Specifies LMP/EDD/IVF.
PRE/CLN Specifies PRE/CLN.
Start The initial position of the cursor displayed when entering a date
can be selected.
<Cursor position in DATE NAME>
LMP: mdyGAwd
EDD: mdy
<Cursor position in DATE NAME>
LMP: mdyWNwd
EDD: mdyGNwd
Date In Specify the date entry method.
Key In : Manual entry
System Date : Automatic insertion of system date
Key Name Enter the parameter name for pop-up selection. (Within 3
characters)
Date Name Enter the parameter name for the date. (Within 3 characters)
Week Name Enter the parameter name for the number of weeks. (Within 3
characters)
EDD Name Enter the parameter name for the estimated delivery date.
(Within 3 characters)
No. 2B771-023EN
7-44
Limit Specify the maximum number of days for the number of weeks to
be displayed. (Within 3 characters)
Week Data Specify the difference between the entered date and LMP.
(Within 3 characters)
Save Displays the external device save screen.
Load Displays the external device load screen.
OK Registers the changes and returns to the OB Preset screen.
Cancel Returns to the OB Preset screen without registering the changes.
7.7 Anatomy Customize

User-registered OB items and findings can be displayed in the finding field of the OB
Report screen.
(1) Select [OB Registration] on the Preset screen.
No. 2B771-023EN
7-45
(2) Select [Anatomy Customize] on the OB Registration screen.
The Anatomy Customize screen is displayed on the monitor.

Visible Specify whether or not the item is to be displayed on the Report screen.
Checked : The item is displayed on the Report Anatomy screen.
Not checked : The item is not displayed on the Report Anatomy screen.
Label Label name
Initial Initial value for the finding
Up Moves the selected row in the list upward.
Down Moves the selected row in the list downward.
Add Adds a label (row).
Delete Deletes the selected label (row).
Modify Makes the selected label editable.
All Controls Visible setting for all items.
Checked : Check marks are set in the Visible column for all labels.
Not checked : Check marks are removed from the Visible column for all
labels.
Biophysical Specify whether or not Biophysical information is displayed on the Report
screen.
Checked : Biophysical information is displayed.
Not checked : Biophysical information is not displayed.
Save Displays the external device save screen.
Load Displays the external device load screen.
Sample Initializes the contents of the Anatomy Customize screen with the sample
data.
OK Registers the changes and closes the Anatomy Customize screen.
Cancel Closes the Anatomy Customize screen without registering the changes.
No. 2B771-023EN
7-46
(3) Adding labels (rows)
When [Add] is selected on the Anatomy Customize screen, the Modify Label
screen is displayed.

Label Enter the label.
Select Item This area displays a list of items that can be selected when the
Report screen is displayed.
Initial Select the item to be displayed by default when the Report screen
is displayed.
Item Name The item names registered in the Item List are displayed.
Add--> Adds the item selected in the Item List area to the Select Item
(Item List) area.
Delete Deletes the item selected in the Select Item area.
Up Moves the item selected in the Select Item area upward.
Down Moves the item selected in the Select Item area downward.
Add--> Adds the item entered in the Item List (Edit) to the Select Item
(New Item) area.
Item List A list of the registered items is displayed in this area.
Item List (Edit) This field is used to add an item not included in the Item List.
Modify Item List Makes the Item List editable.
OK Registers the changes and closes the Modify Label screen.
Cancel Closes the Modify Label screen without registering the changes.
No. 2B771-023EN
7-47
(4) Editing the Item List
When [Modify Item List] is selected on the Modify Label screen, the Modify Item
List screen is displayed. On this screen, frequently used items can be registered to
facilitate addition of items when labels are added.

New Item Enter an item not included in the Item List.
Add Adds the item entered in the New Item field to the Item List.
Item Name A list of item names registered to the Item List is displayed in this
area.
Delete Deletes the selected item from the Item List.
Up Moves the selected item in the list upward.
Down Moves the selected row in the list downward.
OK Registers the changes and closes the Modify Item List screen.
Cancel Closes the Modify Item List screen without registering the
changes.
No. 2B771-023EN
7-48
7.8 OB Item Registration
7.8.1 Starting up the OB Item registration screen
Press [Exam Preset] on the Preset screen.
The Exam Preset screen is displayed.
No. 2B771-023EN
7-49
7.8.2 OB Item (2D) screen
(1) Select 'OB Item (2D)' from the Exam Preset screen. The OB Item (2D) registration
Set the contents of items in the Measurement Item list and Calculation list.
Display Contents
Item Select the measurement item name.
Author The author of each measurement item is displayed.
US Specify the items to be used for averaging the number of U/S
weeks. US must be set to OFF for EFW.
(ON/OFF)
AD Specify the items to be displayed on the screen when ALL
Display is set to ON.
(ON/OFF)
EFW Specify whether or not EFW is displayed simultaneously (if EFW
has been calculated) when ALL Display is set to OFF.
HC Specify whether or not HC is displayed simultaneously (if HC has
been calculated) when ALL Display is set to OFF (displayed only
when HC has been registered in Calculation).
AC Specify whether or not AC is displayed simultaneously (if AC has
been calculated) when ALL Display is set to OFF (displayed only
when AC has been registered in Calculation).
AXT Specify whether or not AXT is displayed simultaneously (if AXT
has been calculated) when ALL Display is set to OFF (displayed
only when AXT has been registered in Calculation).
No. 2B771-023EN
7-50
Display Contents
Add Adds an item at the end of the list.
Maximum number of selected items
Measurement item : 16 items
Calculation : 3 items (EFW must always be selected.)
Delete Deletes the item specified in the list.
Up Moves the selected item in the list upward by one line.
Down Moves the selected item in the list downward by one line.
Save Displays the OB Item (2D) Save screen.
Load Displays the OB Item (2D) Load screen.
OK Registers the changes and returns to the OB Registration screen.
Cancel Returns to the OB Registration screen without registering the
changes.
No. 2B771-023EN
7-51
(2) When [Add] (for Measurement Item group item) is selected, the item list is
displayed.
Select the desired item from the list.
Note that when AC and HC are selected in the Item column of the 'Calculation'
group, AC and HC are not included in the Measurement Item group item list.
(3) When an item is selected, the author list is displayed.
No. 2B771-023EN
7-52
(4) When [Add] (for Calculation group item) is selected, the item list is displayed.
Select the desired item from the list.
Note that when AC and HC are selected in the Item column of the 'Measurement
Item' group, AC and HC are not included in the Calculation group item list.
(5) When an item is selected, the author list is displayed.
Multiple EFWs (up to four) can be selected.
No. 2B771-023EN
7-53
7.8.3 OB Item (2D) Save screen
When [Save] on the OB Item (2D) screen is pressed, the following screen is displayed.
The contents set for the OB Item (2D) screen can be saved. If nothing has been set on
the OB Item (2D) screen, saving is not possible.
The file list area displays a list of folders and files with the 'obu' extension.

File Name Enter the name of the file to be saved.
File Kind The extension 'obu' is always displayed (fixed display).
OK Saves the settings in the specified file and closes the screen.
Cancel Closes the screen without saving the settings.
No. 2B771-023EN
7-54
7.8.4 OB Item (2D) Load screen
Set the contents of the file specified on the OB Item (2D) screen.
The file list area displays a list of folders and 'obu' files.

File Name Enter the file name.
File Kind The extension 'obu' is always displayed (fixed display).
OK Loads the specified file and closes the screen.
Cancel Closes the screen without loading the file.
No. 2B771-023EN
7-55
7.9 OB Item D-Mode Registration
7.9.1 Starting up the OB Item D-mode registration screen
Press [Exam Preset] on the Preset screen.
The Exam Preset screen is displayed.
No. 2B771-023EN
7-56
7.9.2 OB Item D-mode screen
(1) When 'OB Item (D mode)' is selected from the Exam Preset screen, the OB Item
(Doppler) registration screen is displayed.

Add Adds an item at the end of the list.
Delete Deletes the item specified in the list.
Up Moves the selected item in the list upward by one line.
Down Moves the selected item in the list downward by one line.
All Clear Deletes all the items in the list.
Save Displays the OB Item (2D) Save screen.
Load Displays the OB Item (2D) Load screen.
OK Registers the changes and returns to the OB Registration screen.
Cancel Returns to the OB Registration screen without registering the
changes.
No. 2B771-023EN
7-57
(2) When [Add] is selected, a list of the items is displayed.
Select the item to be deleted from this list.
(3) When an item is selected, a list of authors is displayed.
No. 2B771-023EN
7-58
7.9.3 OB Item (D Mode) Save screen
When [Save] is pressed after user setting is performed on the OB Item (D Mode) screen,
the following screen is displayed.
The file list area displays a list of folders and 'obd' files.

File Name Enter the name of the file to be saved.
File Kind The extension 'obd' is always displayed (fixed display).
OK Saves the settings in the specified file and closes the screen.
Cancel Closes the screen without saving the settings.
No. 2B771-023EN
7-59
7.9.4 OB Item (D Mode) Load screen
Set the contents of the file specified on the OB Item (D mode) screen.
The file list area displays a list of folders and 'obd' files.

File Name Enter the file name.
File Kind The extension 'obd' is always displayed (fixed display).
OK Loads the specified file and closes the screen.
Cancel Closes the screen without loading the file.
No. 2B771-023EN
7-60 *
8. OB Report/Worksheet
8.1 Outline
• The OB Report function displays the OB measurements and calculations on the
monitor screen.
• The OB Worksheet function displays the OB measurements and calculations on the

monitor screen and permits editing of the measurement results.
• The OB Data List function displays the OB measurement data sets that have been
saved on the monitor screen and permits editing of them.
• The OB Trend Graph function permits plotting of the current values and the saved
values to display growth curve data.
8.2 OB Report Function

When [Report] is selected from the menu, or the report switch registered using the user
function is pressed during OB measurement or OBTwin measurement, the OB Report
The measurement items are displayed based on those selected using the preset
function.
The calculation items are displayed based on the "Calculation items" that were selected
using the preset function.
No. 2B771-023EN
8-1
<<Measurement item display>>
• The item label names, the author name, the measured values, the units of
measurement, and the GA are displayed.
• Items which have not been measured are not displayed.
• The mean value is displayed for items that have been measured several times.
• If the value for a measurement item has been edited using the OB worksheet
function, the mark <> is displayed for the edited item and also for the items to be
calculated based on the edited item.
<<Calculation item display (selectable calculation item)>>
• The item label name, the measured value, and the units of measurement are
displayed.
• A calculation item for which any of the corresponding measurement items is not set
is not displayed.
<<GA Based On display>>
• The labels for the items selected for US on the OB Item screen in subsection 7.8.2
are displayed.
• Items from which check marks are removed in <<GA Based On display>> in
subsection 8.3 "Worksheet Function" are not displayed.
<<EFW item display>>
• The selected author name and the estimated weight are displayed.
• The display can be changed between "g", "lbs", "g+lbs", and "g+GA" using the preset
function. When the display is set to "g + GA", the GA is not displayed in authors
other than Osaka.
• When Extrapolated is set to ON in the preset, "Êxtrapolated" is displayed in the

following cases.
When an EFW value outside the range specified by the author is displayed as a
reference value (such values can be displayed as long as they lie in the range from
26 g to 6500 g).
Multiple EFWs (up to four) can be selected in the preset "OB Item (2D)".
<<Obstetrical date information display>>
• LMP
• IVF
• PRV
• CLN
• EDD
No. 2B771-023EN
8-2
<<Percentile display>>
• The percentile is displayed when Hadlock is selected by the EFW's author.
LMP%tile, U/S%tile
Whether or not LMP%tile and/or U/S%tile are to be displayed can be preset by the
“Weight Percentile for Age”.
Note that, LMP% and/or U/S% will be blank in the following circumstances:
• LMP% will be blank if LMP% is ±2.0 SD outside the parameters of the Hadlock
EFW% tables.
• U/S% will be blank if U/S% is ±2.0 SD outside the parameters of the Hadlock EFW%
tables.
• LMP% and U/S% will be blank if a measurement other than Hadlock is selected for
use.
• LMP% and U/S% will be blank if all required measurements are not performed as
specified in the selected Hadlock EFW calculation.
NOTE: 1. If obstetrical date information such as an LMP is entered, the Hadlock chart
only goes to 40 weeks. If obstetrical date information is not entered, the
Hadlock chart goes to 42 weeks.
* Note that CRL is displayed as 18w0d regardless of whether obstetrical

date information is entered or not.
2. If obstetrical date information is entered, the SD is displayed as ±XX cm,

±XX mm, X. XSD, and so on. If obstetrical date information is not entered,
the SD is displayed as ±XwXd.
3. If "Extrapolated" is set to ON in the preset, charts that can display up to

42 weeks become available. In this case, an apostrophe (') is placed at the
beginning of the character string to indicate that the number of weeks has
been extended. At the same time, "Êxtrapolated" is displayed at the
upper left of the report screen.
Applicable charts:
(a) Hadlock(FG) : BPD, HC, AC, FL
(b) JSUM : EFW
(c) JSUM-SD : EFW
(d) Osaka : BPD, FTA, FL, EFW
(e) Osaka-SD : BPD, FTA, FL, EFW
(f) JSUM (FG) : MCA RI/PI, Umb A RI/PI
(g) JSUM-SD (FG) : MCA RI/PI, Umb A RI/PI
No. 2B771-023EN
8-3
<<U/S: GA display>>
• The average GA value calculated based on the items selected in GA Based On is

displayed.
<<U/S: EDD display>>
• The EDD calculated from the average GA value calculated based on the items
selected in GA Based On is displayed.
<<Calculation item (fixed item) display>>
(1) HC/AC display
When the HC and AC measurement items have been measured, calculation is

performed and the results are displayed.
If the number of weeks calculated from the HC and AC is outside the 13 to 42 week
range, "NOT VALID" is displayed.
(2) FL/AC
When the FL and AC measurement items have been measured, calculation is

Note the following restrictions:
• If the number of weeks calculated from the FL and AC is between 14 and 21

weeks, the percentage range is not displayed.
• If the number of weeks calculated from the FL and AC is outside the range
between 22 and 42 weeks, "NOT VALID" is displayed.
• If the FL and BPD (percentage) is outside the range between 20% and 24%, the
result value is followed by *.
(3) FL/BPD
When the FL and BPD measurement items have been measured, calculation is
• If the number of weeks calculated from the FL and BPD is outside the range
(4) CI
This is displayed when measurement is performed in HC measurement with "Area

Method" set to "Ellipse" or "Cross".
• If the number of weeks calculated from the calculation results is outside the
range between 14 and 40 weeks, "NOT VALID" is displayed. (This condition
does not apply to the Hadlock method.)
• If the calculation result (percentage) is outside the range between 70% and
86%, the result value is followed by *.
No. 2B771-023EN
8-4
(5) FL/HC
When the FL and HC measurement items have been measured, calculation is

If the number of weeks calculated from the FL and HC is outside the 15 to 42 week
<<Anatomy>>
When "Anatomy Customize" set to ON in the preset menu, a finding can be

entered for the registered items.
Click the desired item and select a finding from the list of registered findings. It is
also possible to directly enter any desired finding in the text entry field.
No. 2B771-023EN
8-5
<<Functions of the switches>>
• [Twin] : Switches Twin A and B. (This switch is selectable only in OB Twin

mode.)
• [Data List] : Moves to the Data List screen.
• [Trend] : Moves to the Trend screen.
• [Worksheet] : Moves to the Worksheet screen.
• [Exit] : Closes the OB Report screen.
• [All Clear] : Clears the entry in the Anatomy field. This switch is effective when
"BASIC + ANAT" or "ADV + ANAT" is selected for Report Format in
the preset menu.
• [Print] : Prints the screen via the USB port.
CAUTION: • When Auto Average is set to ON in the OB item on the Exam Preset
screen, "AVG" is displayed at the upper right of the OB Report screen.
This is not displayed when Manual Average is set to ON using the
[Average] switch.
When the same item is measured more than one time, the mean value
is displayed in the Mean field on the OB Report screen.
• When the entry in the Anatomy field is cleared using the [All Clear]
switch during OB Twin mode, the data for the currently selected fetus
only (Twin A or Twin B) is cleared.
No. 2B771-023EN
8-6
8.3 OB Worksheet Function
When [Worksheet] is selected from the menu, or the worksheet switch registered using
the user function is pressed during OB measurement, the OB Worksheet screen is
displayed.
• The mean value is recalculated and displayed for items that have been measured
several times.
• The mean value is recalculated and displayed when a value is entered in the input
field and set.
• If the value for a measurement item has been edited using the OB worksheet
function, the mark <> is displayed for the edited item and also for the items to be
calculated based on the edited item.
• When the author name section is clicked to display the pull-down menu, the author
can be changed. When the author is changed, the number of weeks is recalculated
based on the new author and the result is displayed.
• When an item is measured several times, the maximum value is indicated with a line
over it (¯¯), while the minimum value is underlined (__).
• When the results are printed using the [Print] switch, the maximum value is indicated
with an up arrow (↑) and the minimum value is indicated with a down arrow (↓).
CAUTION: When entering or editing measured values, check the numerical

values and the units to make sure that they have been entered
correctly.
No. 2B771-023EN
8-7
<<Calculation item display (selectable calculation items)>>
• The item label names, the measured values, and the units of measurement are
displayed.
• A calculation item for which any of the corresponding measurement items is not set
is not displayed.
• No calculation items can be edited.
<<GA Based On display>>
• The labels for the items selected for US on the OB Item (2D) screen in subsection
7.8.2 are displayed.
• Selection can be canceled using the check button. When cancellation is made, the
U/S number of weeks and the U/S EDD are recalculated. The recalculated values
are displayed only on the Report/Worksheet screen. The values displayed in the
measurement value window are not updated.
other than Osaka.

following cases.
26 g to 6500 g).
Multiple EFWs (up to four) can be selected in the preset "OB Item (2D)".
<<Obstetrical date information display>>
• LMP
• IVF
• PRV
• CLN
• EDD
No. 2B771-023EN
8-8
<<Percentile display>>
• The percentile is displayed when Hadlock is selected by the EFW's author.
LMP%tile, U/S%tile
Whether or not LMP%tile and/or U/S%tile are to be displayed can be preset by the
“Weight Percentile for Age”.
Note that, LMP% and/or U/S% will be blank in the following circumstances:
• LMP% will be blank if LMP% is ±2.0 SD outside the parameters of the Hadlock
EFW% tables.
• U/S% will be blank if U/S% is ±2.0 SD outside the parameters of the Hadlock EFW%
tables.
• LMP% and U/S% will be blank if a measurement other than Hadlock is selected for
use.
• LMP% and U/S% will be blank if all required measurements are not performed as
specified in the selected Hadlock EFW calculation.
NOTE: 1. If obstetrical date information such as an LMP is entered, the Hadlock chart
only goes to 40 weeks. If obstetrical date information is not entered, the
Hadlock chart goes to 42 weeks.
* Note that CRL is displayed as 18w0d regardless of whether obstetrical

date information is entered or not.
2. If obstetrical date information is entered, the SD is displayed as ±XX cm,

±XX mm, X. XSD, and so on. If obstetrical date information is not entered,
the SD is displayed as ±XwXd.
3. If "Extrapolated" is set to ON in the preset, charts that can display up to

42 weeks become available. In this case, an apostrophe (') is placed at the
beginning of the character string to indicate that the number of weeks has
been extended. At the same time, "Êxtrapolated" is displayed at the
upper left of the report screen.
Applicable charts:
(a) Hadlock(FG) : BPD, HC, AC, FL
(b) JSUM : EFW
(c) JSUM-SD : EFW
(d) Osaka : BPD, FTA, FL, EFW
(e) Osaka-SD : BPD, FTA, FL, EFW
(f) JSUM (FG) : MCA RI/PI, Umb A RI/PI
(g) JSUM-SD (FG) : MCA RI/PI, Umb A RI/PI
No. 2B771-023EN
8-9
<<U/S: GA display>>
• The average GA value calculated based on the items selected in GA Based On is

displayed.
<<U/S: EDD display>>
• The EDD calculated from the average GA value calculated based on the items
selected in GA Based On is displayed.
<<Calculation item (fixed item) display>>
(1) HC/AC display
When the HC and AC measurement items have been measured, calculation is

If the number of weeks calculated from the HC and AC is outside the 13 to 42 week
(2) FL/AC
When the FL and AC measurement items have been measured, calculation is

• If the number of weeks calculated from the FL and AC is between 14 and 21

weeks, the percentage range is not displayed.
• If the number of weeks calculated from the FL and AC is outside the range
• If the FL and AC (percentage) is outside the range between 20% and 24%, the
(3) FL/BPD
When the FL and BPD measurement items have been measured, calculation is
• If the number of weeks calculated from the FL and BPD is outside the range
(4) CI
This is displayed when "ELLIPSE" or "DIST" measurement was performed in HC

measurement.
• If the number of weeks calculated from the calculation results is outside the
range between 14 and 40 weeks, "NOT VALID" is displayed. (This condition
does not apply to the Hadlock method.)
• If the calculation result (percentage) is outside the range between 70% and
86%, the result value is followed by *.
No. 2B771-023EN
8-10
(5) FL/HC
When the FL and HC measurement items have been measured, calculation is

If the number of weeks calculated from the FL and HC is outside the 15 to 42 week
• [Undo] : Cancels the most recent edit.
• [Default] : Returns the edited author to its original status.
• [All Clear] : Deletes all data sets currently being displayed.
• [Col. Clear] : Deletes all the data in the selected column.
• [Twin] : Switches Twin A and B. (This switch is selectable only in OB Twin

mode.)
• [Save] : Saves measurement information (in each of 2D mode and D mode)

When another author is selected, this switch is disabled. This switch
becomes effective again when [Default] is pressed to restore the
previous author.
• [Data List] : Moves to the Data List screen.

This switch is disabled when the patient ID is not input.
• [Trend] : Moves to the Trend screen.
• [Report] : Moves to the OB Report screen.
• [Exit] : Closes the OB Worksheet screen.
• [Print] : Prints the screen via the USB port. (↑ is added to the maximum
value and ↓ is added to the minimum value).
CAUTION: When [All Clear] is selected in OB Twin mode, the data for the currently
selected fetus only (Twin A or Twin B) is cleared.
No. 2B771-023EN
8-11
8.4 OB Datalist Function
When [Data List] is selected from the menu or [Data List] on the OB Worksheet screen
is pressed during OB measurement, a list of the measurement data sets that have been
saved is displayed. Measurement data can be modified, deleted, or added using this
screen.
<<Examination date (storage date)>>
A list of dates on which the data sets were saved is displayed. Data sets are sorted in
chronological order for list display.
• In 2D mode : Up to 8 items (Nos. 1 to 8 that have been specified by the user) are
displayed.
• In D mode : Up to 4 items (Nos. 1 to 4 that have been specified by the user) are
displayed.
No. 2B771-023EN
8-12
other than Osaka.

following cases.
26 g to 6500 g).
CAUTION: When multiple EFW authors are set in the preset "OB Item(2D)", the author
name that is set first in the Calculation field is displayed.
• [Undo] : Cancels the most recent edit.
• [Delete] : Deletes the measurement data for the currently selected date.
• [Insert] : Displays the [Insert] screen. On this screen, measurement data for
the desired date can be edited. When measurement data is edited
and the edited data is set, the EFW is recalculated and the result is
displayed.
No. 2B771-023EN
8-13
• [Edit] : Displays the [Edit] screen. On this screen, the measurement data
for the currently selected measurement date can be edited.
When measurement data is edited and the edited data is set, the
EFW is recalculated and the result is displayed.
• [Prev] : Displays the previous screen page.
• [Next] : Displays the next screen page.
• [Twin] : Switches Twin A and B.
• [Worksheet] : Moves to the OB Worksheet screen.
• [Exit] : Closes the OB Datasheet screen.
CAUTION: The data measured by other systems can be entered and edited
using the data list function. When entering or editing data,
confirm that the measurement item labels correspond to the
measured values. Also, check the numerical values and the
units to make sure that they have been entered correctly.
No. 2B771-023EN
8-14
8.5 OB Trend Graph Function
This function permits plotting of the current values and the saved values to display
growth curve data. The items selected in the preset menu are displayed sequentially
(up to 16 pages in Single mode and up to 4 pages in Quad mode).
<<Item selection pull-down menu>>
From among the items selected for the 2D-mode, calculation item, D-mode, and
Deviation in the preset menu, select the items that can be represented in a graph (items
or authors for which FG data exists). The item selected in Quad display mode is
retained. (Therefore, it is valid the next time the system is started.)
<<Plotting data>>
Data is plotted by selecting Previous and/or Current.
(1) When only Previous is selected, up to 18 data sets that have been saved are
plotted.
(2) When only Current is selected, the current data is plotted.
(3) When both Previous and Current (Previous + Current) are selected, up to 18 data
sets that have been saved and the current data are plotted. If current data and
saved data do not exist, "NO DATA !!" is displayed.
• When the clinical age is not entered, "No GA" is displayed.
• When the patient ID is not entered, "No ID" is displayed.
• When "Êxtrapolated" is displayed on the report screen, "Êxtrapolated" is

displayed at the lower right of the EFW graph. If the number of weeks is
extended, "Êxtrapolated" is displayed and the X axis of the corresponding chart
is extended.
• In "Extrapolated" mode, the graph is displayed with a scale in which the

maximum value on the Y axis is 6500 g.
<<Grid line display>>
Display/non-display of a grid line can be toggled by checking the [Rule] column.
In the graph for Deviation, however, the grid line is always displayed.
• [Twin] : Switches Twin A and B.
• [Prev] : Displays the previous screen page.
• [Next] : Displays the next screen page.
• [Single/Quad] : Switches the display between single-frame display format and

4-frame display format.
• [Worksheet] : Moves to the OB Worksheet screen.
• [Exit] : Closes the OB Trend Graph screen.
• [Print] : Prints the screen via the USB port.
No. 2B771-023EN
8-15
<<Page number display>>
The page number is displayed in "n/m" format at the lower right of the screen (n =
current page number, m = total number of pages).
The total number of pages is the number of pages up to actual graph display, except
when graph is "NONE".
An example when a trend graph is displayed beyond the total number of pages is
shown below.
<Example> When the total number of pages is 2, but the [NEXT] button is pressed
continuously, the page number is displayed as "3/2". The display on the pull-down
menu is "NONE" at this time. When any graph is selected from this pull-down menu,
the total number of pages "3/2" changes to "3/3" and the selected graph is displayed.
CAUTION: The trend graph is always plotted with the week data based on the LMP.
Even when "Weight Percentile for Age" is preset to "(U/S)", week data is
always plotted at the point calculated based on the LMP data.
[OB trend graph Single screen]
No. 2B771-023EN
8-16
[OB trend graph Quad screen: When Previous + Current are selected]
The large graph shows the current data.
The current value is displayed at the upper left of the graph.
[OB trend graph Quad screen: When Previous is selected]
No. 2B771-023EN
8-17 *
9. User Registration of
Measurements
9.1 What Is User Registration of Measurements
This system is provided with functions to measure the distance and angle on a freeze
image, the area and circumference of a traced portion of an image, and the time,
velocity, etc. These functions can be combined into a single measurement package
and then registered so that the measurement functions can be easily started.
Calculation formulas can also be registered to obtain parameters based on the

measured values.
CAUTION: 1. Toshiba shall have no liability for any results obtained using
the user registration function.
2. This user measurement registration software has been

intended for the diagnostic ultrasound system, model
SSA-590A. Toshiba does not assure that this function will
be provided in any future upgraded models or succeeding
models.
9.2 Invoking the Preset Screen
(1) Press . The Exam Select menu is displayed.
(2) Select [Preset] in the Exam Select menu. The Preset screen shown below is
displayed.
No. 2B771-023EN
9-1
9.3 User Registration of Measurements (Measure
Registration)
Press [Measure Registration] in the Preset screen. The Measure Registration screen is
displayed.
<1> <2> <3> <4>
<5> <6> <7>
<8> <9>
No. Switch Function

<1> Add Registers a new measurement.
<2> Modify Modifies the user-registered measurements.
<3> Delete Deletes a user-registered measurement.
<4> Sample Copy Copies a measurement sample to be registered.
<5> Copy Copies a user-registered measurement.
<6> Upload Loads a measurement file from external media.
<7> Save Saves a user-registered measurement file to external
media.
<8> All Clear Clears all user-registered measurements.
<9> Exit Closes the Measure Registration screen.
No. 2B771-023EN
9-2
9.3.1 Adding a measurement to the user-registered measurements
(1) Press [Add] in the Measure Registration screen.
The registration screen is displayed.
(2) Enter the measurement name to be registered as a measurement switch and a

comment.
No. 2B771-023EN
9-3
9.3.1.1 Adding a measurement item
(1) With the Measurement Item tab selected, press [Add]. The Measure Item Setting
(2) Select the desired tool from the Item drop-down menu.
The table below shows the measurement parameters (Items) and the items that
can be calculated using the parameters.
Item Measurement tool Calculated items

2D-Distance Distance measurement tool Dist
Area Area measurement tool Area, Circum, Dist1, Dist2
Cross Cross distance measurement tool Dist1, Dist2
Parallel Parallel distance measurement tool Dist1, Dist2, Dist3, Dist4
VolumeDisk Volume measurement tool (Disk method) Area, Circum, Dist, Volume
TraceLength Distance measurement tool (Trace method) Dist
meanIMT mean IMT tool Dist1, Dist2, Dist3, meanIMT
Thickness Thickness measurement tool Dist
Circle Circle measurement tool Dist, Area, Circum
M-Distance Distance measurement tool (for M-mode) Dist1, Dist2, Dist3, Dist4
Time Time measurement tool Time
HR HR measurement tool Time, HR
Slope Slope measurement tool Dist, Time, Slope
Velocity Velocity measurement tool Velocity, PG
Accel Acceleration measurement tool Vel1, Vel2, V-Diff, Accel
No. 2B771-023EN
9-4
Item Measurement tool Calculated items
Vel Trace Velocity trace tool VPS, Vm_P, Vm_M, Ved, Vmin,
RI, PI, Time (Total), CycleTime,
HR, VTI, Peak_PG, Mean_PG,
AcTime, AcRatio, DcTime,
DcRatio
PHT PHT measurement tool Time (PHT)
DcT DCT measurement tool Time (DcT)
dP/dt dP/dt measurement tool Time (dP/dt)
KeyIn Key In tool InputData
(3) In the Name field, enter the switch name to be displayed in the measurement menu.
No. 2B771-023EN
9-5
(4) Place the arrow cursor in the Name column at the right of the Label column, and
press the SET switch.
The text box for entering the measurement item name is displayed.
(5) Enter the measurement item name. Repeat the steps to enter as many names as
required.
NOTE: • If no measurement item name is set for an item, the item is not
displayed in the Measurement window.
• If no measurement item name is set for an item, the measurement

result for the item cannot be used for calculation.
• When "Parallel" is selected as the Measurement Item and only three

measurement item names are entered as shown in the example
above, measurement is performed for the three sections. When a
measurement item name is entered for each of the four labels, the
four sections can be measured.
No. 2B771-023EN
9-6
(6) Press [OK].
When Parallel is selected as the Measurement Item, the type confirmation

message is displayed.
NOTE: When Parallel is selected as the Measurement Item
When [Yes] is selected for LV Type, the distance measurement using the
Parallel tool and the distance measurements that are started by the
measurement item switches are displayed in the menu.
When [No] is selected, only the measurement item switches for the
Parallel tool are displayed in the menu.
CAUTION: Even when [Yes] is selected for LV Type, the Sequence Type setting
in the Measurement Preset/LV (2D) or LV (M) page does not become
effective.
(7) Press [Yes] for LV Type.
In addition to the measurement item using the Parallel tool, the measurement items
of the distance measurement tools on the next lower level of the hierarchy are
displayed.
No. 2B771-023EN
9-7
If [Cancel] is selected for LV Type, only the measurement item using the Parallel
tool is displayed.
(8) To add another measurement item, press [Add] again and repeat the procedure.
No. 2B771-023EN
9-8
9.3.1.2 Modifying or deleting a measurement item
(1) Select the measurement item to be modified or deleted on the registration screen.
The [Modify] and [Delete] switches become effective.
(2) To modify the measurement, press [Modify]. The measurement can be modified
using the procedure described in subsection 9.3.1.1.
(3) To delete the selected measurement item, press [Delete].
9.3.1.3 Changing the order of measurement items

To change the order in which the measurements are executed, select a measurement
item and press [Up] or [Down] to move it to the desired position.
No. 2B771-023EN
9-9
9.3.2 Adding a calculation item
(1) In the registration screen, select the Calculation Item tab and then press [Add].
(2) The Calculation Regist screen is displayed.
No. 2B771-023EN
9-10
(3) Enter the calculation item name.
(4) Enter the calculation formula.
NOTE: The measurement items to be used for calculation can be entered for
label names M1 to Mn.
Height, weight, body surface area, and blood pressure can be specified
by label names S1 to S5 and used for calculation.
The desired measurement item can be entered in the formula field by
selecting the corresponding label name with the arrow cursor.
No. 2B771-023EN
9-11
NOTE: The Operator area shows the arithmetic operators and functions that can
be used in the formula.
The desired arithmetic operator or function can be entered in the formula
field by selecting it in the Operator area with the arrow cursor.
Constants A to H can also be defined and used in the formula. To use
constants A to H, the constant values must be entered in the Constant
entry area in advance.
(5) Press [Unit]. The unit selection dialog is displayed.
(6) Select the desired unit and press [OK].
The selected unit is displayed in the Unit field.
No. 2B771-023EN
9-12
NOTE: If two or more units are available for a calculation item, the unit can be
selected using the Unit function in Measurement Preset in Exam Preset
in the preset menu. Select the unit to be used considering the display
unit and display format.
CAUTION: The measurement software uses the smaller unit for the measured
value.
Regardless of the preset conditions, the decimal point needs to be
shifted due to the measurement result in the smaller unit being used in
calculation.
Display format
Measurement Unit
Low High
Distance, circumference mm 0.0 999.9
cm 0.00 99.99
Thickness mm*1 0.0 999.9
*1
cm 0.00 99.99
*2
mm 0.00 99.99
Time ms 0 99999
s 0.000 99.999
Slope mm/s 0.0 999.9
cm/s 00.00 99.99
Velocity cm/s -999.9 999.9
m/s -99.99 99.99
2
Acceleration cm/s 0.0 9999.9
m/s2 0.00 99.99
Pressure gradient mmHg 0.0 999.9
Angle Type 1 ° 0 90
Angle Type 2 ° 0 180
2
Area mm 0 99999
2
cm 0.00 999.99
3
Volume cm 0.0 9999.9
Mass g 0.0 9999.9
3
Specific gravity g/cm 0.00 99.99
Unit flow volume Type 1 L/min 0.000 99.999
Unit flow volume Type 2 mL/s 0.0 999.9
Capacity mL 0.0 999.9
L 0.00 99.99
HR bpm 0(9) 999(9)
VTI m -9.99 9.99
cm -999 999
*1: When "Thickness (IMT) Digit number" is preset to Single
*2: When "Thickness (IMT) Digit number" is preset to Double
No. 2B771-023EN
9-13
Display format
Measurement Unit
Low High
Weight kg 0.0 999.9
Height cm 0.0 999.9
2
BSA m 0.00 99.99
EFW g 0 9999
lbs 0.0 999.9
SD (EFW) g ±0 ±999
lbs ±0.0 ±99.9
SD (Distance) mm ±0.0 ±99.9
2
SD (Area) mm ±100 ±9999
cm2 ±0.0 ±99.9
Long axis ratio % -0 -99
TDI cm/s -99.99 99.99
SD(%) % ±0.0 ±999.9
1SD ±0.0 ±9.9
SI mL/m3 0.0 999.9
CI 0.00 99.99
MVCF (velocity) circ/s 0.00 99.99
Ratio (%) % 0.0 999.9
Ratio (without unit) 0.00 99.99
RI, PI 0.00 99.99
NON 0.00 9.99
MAX -99.9 99.9
dp/dt mmHg/s 0 9999
2 2
AV Index cm /m 0.00 999.99
LV Wall Stress dyn/cm2 0.00 999.99
Intensity scale 00.0 999.9
Number of data sets 0 99999
2
MASS Index g/m -99999 99999
No. 2B771-023EN
9-14
NOTE: It is possible to set user-defined units. Select the Unit column
corresponding to the desired number of digits (User 1 to User 6) and
enter any characters to represent the desired unit.
If nothing is entered in the Unit column, the calculation result is displayed
in the selected display format without a unit.
(7) Press [OK]. The added calculation item is displayed.
No. 2B771-023EN
9-15
(8) To add another calculation item, repeat the procedure.
NOTE: The registered calculation items can be used to set a new calculation
item. The registered calculation items are listed in the Label column.
No. 2B771-023EN
9-16
9.3.3 Setting a preset
(1) On the Measurement Preset tab page, a preset can be set for each user-registered
measurement.
<1>
<2>
<3>
<4>
<5>
No. Parameter Value Description

<1> Area Method All, Spline, Ellipse, Cross Selecting the area measurement method
<2> Manual Off, On Selecting On/Off of Doppler Trace
<3> Mean Velocity V*HR/60, V/T Selecting the mean velocity calculation
method
<4> Auto Point Off, On Selecting On/Off of Auto Point display for
Doppler Trace
<5> Parallel Angle -90 to 90 Selecting the initial display angle for the
parallel method
NOTE: Presets other than above cannot be set for an individual user-preset
measurement.
Those presets are set according to the settings in Exam Preset.
No. 2B771-023EN
9-17
9.3.4 Editing the measurement result display layout
9.3.4.1 Editing the layout to be displayed on the screen

(1) Select the layout tab. The following screen is displayed.
(2) Select [Measurement Window]. The following screen is displayed.
Switch Description
All Delete Deletes all layout settings.
Meas Delete Deletes the measurement item.
Calc Delete Deletes the calculation item.
No. 2B771-023EN
9-18
(3) Select the item to be moved. A pull-down menu is displayed for the selected item.
(4) Select the list display button. The items that can be displayed at this position and
[Delete] are displayed in the list.
NOTE: If no item has been deleted, only [Delete] is displayed.

It is not possible to display the same item at multiple positions.
No. 2B771-023EN
9-19
(5) Select [Delete] from the list. The selected item is removed from the Layout tab
page.
(6) Select the position to display the item that was removed in the previous step. A
pull-down menu is displayed at the selected position.
No. 2B771-023EN
9-20
(7) Select the list display button. The items that can be displayed at this position and
[Delete] are displayed in the list.
(8) Select the item to be displayed from the list. The selected item is displayed on the
Layout tab page.
CAUTION: If a blank line exists between items, the items below the blank line are
not displayed.
NOTE: If an item is deleted and not displayed again, the item will not be
displayed in the Measurement window. It will be displayed in the Report
and WorkSheet screens.
Up to 30 items (3 rows × 10 lines) can be displayed in the Measurement
window.
(9) Repeat the procedure to complete the layout to be displayed in the Measurement
window.
(10) Press [OK].
No. 2B771-023EN
9-21
9.3.4.2 Editing the layout to be displayed on the Report
(1) Select [Report Order]. The following screen is displayed.
Switch Description
Add Adds the items to be displayed in the Report. When
all items have been selected, this switch is disabled.
Up Move the selected item to the next higher position.
Down Move the selected item to the next lower position.
Delete Deletes the selected item.
All Delete Deletes all items.
Meas Delete Deletes the measurement item.
Calc Delete Deletes the calculation item.
(2) When editing is completed, press [OK].
No. 2B771-023EN
9-22
9.3.5 Saving the user-registered measurements
(1) Press [OK] in the registration screen of Measure Registration. The Measure
Registration screen is displayed.
(2) Enter the file name and press [OK].
The registered measurement name and comment are displayed in the list area of
the Measreg screen.
No. 2B771-023EN
9-23
9.4 Modifying a User-Registered Measurement (Modify)
(1) On the Measure Registration screen, select the measurement to be modified and
press [Modify].
(2) Modify the registered measurement according to the procedure described in

subsection 9.3.1.2 "Modifying or deleting a measurement item".
No. 2B771-023EN
9-24
9.5 Copying a User-Registered Measurement Sample (Sample
Copy)
(1) Press [Sample Copy] in the Measure Registration screen.
The Measurement List screen is displayed.
(2) Select a user-registered measurement sample and press [OK]. The selected
measurement sample is registered in the Measure Registration screen.
NOTE: Sample data is provided for the measurements installed in the system. If
you wish to add or delete items to/from an existing measurement, or to
create a measurement based on an existing measurement, copy the
sample using this procedure and then perform modification.
No. 2B771-023EN
9-25
9.6 Copying a Registered Measurement (Copy)
(1) An existing user-registered measurement can be copied and modified.
Select the desired measurement in the Measure Registration screen and press
[Copy]. The [Paste] and [Copy Cancel] switches are displayed.
(2) Press [Paste]. The screen used for saving is displayed. Enter the name and press
[OK]. Then, modify the measurement name, comment, etc. according to the
procedures described in subsection 9.4 "Modifying a User-Registered
Measurement (Modify)".
CAUTION: When [paste] is executed with a copy destination specified, the copied
measurement item overwrites the specified one. When a copy
destination is not specified, the copied measurement item is added to
the bottom of the list.
No. 2B771-023EN
9-26
9.7 Loading a User-Registered Measurement from External
Media (Upload)
(1) Place the DVD or CD in the drive and press [Upload] on the Measure Registration
screen.
The Load screen is displayed.
(2) Select the file containing the measurement to be registered in the system and
press [OK]. The selected measurement is loaded into the system.
No. 2B771-023EN
9-27
9.8 Saving a User-Registered Measurement on External Media
(Save)
(1) Place a DVD or CD in the drive. Select the measurement to be saved on the
external media and press [Save]. The Save screen is displayed.
(2) Enter the destination, file name, etc. and press [OK].
No. 2B771-023EN
9-28
9.9 Clearing All the User-Registered Measurement (All Clear)
When [All Clear] is pressed on the Measreg screen, the confirmation message is
displayed.
Press [OK] to delete all the user-registered measurements.
NOTE: Even if [All Clear] is executed on the Measreg screen, the measurements
registered in OB Registration are maintained.
9.10 Terminating Measure Registration (Exit)

Press [Exit] in the Measure Registration screen. Measure Registration is terminated
and the system returns to the Preset screen.
9.11 Executing a User-Registered Measurement

To execute a user-registered measurement, the measurement must be selected in
Measure Item in the preset menu. Refer to subsection 1.7.3 "Changing the display
items in the measurement menu" for the Measure Item registration procedure.
No. 2B771-023EN
9-29 *
10. Recording Devices
The user can record the displayed images on a HDD, DVD, or video recording device or
output the images to a printer.
If the user has entered comments on the screen, the entered comments also are
recorded.
For the operating procedures for recording to a DVD, refer to the operation manual
<<Fundamentals volume>>.
Recording devices Record images

HDD Freeze image
DVD Real image
Freeze image
Video recording device Real image
Freeze image
Printer Freeze image
CAUTION: 1. When recording diagnostic images, confirm that the

displayed patient ID and patient are correct. Recording
diagnostic images with an incorrect patient ID may result in
incorrect diagnosis.
Confirm that the patient ID of the freeze image on the video
recording device is correct before performing measurements
on the image.
2. If the message "IO ERROR" is displayed, the power switches

of the peripheral units and the cables between the system
and the peripheral units must be checked. Contact your
NOTE: Regarding the print switch
The print switches used to record images using a video recording device, to
print images using a printer, and to store images using a HDD must be
registered on the main panel.
Contact your TOSHIBA representative.
No. 2B771-023EN
10-1
10.1 Video Recording Device
CAUTION: 1. Do not shake or strike the video recording device while

recording or during playback.
External force may damage the media.
2. Do not move the video recording device with media inserted.

External force applied during movement may damage the
media.
NOTE: 1. Images recorded by another system may not be displayed correctly.
2. The accuracy of the time displayed on the recorded image is ±2 seconds.
3. Use only recommended media.
4. Structure of the recorded image
a. Title/Index:
A title and an index are automatically assigned to each patient

recorded with the video recording device. Indexes can be manually
added after recording.
b. Chapter:
A chapter is automatically assigned when recording is performed with

the video recording device (from start to end of recording).
10.1.1 Recording to the video recording device

When the print switch on the main panel is pressed, recording is started. When the
print switch is pressed again, recording is paused.
10.1.2 Operation using the menu

When the BD-X201M (VICTOR) is used, operations can be performed from the
following menu.
* Presetting is required. Contact your TOSHIBA service representative.
1. Press . Switches to external mode.
2. Press to display the menu for the video recording device.
No. 2B771-023EN
10-2
Item Adjustment
*1
Play Playback
Pause Pause
Stop Stops playback.
*1
Rewind Rewinds and then plays back images.
Fast Forward*1 Fast-forwards and then plays back images.
Step Frame Plays back frame by frame.
* Select while the video recording device is paused,
and rotate the trackball dial:
• Clockwise : Plays frames forward.
• Counterclockwise : Plays frames in reverse.
Time Search Displays the Time Search dialog shown below.
* Select while the video recording device is stopped

and enter a time in the dialog for start of playback.
Select [OK] to display the still image
corresponding to the specified time.
Index Writer Indexes images.
* Select it at the point the playback starts during
Play/Pause (before finalization is performed).
Next Index Plays back the next index.
Previous Index Plays back the previous index.
Next Title Plays back the next title.
Previous Title Plays back the previous title.
Next Chapter Plays back the next chapter.
Previous Chapter Plays back the previous chapter.
Finalize Performs finalization.
De Finalize Cancels finalization when the media is DVD-
RW/DVD+RW.
Format Formats data.
Eject Eject the media from the recorder.
*1: Playback speed can be adjusted using the trackball dial.
No. 2B771-023EN
10-3
10.1.3 Operations from the main panel
(1) Press . The external input mode is entered.
The switch functions on the main panel are changed as shown in the figure below.
The adjustment functions of the switches on the main panel are the same as those
of the switches in the menu.
* Contact your Toshiba service representative for registration or change of the

switches.
(2) Press to turn the external input mode OFF.
No. 2B771-023EN
10-4
10.1.4 Daily checks for the recording function of the video recording
device
Perform the following checks daily to ensure that the video recording device is ready for
recording and playback.
<<Check procedure>>
Using the measurement function, measure the vertical and horizontal scales for a stored
image and check the image display conditions.
(1) Start the system and connect a body-surface transducer such as the PVM-375AT
to the system. Display a 2D-single image and set the DEPTH to 20 cm. Record
the image on the video recording device.
(2) Play back the image recorded in step (1). When the measurement switch is
pressed, the code displayed at the bottom of the monitor is also displayed in the
Playback Code field of the Playback Calibration dialog. Confirm that these values
are the same.
Confirm that the

same value is
displayed.
No. 2B771-023EN
10-5
(3) Using a measurement marker, measure the distance corresponding to 10
graduations (100 mm) on the vertical scale and check the measurement result.
(4) Measure the distance corresponding to 10 graduations on the horizontal scale and
confirm that the error is within ±5% of the distance set on the vertical scale (95 mm
to 105 mm).
(5) If the error is more than ±5%, set the measurement marker again carefully. If the
error is still greater than ±5%, check whether the error is acceptable for the
intended use. If the error is not acceptable, do not use the video playback image
for measurement.
No. 2B771-023EN
10-6
10.1.5 Measurement using video playback images
Measurement can be performed for ultrasound images that have been recorded using
an external video recording device. Measurement items can be selected, measurement
values can be displayed, and the report and worksheet functions can be started up.
CAUTION: 1. Display the most suitable image and select the most suitable
measurement tool for the intended measurement. The
appropriate measurement methods and results must be
determined by a specialist.
2. Do not perform measurements on video playback images

acquired with a system other than SSA-590A.
3. Before performing measurement on a video playback image,

confirm that the code displayed at the bottom of the monitor
matches the value that appears in the Playback Code field of
the Playback Calibration dialog when the measurement
button is pressed. If the code does not match the value
displayed in the Playback Code field, make them match by
entering the code displayed at the bottom of the monitor in
the Playback Code field or by taking other appropriate
actions. It should be noted that measurement cannot be
performed on a video playback image if no code is displayed
at the bottom of the monitor. Also confirm that the scale and
graduations are displayed clearly. The scale and
graduations may not be seen clearly depending on when the
playback is paused. In this case, pause the playback again
at a time when the scale and graduations are clearly seen.
4. Compared with normal measurements, measurement

accuracy when using video playback images is lower. In the
worst case, the error may be 8%.
5. It is also possible to perform measurement using an image

on which measurement has been performed during
examination and to print the image with the results of the
two measurements. In the case of black-and-white printing,
the caliper and measurement results for the first
measurement may be confused with those for the second
measurement. To prevent such confusion in later image
viewing on printed images, take appropriate measures such
as placing an identification mark at the head of the results of
the first measurement.
No. 2B771-023EN
10-7
NOTE: Measurements that cannot be performed for video playback images are listed
below.
Mode Measurement item name Display name

2D 2D mode profile 2D Profile
2D Histogram 2D Histogram
2D TIC measurement TIC
2D OB measurement OB
2D OB Twin measurement OB Twin
CDI Flow velocity Color Vel
CDI CDI mode profile Color Profile
CDI ACM ACM
Doppler Velocity trace Vel Trace
measurement (Auto- (When Manual is set to OFF)
trace)
Doppler Flow velocity histogram Vel Histo
measurement
Doppler OB (D) measurement OB (D)
Doppler OB (D) Twin OB (D) Twin
measurement
(1) Set media that has been recorded with the video recording device and
press .
The video device menu is displayed.
(2) Select [Play] in the menu to start playback.
(3) Freeze the image by pressing [Pause] in the menu or FREEZE on the main panel.
(4) Press to display the Playback Calibration input window.
No. 2B771-023EN
10-8
(5) The maximum 17-digit code, which is shown at the bottom of the screen, is
displayed in the Playback Code field. The code number indicates the
measurement conditions during recording of the images.
Confirm that the

same value is
displayed.
(6) Enter patient information items such as the ID No. etc. if required (not essential
items).
(7) Press [OK] to close the Playback Calibration window.
(8) Perform measurement according to the procedures below.
• Images other than Doppler mode images
(a) The measurement item marker preset during initial display setting is displayed.
(b) Perform operation in the same manner as for normal measurement.
• Doppler mode images
(a) Move the trackball to display the zero correction bar.
(b) Correct the zero position using the trackball.
(c) Press SET .
(d) lights and the measurement item marker preset during initial display
setting is displayed.
NOTE: When video recording device playback measurement is performed, it

is not possible to correct the measurement marker angle for Doppler
mode velocity measurement. If the angle is to be corrected, it must
be corrected at the time of image recording.
(9) To terminate video device playback measurement, press .
No. 2B771-023EN
10-9
10.2 Printer
(1) Press to freeze the image.
* Printing the image is possible without freezing the image. However, when a
cine image is printed, the printed image may not match the image displayed
when the print switch is pressed.
(2) Press the print switch.
CAUTION: Be sure to use the color printer to print color images. Color
image data may adversely affect black/white printing.
No. 2B771-023EN
10-10
10.3 HDD
Bitmap (BMP) or JPEG (JPG) data can be saved on the HDDs. The format can be
selected using "Image File Format" in the preset "System Configuration". The JPEG
compression ratio can be selected using "Compression Quality".
For the setting procedures, refer to subsection 1.2 "Changing the System
Environmental Settings (System Configuration)" in this manual.
CAUTION: The lossy data compression technique is always applied when

JPG images are recorded onto the HDD. Although this
technique helps increase the number of images that can be
stored, it can cause image deterioration. The amount of
compression, therefore, must be restricted so that the image
quality is maintained at a level which does not adversely affect
diagnosis.
CAUTION: Do not display BMP and JPG data that have been edited or registered by
other devices. Such data may be damaged.
NOTE: With the factory setting, data is saved in a folder by the patient ID.
It is possible to change the factory setting to create a folder for each
examination date. Contact your Toshiba service representative for the
procedures to make this change.
10.3.1 Saving images

(1) Operation from the main panel
When the switch for recording to a disk has been registered on the main panel,
press the switch to save images on a disk.
* For the registration procedures, contact your Toshiba representative.
(2) Operation from the menu
(a) Display the images to be saved on the monitor.
(b) Select the file format (BMP or JPG) in [Still Form] in the [Other] menu.
(c) Select "Image (Still)" from the [Other] menu. The images are saved.
No. 2B771-023EN
10-11
10.3.2 Procedures for displaying saved images
(1) Select [File Utility] from the [Other] menu. The Image Utility screen is displayed.
Image folder name
Thumbnail display
Selection between
thumbnail mode and
list mode
(2) Select the folder including the image to be displayed and press SET .
The saved image or image file name is displayed in the lower section of the screen.
(3) After selecting the image file to be displayed and pressing SET , press [View].
The image is displayed.
* The image can also displayed by selecting the image file and pressing SET
twice.
In thumbnail display mode, move the cursor onto the image to be enlarged and
press SET .
(4) If several images are included in the same folder, press SET or NEXT to
switch between images.
(5) To return to the Image Utility screen, press .
(6) To terminate image display from the disk, press [Exit].
* The function for starting and stopping image display from the disk (Image
(Load)) can be registered to the main panel.
For the registration procedures, contact your Toshiba representative.
No. 2B771-023EN
10-12
<<Operation example>>
No. 2B771-023EN
10-13 *
11. How to Use the Transducer
11.1 PEF-510MA
This subsection contains the operating procedures for the PEF-510MA.
WARNING: If the temperature detection function of this transducer

becomes abnormal, the message below is displayed.

angle free, return the transducer to a neutral angle, and
then withdraw the transducer carefully. Then, contact your
11.1.1 Icon display setting

The rotation angle of the ultrasound scan plane at the tip of the transducer can be
displayed when the PEF-510MA is used. The angle is displayed in 15° steps.
(1) Setting the preset condition
To display the TEE icon on the screen when the PEF-510MA is selected, set the
TEE Icon preset to ON.
(2) Setting the icon display to ON or OFF
When [Other] → [M-TEE] → [Icon Display] is selected from the menu and then the
SET switch is pressed, the display of the icon can be set to ON or OFF.
No. 2B771-023EN
11-1
11.1.2 Indication of the rotation angle
"T" indicates the short axis and "L" indicates the long axis. The scale is in 15° steps.
The number below the angle indication indicates the current rotation angle at the tip.
L (90°) L (90°) L (90°)
(0°) T T (0°) (0°) T

135 135 135
Normal display Left-right reversal display Top/bottom reversal display
(The angles in parentheses are not displayed.)
The relationship between the rotation angle at the tip and the displayed angle is shown
in the figure below.
T (0°)
L (90°)
Ultrasound scan plane at the tip of the transducer
No. 2B771-023EN
11-2
11.1.3 Temperature control
This system outputs warnings for temperature increases.
The table below shows the temperatures that trigger the warnings, and the
corresponding warning messages. Users must understand the meaning of these
warnings to use the system more safely.
CAUTION: If the temperature at the transducer end exceeds 43°C while this
transducer is being used, this system operates as follows.
• The system freezes automatically. When the temperature

decreases, scanning is started automatically.
• If after 2 minutes the temperature remains at 43°C or higher,

the system must be restarted.
To prevent the temperature from increasing, follow the

instructions below.
1. Keep the transducer end in contact with the walls of

esophagus or stomach.
2. When images are not being observed, reduce the

transmission power (acoustic power) or freeze the images.
3. When the transducer is used for a long period of time, set

the minimum transmission power needed to obtain the
required diagnostic information.
Temperature (°C) Display/system operation

T<41 No warning is displayed. Use the system while taking care to note
any temperature increase due to prolonged scanning.
41≤T When 41°C is reached, the display color for the percentage of the
acoustic power "P100" and the range of the multiple frequency
"XXSXX" (sector probe example) change to yellow. The display
color returns to white when the temperature falls below 41°C.
42≤T When 42°C is reached, the following warning message is displayed
for approximately 4 seconds.
This message disappears when the acoustic power is reduced.
No. 2B771-023EN
11-3
Temperature (°C) Display/system operation
43≤T When a temperature of 43°C is reached, the temperature has
exceeded the limit and the following warning message is displayed.
Transmission is terminated to prevent the temperature from
increasing further and images are frozen. If the temperature falls to
a sufficiently low level within 2 minutes, freeze status is canceled
automatically.
CAUTION: While the warning message above is

displayed, all the switches other than the
New Patient and power switches are
disabled.
WARNING: If after 2 minutes the temperature

remains at 43°C or higher, the
message below is displayed. In this
case, stop the examination
immediately, make the angle free,
return the transducer to a neutral
angle, and then withdraw the
transducer carefully. The diagnostic
ultrasound system must be restarted
in order to perform examination again.
Check the temperature detection
function referring to subsection 11.1.4
"Temperature detection function
check procedure". If any abnormality
is found, contact your service
representative.
NOTE: The temperature detection accuracy of this system is ±0.5°C. Note that the
temperature control includes some amount of error.
No. 2B771-023EN
11-4
11.1.4 Temperature detection function check procedure
Follow the steps below to confirm that the temperature detection function works
normally.
If the function does not work normally, contact your Toshiba service representative.
CAUTION: Do not place the transducer end in water exceeding 60°C. The transducer
may be damaged.
(1) Prepare a container filled with warm water at a temperature of between 45°C and
50°C.
(2) Place the transducer end in the water. Confirm that, after a brief interval, the
display color for the acoustic power (or MI value) and the multi-frequency range of
the transducer changes to yellow and that the image is frozen. Also confirm that
the message below is displayed.
(3) Immediately after confirming the above (within 2 minutes), replace the warm water
with tap water and place the end transducer in it. Confirm that, after a brief interval,
the image returns to live status and that the display color for the acoustic power (or
MI value) and the multi-frequency range of the transducer returns to white. Also
confirm that the warning message disappears.
No. 2B771-023EN
11-5
11.2 PVM-740RT
This subsection describes the operating procedures for the PVM-740RT.
NOTE: This transducer can be connected only to the Transducer A connector or

Transducer B connector.
11.2.1 Selecting the scanning plane

(1) Press the Transducer switch on the main panel. The menu shown below is
displayed.
The scanning plane is indicated as (E) or (T) at the end of the transducer name.
E: End-fire plane
T: Plane perpendicular to the transducer head
(2) Select plane E or plane T from the menu.
No. 2B771-023EN
11-6
11.2.2 Display example
Transducer head
(lateral view)
E Transducer head
T
(frontal view)
No. 2B771-023EN
11-7 *
12. THI (Tissue Harmonic Imaging)
Display Mode
12.1 What Is THI Mode?
THI (Tissue Harmonic Imaging) mode allows visualization of tissues using only the
higher-harmonic components (whose frequencies are multiples of the fundamental
frequency) in the echoes of the fundamental-frequency beam emitted from the
ultrasound transducer.
Higher-harmonic ultrasound signals provide higher contrast than signals at the
fundamental frequency, contributing to the improvement in image quality.
THI-mode display can be performed by using transducers supporting THI mode.
12.2 Operating Procedures
To enter THI mode, press the switch on the main panel.
When the system is in THI mode, the transducer drive frequency is preceded by "T".
9.9 T9.9
Normal mode THI mode
No. 2B771-023EN
12-1 *
13. TDI (Tissue Doppler Imaging)
Display Mode
13.1 What Is TDI Mode?
TDI (Tissue Doppler Imaging) mode displays the direction or velocity of tissue motion in
color, based on the theory of the Doppler effect. It is possible to observe abnormal wall
motion due to myocardial infarction, for example.
This display is available when the TDI option is combined. The following types of TDI
are available. Each type supports both 2D mode and M mode.
Display Function
Velocity display (V) The direction and velocity of tissue motion are
indicated by color (hue).
• Movement toward the transducer:
Red (low speed), yellow (high speed)
• Movement away from the transducer:
Blue (low speed), light blue (high speed)
Velocity-Variance display (V-T) Dispersion display of tissue motion is added to
velocity display.
* Presently, however, the clinical meaning of
dispersion display is being investigated.
Variance display (T) The degree of dispersion of tissue motion is
displayed with brightness of display. Unlike other
displays, the color is not related to the direction of
motion.
* Presently, however, the clinical meaning of
dispersion display is being investigated.
Power display (P) The intensity of echo from tissue is displayed with
brightness of display.
As the echo becomes stronger, the display becomes
brighter.
• Movement toward the transducer : Red
• Movement away from the transducer : Blue

(1) Entering TDI mode
Press the TDI switch on the main panel to enter TDI mode.
* It is necessary to register the TDI switch on the main panel in advance. Contact
your TOSHIBA representative.
No. 2B771-023EN
13-1
(2) Adjustment using the menu
When is pressed, the TDI menu is displayed.
Item Adjustment
PSP/QSP Adjusts the image quality and the number of
frames of the color images.
Density Adjusts the color sweep line density.
PRF Adjusts the aliasing frequency.
V. Range Adjusts the velocity range.
Data No. Adjusts the dynamic range for detection.
C & BW Display Switches between black/white and color
images.
QUANT Switches to QUANT display.
TDI Map Adjusts the image hue.
Contrast Adjusts the TDI image contrast.
2D/CDI Simul. Sets the simultaneous 2D/CDI real-time
display ON/OFF.
D/M Speed Adjusts the sweep speed of the M-mode
image.
TDI Cut Off Sets the color display blanking level for low
velocity.
Balance Sets the threshold for displaying TDI images
and black/white images.
TDI IP Type Sel. Selects the IP Type in TDI mode.
Focal Position Sets the focus position in the ROI.
ROI Color Selects ROI color.
Time Smooth Adjusts the image motion smoothness.
Spat. Smooth Adjusts the image smoothness in the spatial
direction.
Cine Clear Clears the images stored in the cine memory.
TDI IP Set Menu Changes the IP image-quality conditions
and sets the registration menu ON/OFF.
Default Returns the chages to the initial settings.
13.3 PW-TDI Mode

The velocity of tissue motion is displayed in PW mode.
The PW-TDI operating procedures are the same as those for standard PW mode.
No. 2B771-023EN
13-2 *
14. CI/FEI Mode
WARNING: 1. Handle the contrast medium as described in the operation
manual supplied with the contrast medium. TOSHIBA is
not liable for any damage or injury resulting from misuse
of contrast media.
2. Check the side effects of the contrast medium used with

the manufacturer of the contrast medium.
3. If there is an abnormality with the patient during use of

the contrast medium, stop the examination and perform
appropriate treatment.
4. Cavitation may occur due to interactions between the

ultrasonic waves and the contrast medium. Always
perform examination using the principle of ALARA (as
low as reasonably achievable). The acoustic power can
be changed using the ACOUSTIC POWER dial on the
main panel.
NOTE: 1. Before entering FEI mode, confirm that CI mode is set.
2. When the monitor display mode is used with FEI mode, it is recommended
that the dual screen display be used. The monitor image and the Flash
image can then be viewed simultaneously.
14.1 Outline of CI/FEI Modes

In Contrast Harmonics Imaging mode (hereinafter referred to as CI mode), very small
tissue blood flow in the myocardium or parenchymal organs can be imaged through
visualization of the second harmonic wave signal from the microbubbles that are the
main component of the contrast medium.
In FEI (Flash Echo Imaging) mode, microbubbles are allowed to accumulate through
intermittent (INTERVAL) ultrasound transmission so that the contrast signal is detected
and visualized with higher sensitivity.
This mode is available only when the diagnostic ultrasound system is used with the
CHI/FEI option and a transducer that supports the CHI/FEI function.
NOTE: 1. In CI mode, transducer change is possible between the CI-supporting

transducers.
2. Transducer change is not possible in FEI mode.
No. 2B771-023EN
14-1
14.2 Display in CI/FEI Mode
(1) CI/FEI mode types and transitions
The types and transitions of CI/FEI mode are described below.
*: Registration is required. Contact your Toshiba service representative.
CI-2D : Contrast 2D mode

CI-Power : Contrast Power mode
CI-DynaFlow : Contrast Dynamic Flow mode(*)
FEI-2D : FEI 2D mode
FEI-Power : FEI Power mode
FEI-DynaFlow : FEI Dynamic Flow mode(*)
(*) CI/FEI-DynaFlow is available only when the optional Dynamic Flow function is
installed.
(2) Displays of CI mode
(a) CI-2D mode
The display of CI-2D mode is the same as that of normal 2D mode except for
the transmission/reception conditions.
(b) CI-Power mode
The display of CI-Power mode is the same as that of normal Power mode
except for the transmission/reception conditions.
(c) CI-DynaFlow mode
The display of CI-DynaFlow mode is the same as that of normal Dynamic

Flow mode except for the transmission/reception conditions.
No. 2B771-023EN
14-2
(3) Display of FEI mode
In FEI mode, the image to be displayed differs depending on the display mode,
menu, and preset conditions.
(a) FEI-2D
Flash mode/Monitor mode/Flash + Monitor mode
(b) FEI-Power
(c) FEI-DynaFlow
• In Single mode
Monitor mode
ON (*1) OFF
Flash #2 to N
+ Flash #1
Monitor image
• In Dual mode
Monitor mode
ON OFF
Flash #1 Flash #2 to N Flash #1 Flash #2 to N

+
Monitor image
#1 : Flash frame No. 1, #N: Flash flame No. N
(*1) It is not possible to start monitor mode in single mode. Dual monitor
mode is started automatically when the monitor mode is set to ON. To
enter single monitor mode, press the single switch (2D mode switch) in
dual monitor mode. In single mode recording with monitor mode ON,
frame #1 is not displayed although it is recorded.
No. 2B771-023EN
14-3
(4) Screen display
(a) CI display
The frequency display in CI mode is the same as in standard mode except in

Harmonic mode. When multiple frequency is set to Harmonic, "H" is
displayed on the left of the transducer drive frequency on the monitor.
9.9 H9.9
Standard mode CI mode
(b) FEI display
Data to be displayed in FEI
Data display area
<1> For Flash Rec. with Interval Time trigger
F: Flash Num Record No.*

I: Interval time Trigger No.* - Flash Frame No.*
Timer Time stamp*
<2> For Flash Rec. with ECG trigger

E: ECG Count Trigger No.* - Flash Frame No.*
(Setting of the trigger interval in number of heart beats)
Timer Time stamp*
<3> For Manual Flash
The trigger number is not displayed since only a single trigger is used.

M Flash Frame No.*
Timer Time stamp*
*: Displayed only during cine playback.
No. 2B771-023EN
14-4
14.3 Image Adjustment on the Main Panel
(1) The image adjustment procedures in CI mode are the same as for other standard
modes. Refer to the section describing the image adjustment procedures
(adjustment on the main panel) in the operation manual <<Basic Volume>>.
(2) When FEI mode is started, the switches on the panel are automatically changed
as follows.
The switch setting procedures are described in subsection 14.4.
Contact your Toshiba service representative for registration or change of the user
function switches.
*: The [Start] button is effective when the optional TIC function is installed.
Refer to section 15 for details.
No. 2B771-023EN
14-5
14.4 Image Adjustment Using the Menu
In CI/FEI mode, the effective switches are displayed in the menu. The adjustment
method and range of these switches are the same as in other standard image modes.
(1) CI-2D/FEI-2D mode startup and image adjustment procedures
(a) How to enter CI-2D mode
CI-2D mode can be entered in the following two ways.
• Move the trackball cursor to [CI] in the 2D menu and press the SET
switch.
• Press the [CI] switch on the main panel in 2D mode.
* The CI switch must be registered on the main panel. Contact your

(b) Displaying the CI-2D menu
When is pressed in CI-2D mode, the CI-2D menu is displayed. The
switches shown with no description given below are the same as in standard
2D mode.
Turns the stopwatch function ON/OFF.

When the stopwatch is turned ON,
the time is displayed on the screen.
When the stopwatch is turned OFF,
time measurement is terminated and
the time is not displayed on the screen.
Terminates CI-2D mode.
Deletes the FEI images stored in the cine memory.
No. 2B771-023EN
14-6
(c) How to enter FEI-2D mode
FEI-2D mode can be entered in the following two ways.
• Move the trackball cursor to [FEI] in the CI-2D menu and press the [SET]
switch.
• Press the [FEI] switch on the main panel when CI mode is set to ON.
* The FEI switch must be registered on the main panel. Contact your
(d) Displaying the FEI-2D menu
When is pressed in FEI mode, the FEI-2D menu is displayed. Some
switches shown in the CI-2D menu are not shown in the FEI-2D menu. The
settings of these switches remain in the values set in CI mode, even though
the switches are not displayed.
<1>
<2>
<3>
<4>
<5>
<6>
<7>
<8>
<9>
<10>
<11>
<12>
<13>
<14>
<15>
<16>
<17>
No. 2B771-023EN
14-7
No. Switch Function
<1> Manual Flash The FEI image can be scanned once manually. When this switch is
pressed when the automatic FEI acquisition is OFF, the FEI image is
displayed for an instant and then stored in memory.
This switch is not effective during automatic FEI acquisition. If the
cine memory is full, FEI image acquisition is not performed and only
scanning is possible.
<2> Injec. Timer Turns the stopwatch function ON/OFF.
<3> Flash Rec. (*) Turns the automatic FEI acquisition ON/OFF. Every time this switch
is pressed, automatic FEI acquisition is switched between ON and
OFF.
When automatic FEI acquisition is started, the ultrasound beam is
transmitted at the specified intervals. If the cine memory is full, FEI
image acquisition is not performed and only scanning is possible.
The message "CineFull" is displayed on the screen.
"INTERVAL" can be selected for gated mode.
<4> Flash Num. Selects the number of FEI flash frames. Selection range is 1 to 15.
The set value is displayed as "F: ∗∗" at the bottom of the monitor.
<5> Interval Sets the flash transmission interval. The set value is displayed as
"I: ∗.∗" at the bottom of the monitor.
One of the following values can be set.
0.2 to 1.0 : 0.1 step
1.5 to 5.0 : 0.5 step
6 to 10 : 1.0 step
15 to 60 : 5.0 step
<6> ECG Count Sets the trigger intervals in number of heart beats when ECG is
selected for Trigger Mode.
1 to 10 : 1 step
15 to 60 : 5 step
<7> ECG Delay Sets the delay from the R wave when ECG is selected for Trigger
Mode.
0.00 to 1.94: 0.01 step
<8> Trigger Mode Switches the trigger mode.
Interval : The trigger is output at regular intervals.
ECG : The trigger is output in synchronization with the heart beat.
<9> Focal Pattern Sets the focal pattern of the ultrasound beam.
<10> 2D DR Sets the 2D dynamic range.
<11> Monitor Turns monitor mode ON/OFF.
(*) When Auto Rec (preset) is ON, Flash Recording is started automatically at the
same time FEI is set to ON even though the [Flash Rec.] switch is not pressed.
No. 2B771-023EN
14-8
No. Switch Function
<12> Monitor Level Selects the power level for the monitor display when monitor mode is
ON. The power level can be selected from among 1, 2, or 3. The
higher number provides the clearer monitor image.
<13> 2D Map Valid Turns the 2D image color display ON/OFF.
<14> 2D Map Selects the coloring when the 2D image color display is ON.
<15> FEI (*) Turns FEI mode ON/OFF. When this switch is set to OFF, the
system returns to CI-2D mode.
<16> Cine Clear Deletes the FEI images in the cine memory.
<17> Default Returns the changed settings to the default settings.
(2) CI-Power/FEI-Power mode startup and image adjustment procedures
(a) How to enter CI-Power mode
CI-Power mode can be entered in the following three ways.
• Move the trackball cursor to [CI] in the Power menu and press the [SET]
switch.
• Press the [CI] switch on the main panel in Power mode.
* The CI switch must be registered on the main panel. Contact your Toshiba
• Press the [Power] switch in CI-2D mode.
No. 2B771-023EN
14-9
(b) Displaying the CI-Power menu
When is pressed in CI-Power mode, the CI-Power menu is displayed.
The switches shown with no description given below are the same as in
standard Power mode.

Terminates CI-Power mode.
No. 2B771-023EN
14-10
(c) How to enter FEI-Power mode
FEI-Power mode can be entered in the following two ways.
• Move the trackball cursor to [FEI] in the CI-Power menu and press the
SET switch.
• Press the [FEI] switch on the main panel when CI-Power mode is set to ON.
* The FEI switch must be registered on the main panel. Contact your Toshiba
(d) Displaying the FEI-Power menu
When is pressed in FEI-Power mode, the FEI-Power menu is displayed.
Some switches shown in the CI-Power menu are not shown in the FEI-Power
menu. The settings of these switches remain in the values set in CI-Power
mode, even though the switches are not displayed.
<1>
<2>
<3>
<4>
<5>
<6>
<7>
<8>
<9>
<10>
<11>
<12>
<13>
<14>
<15>
<16>
<17>
No. 2B771-023EN
14-11
<FEI-Power>
No. Switch Function

<3> Flash Rec. (*) Turns the automatic FEI acquisition ON/OFF.
Every time this switch is pressed, automatic FEI acquisition is
switched between ON and OFF. When automatic FEI acquisition is
started, the ultrasound beam is transmitted at the specified intervals.
If the cine memory is full, FEI image acquisition is not performed and
only scanning is possible. The message "CineFull" is displayed on
the screen.
The set value is displayed as "F:∗∗" at the bottom of the monitor.
0.2 to 1.0 : 0.1 step
1.5 to 5.0 : 0.5 step
6 to 10 : 1.0 step
15 to 60 : 5.0 step
1 to 10 : 1 step
15 to 60 : 5 step
Mode.
0.00 to 1.94: 0.01 step
<9> P DR Sets the dynamic range.
<10> Scale Cut Off Sets the cutoff.
<11> Back Display Selects show/hide of the B&W image.
No. 2B771-023EN
14-12
No. Switch Function
<14> P Map Selects the power map. Selection is possible from among P1 to P4
and dP1 to dP4 (when the optional DCA function is installed).
<15> Contrast Selects the contrast of the power map. Levels 1, 2, 3, and 4 are
selectable.
<16> FEI Turns FEI mode ON/OFF. When this switch is set to OFF, the
system returns to CI-Power mode.
(3) CI-DynaFlow/FEI-DynaFlow mode startup and image adjustment procedures
* The optional Dynamic Flow function must be installed to start CI-DynaFlow/FEI-

DynaFlow mode.
(a) How to enter CI-DynaFlow mode
CI-DynaFlow mode can be entered in the following three ways.
• Move the trackball cursor to [CI] in the Dyna Flow menu and press the [SET]
switch.
• Press the [CI] switch on the main panel in DynaFlow mode.
* The CI switch must be registered on the main panel. Contact your Toshiba
• Press the [Dynamic Flow] switch on the main panel in CI-2D mode.
No. 2B771-023EN
14-13
(b) Displaying the CI-DynaFlow menu
When is pressed in CI-DynaFlow mode, the CI-DynaFlow menu is
displayed. The switches shown with no description given below are the same
as in standard Dynamic Flow mode.

Terminates CI-DynaFlow mode.
(c) How to enter FEI-DynaFlow mode
FEI-DynaFlow mode can be entered in the following two ways.
• Move the trackball cursor to [FEI] in the CI-DynaFlow menu and press the
SET switch.
• Press the [FEI] switch on the main panel when CI-DynaFlow mode is set to
ON.
* The FEI switch must be registered on the main panel. Contact your Toshiba
No. 2B771-023EN
14-14
(d) Displaying the FEI-DynaFlow menu
When is pressed in FEI-DynaFlow mode, the FEI-DynaFlow menu is
displayed. Some switches shown in the CI-DynaFlow menu are not shown in
the FEI-DynaFlow menu. The settings of these switches remain in the values
set in CI-DynaFlow mode, even though the switches are not displayed.
<1>
<2>
<3>
<4>
<5>
<6>
<7>
<8>
<9>
<10>
<11>
<12>
<13>
<14>
No. 2B771-023EN
14-15
<FEI-DynaFlow>
No. Switch Function

<3> Flash Rec. Turns the automatic FEI acquisition ON/OFF.
Every time this switch is pressed, automatic FEI acquisition is
switched between ON and OFF. When automatic FEI acquisition is
started, the ultrasound beam is transmitted at the specified intervals.
If the cine memory is full, FEI image acquisition is not performed and
only scanning is possible. The message "CineFull" is displayed on
the screen.
The set value is displayed as "F:∗∗" at the bottom of the monitor.
0.2 to 1.0 : 0.1 step
1.5 to 5.0 : 0.5 step
6 to 10 : 1.0 step
15 to 60 : 5.0 step
1 to 10 : 1 step
15 to 60 : 5 step
Mode.
0.00 to 1.94: 0.01 step
<9> Dyna DR Sets the dynamic range.
NOTE: When ECG trigger flash is used with monitor mode ON, flash
transmission is delayed by a maximum of 80 ms with respect to the
synchronization timing (trigger point) due to a system restriction.
No. 2B771-023EN
14-16
No. Switch Function
<12> Dyna Map Selects the Dynamic Flow map.
<13> FEI Turns FEI mode ON/OFF. When this switch is set to OFF, the
system returns to CI-DynaFlow mode.
No. 2B771-023EN
14-17
14.5 Cine Memory Operating Procedure
CAUTION: If data exists in the cine memory when FEI mode is entered
When transition to FEI mode is selected, a dialog asking whether or not to

clear the cine memory is displayed. Select [OK] to clear the cine memory
and transition to the specified FEI mode. Pressing the [Cine Clear] switch
also clears the data in the cine memory and makes transition possible.
NOTE: 1. Cine recording is not possible in standard modes when the FEI images are
stored in the cine memory. To record images in standard mode or to
record the new FEI images, select [Cine Clear]. All the FEI images in the
cine memory are deleted. [Cine Clear] is disabled during FEI playback.
2. When FEI images with di ferent conditions are recorded, loop playback
may not be possible. FEI image playback is possible only in FEI mode.
(1) Cine memory operation in CI mode
(a) If the FEI data exists in the cine memory, acquisition to the cine memory is
disabled.
(b) If no FEI data exists in the cine memory, all the cine memory functions can be
used.
No. 2B771-023EN
14-18
(2) Cine memory operation in FEI mode
The cine operations in FEI mode are the same as in standard image mode.
The cine images recorded by automatic FEI acquisition or manual triggering are
not deleted even when the mode is changed or image quality conditions are
changed. To delete these images, set [Cine Clear] to ON.
(a) Recording FEI format to the cine memory
The cine memory is controlled according to the recording conditions for each
record. The flash images of the number specified by the Flash Number are
stored (the flash images are managed by the trigger number).
Flash Rec : Automatic acquisition

M : Manual triggering
Record No. 1 2 3 4 5
Flash Rec. M M Flash Rec. Flash Rec.
Trigger No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Flash Frame No. 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
Example for Flash Number = 4
(b) Monitor display in FEI mode
The record number, trigger number, and flash frame number can be checked
on the monitor.
No. 2B771-023EN
14-19
(c) Cine memory playback
The images in the cine memory ban be played back in Freeze status using
the trackball and dial.
• Frame-advance playback
Operation Function
Freeze Freezes the image.
Trackball CW rotation Plays back the image frame by frame in the
time forward direction. The record number,
trigger number, and flash number of the played
back frames are displayed.
Trackball CCW rotation Plays back the image frame by frame in the
time backward direction. The record number,
trigger number, and flash number of the played
back frames are displayed.
* The MEAS EDIT dial can also be used to control frame-advance

playback.
• Loop playback
Operation Function
Freeze Freezes the image.
Trackball + SET switch Sets the Start frame.
Trackball + NEXT switch Sets the End frame.
Trackball dial CW rotation Plays back the image in continuous mode in

the time forward direction. The record number
of the played back frames is displayed.
Trackball dial CCW rotation Plays back the image in continuous mode in
the time backward direction. The record
number of the played back frames is displayed.
* Speed adjustment is possible in the same manner as in standard cine

playback.
* Playback of more than one record is possible if the image conditions are
the same in the start and end frames.
* Loop playback is not possible for the frames that were recorded with
different cine recording conditions.
* If the image conditions differ between the start frame and end frame, the
frame with the same image conditions as the start frame and closest to
the end frame is automatically selected as the new end frame.
(d) Clearing the cine memory (Cine Clear)
When [Cine Clear] in the menu is selected, a confirmation dialog is displayed.
Select [Yes] to delete the data in the cine memory.
When [Cancel] is selected, the data in the cine memory is not deleted and the
dialog is closed.
No. 2B771-023EN
14-20 *
15. Time Intensity Curve (TIC)
Measurements
15.1 Features of the Time Intensity Curve (TIC) Measurement
Function
Histogram measurement can be performed for multiple images acquired in the cine
memory. It is also possible to display the data sets for these multiple images in a graph
or a list.
This measurement is available when the TIC option is installed.
• Measurement is possible for a maximum of four channels.
• Up to 512 images can be stored in the cine memory (the storable number of images
depends on the settings directly before TIC measurement mode is entered).
• The report function can be used.
CAUTION: If the measurement ROI is set including the area outside the
image, the correct measurement result cannot be obtained.
NOTE: The TIC function cannot be started in FEI mode if frames have been recorded
with different cine recording conditions (the cine conditions were changed
during recording). The concerned frames are eliminated from the loop
playback range
No. 2B771-023EN
15-1
(1) Cine recording and image playback
Step No. Operation Display on the screen

1. Image extraction Extract the image (ECG waveform if
necessary) optimal for measurement.
2. Stop cine Press the [FREEZE] switch to stop cine

recording recording.
For FEI: Record the predetermined
images in the cine memory.
(Refer to section 14 for the recording
procedure.)
3. Set the start and Specify the start point using the trackball.
end points of loop
(1) Play back the cine memory in the
playback
reverse direction and select the start
point, and then press the SET
switch.
(2) Play back the cine memory in the
forward direction and select the end End point
point, and then press the NEXT Start point
switch.
If these steps are skipped, the first image
is set as the start point and the last image
is set as the end point automatically.
Steps (1) and (2) can be swapped.
For FEI: Setting of the start and end
points cannot be skipped because the
cine recording conditions are not the
same for the FEI images.
4. Start and stop the Rotate the trackball dial to start loop
loop playback playback. To stop loop playback, touch
the trackball.
No. 2B771-023EN
15-2
(2) Measurement procedure

1. Start TIC The operation below is possible during
frame-advance playback as well as during
loop playback.
Press to enter measurement mode.
If TIC is specified as the default

measurement function in the Auto
Measurement data
Measurement Registration menu, the
cursor is displayed automatically.
If it is not registered, select [TIC] in the 2D
measurement menu. [CH A] is
highlighted. Press the SET switch. The
menu disappears and a crosshair cursor
(+) is displayed.
The area measurement format is
displayed.
2. Set the ROI Draw an ROI using the trackball and the
SET switch to set the ROI.
The area, circumference, long-axis length,

and short-axis length of the ellipse are
displayed in real time.
Loop playback is continued while ROI Measurement data
setting.
3. Set the ROI for It is possible to set another ROI using one
another channel of the following methods.
* Press the NEXT switch to display the

cursor for the next channel. Draw an
ROI using the trackball and the SET
switch to set the ROI.
* Display the TIC menu and select Measurement data
[Copy]. A duplicate of the existing ROI
is displayed at the lower right of the
existing ROI and the menu is closed.
Move the duplicate ROI to the desired
position and press the SET switch to
fix the new ROI position.
4. Start calculation Select [Start] in the TIC menu. The menu
is closed and calculation is started.
Loop playback is stopped at this time.
During calculation, the message
"Measure" is displayed on the status bar
Measurement data
at the bottom left of the screen.
No. 2B771-023EN
15-3
5. During calculation During calculation, the image is updated
for each frame and the plot result is
displayed on the monitor.
The currently displayed frame position is
indicated by a vertical line.
The , SET , and [TIC] switches

are effective during calculation. Pressing
resets the system to the initial

status. Pressing the SET switch
terminates calculation forcibly and
displays the result available at that point.
Pressing the [TIC] switch terminates the
TIC measurement.
6. Modify the ROI The ROI can be modified using the one of
the following methods.
The modified ROI is reflected in all
frames.
• Press the NEXT switch and select a
channel for which measurement has
been completed.
Open the TIC menu and select [Copy].

The menu is closed and a duplicate of
the ROI for the selected channel is
displayed close to the existing ROI.
Move the duplicate ROI to the desired
position and press the SET switch to
set the new ROI position.
* The duplicate ROI is not displayed if
the measurement for the next channel
has been completed.
No. 2B771-023EN
15-4
6. Modify the ROI • Press the SET switch and select a
been completed.
Press the SET switch without

operating the trackball. The menu is
closed and modification of the elliptic
ROI becomes possible.
Change the position of the start point
using the trackball and press the
SET switch to set the new start
position.
Also change the position of the end
point using the trackball and press the
SET switch to set the new end
position.
• Press the NEXT switch and select a
been completed.
Press [Delete]. The message "Are you

sure?" is displayed.
Select OK and then press the SET
switch. The menu is closed and the
ROI for the selected channel is
deleted.
The corresponding data is also deleted
from the graph.
• Open the TIC menu and select a
channel for which measurement is not
yet performed. The menu is closed
and the cursor is displayed.
Draw an ROI using the trackball and

the SET switch.
When the TIC menu is opened, the
channel for which the ROI was most
recently set is selected.
If no channel is set, channel A is
automatically selected.
Modify the ROIs for the desired channels
and then select [Start] to start
recalculation (return to step 4).
No. 2B771-023EN
15-5
7. Perform frame- When the trackball is operated without
advance playback modifying the ROI, the frame is updated in
frame-advance playback. The vertical line
on the graph is also moved accordingly.
The operations described below affect the
ROI selected on the currently displayed
frame.
• Select the channel in the TIC menu
and press [Drop]. The menu is closed.
The color of the ROI for the selected
channel becomes dark and the
corresponding data is deleted from the
graph.
• Select the channel for which
measurement has been completed in
the TIC menu.
Press [Move]. The menu is closed and
the ROI is set to floating state. Move
the ROI to the desired position using
the trackball and press the SET
switch to set the new position. The
ROIs in other frames are not moved by
this operation.
Modify the ROIs for the desired
channels and then select [Start] to start
recalculation (return to step 4).
8. Perform reporting Select [Report] in the TIC menu or press
on the main panel. The Report
screen is opened and the graph and
calculation results are displayed.
Press [Save] on the Report screen to
store the measurement result on a DVD
or CD. If an ID is not entered, a message
prompting entry of the ID is displayed.
9. All Clear and TIC Select [All Clear] in the TIC menu. The
off message "Are you sure?" is displayed.
Select OK and press the SET switch

to close the menu and delete the ROIs,
calculation data, and report data, and
return to step 1.
To terminate the TIC measurement, set
the measurement switch to OFF.
No. 2B771-023EN
15-6
(3) Display of the TIC menu
Measurement channel numbers

(up to 4 channels can be measured)
Starts TIC calculation.
Makes a duplicate of the ROI set for the specified channel.

Moves the ROI set for the specified channel in the displayed frame.
Excludes the specified data in the displayed frame.
Clears all the TIC calculation results and ROI settings.
Clears the ROI and data for the specified channel.
Displays the Report screen.

Turns ON/OFF the display of the measurement results.
Starts the calculator function.
Returns to the Measurement menu.
No. 2B771-023EN
15-7
15.3 Display Format of the Time Intensity Curve
(1) Measurement window
When Preset, Exam Preset, Measurement Preset, Application, and All Display are
set to ON, the following data is displayed in addition to the TIC graph. When
these are set to OFF, only the TIC graph is displayed.
The vertical axis of the TIC graph represents the intensity, and the horizontal axis
represents the frame number.
<<Display items on the graph>>
M-Int : Mean intensity of the time phase currently in display

Area : Area of the ROI
Dist1 : Axis length of the ROI
Frame : Information on the displayed frame
(2) Report
The measured values for the time phase specified using the graph and mark are
displayed. The vertical axis of the graph represents the intensity, and the
horizontal axis represents the frame number.
* Place the arrow cursor on the graph and press the SET switch. The arrow
cursor is changed to a marker that can be moved using the trackball. When the
marker is moved, the measured values and graph are updated accordingly.
When the SET switch is pressed again, graph upgrading is stopped and the
marker returns to the arrow cursor.
No. 2B771-023EN
15-8
<<Display items on the screen>>
M-Int : Mean intensity of the time phase at the mark

Area : Area of the ROI
The value in angular brackets < > is the data excluded by the Drop function.
Frame : Cine frame number

Record : FEI record number
Trigger : FEI trigger number
Flash No. : FEI flash number
Interval Time : FEI interval time
Time Stamp : FEI time stamp
<<Switch functions>>

x2 Enlarges the scale of the horizontal axis of the graph (the scale
of the next higher level is selected). The horizontal axis is
enlarged with the left end fixed, and therefore the some portion
of the right end may not be shown.
x1/2 Reduces the scale of the horizontal axis of the graph (the scale
of the next lower level is selected).
Save Saves the measurement data in a file.
Exit Quits the Report screen.
No. 2B771-023EN
15-9
15.4 TIC Data File Output
The list of the mean intensity data can be output to a text file (CSV format).
(1) Press the [Save] switch on the Report screen. The TIC Utility screen is displayed
with "patient ID + TIC + 001.csv" selected as the default file name.
(2) Press the [Save] switch. If the ID is not entered, a message prompting entry of
the ID is displayed. When file saving is completed or the [Exit] switch is pressed
without saving the data, the system returns to the Report screen.
* The file name is set by adding "TIC" between the ID and the serial number, for
example "AbcdefgTIC001.csv".
NOTE: 1. Data can be saved to external recording media only if the patient
information has been entered. Be sure to enter patient information before
starting measurement.
2. Before saving data to external recording media, make sure that it has
sufficient free space (10 Kbytes or more).
No. 2B771-023EN
15-10 *
16. Dynamic Flow Mode
16.1 Features of Dynamic Flow Mode
Dynamic Flow mode allows highly sensitive blood flow information to be displayed on
the B/W image acquired at a high frame rate.
When combined with the CHI/FEI option, Dynamic Flow mode can be applied to
contrast imaging and flash echo imaging.
This mode is available only when the diagnostic ultrasound system is used with the
Dynamic Flow option and a transducer that supports Dynamic Flow imaging. Contact
your Toshiba service representative for the transducers that support Dynamic Flow
imaging.
NOTE: Mode restrictions
1. Transition to simultaneous CDI and MCDI real mode or simultaneous CDI

and PWD real mode is not possible.
2. Transition to Dynamic Flow mode is not possible when a transducer not

supporting Dynamic Flow imaging is connected.
16.2 Operating Procedure

(1) Press the Dynamic Flow switch on the main panel. The system enters Dynamic
Flow mode.
* The Dynamic Flow switch must be registered on the main panel. Contact your
When the system has entered Dynamic Flow mode, "D" is displayed on the left of
the transducer drive frequency on the monitor.
9.9 D9.9
Standard mode Dynamic Flow mode
<<Other display items>>
• DF : Dynamic flow frequency

• DF PR: Dynamic flow PRF
• DF fil : Dynamic flow filter
No. 2B771-023EN
16-1
(2) Adjustments using the switches on the panel
The switches provided for CDI mode are used for adjustment in Dynamic Flow
mode.

SCALE Used to set the velocity range for Dynamic Flow.
CDI GAIN Sets the DF gain.
CDI FILTER Sets the DF filter.
CDI FREQ Selects multiple frequencies for dynamic flow.
CDI IP Sets the DF IP (the set value is displayed when changed).
CDI STR Dynamic flow steering for a linear transducer
* The following switches have no effect.
• Base Line
• Angle Correction
(3) Adjustments through the menu
Press to display the Dyna Flow menu. The functions and operating
procedures of the menu switches are the same as those in the CDI and Power
modes.
(4) Measurement menu
When measurement is started in Dynamic Flow mode, the Measure 2D menu is

displayed.
No. 2B771-023EN
16-2 *
17. Automated Cardiac Flow
Measurement (ACM)
17.1 Outline of ACM
ACM is a function to measure the cardiac blood flow volume, especially left ventricular
outflow volume (cardiac output) using the color mode images.
By fully utilizing the digital technology the diagnostic ultrasound system SSA-590A can
offer, ACM has realized a simple measurement procedure with good reproducibility.
This measurement is available when the ACM option is combined. The QSP option is
also required.
NOTE: ACM uses the velocity data obtained using color Doppler imaging technique
for calculating the flow volume. Therefore, correct measurement cannot be
expected unless the proper color Doppler image is obtained.
17.2 Features of ACM

Using ACM, the flow volume reflecting the shape of the velocity profile on the flow tract
can be obtained. In addition, ACM offers a simple cardiac output measurement method
with good reproducibility, eliminating the human error factors.
ACM has the following features.
(1) Simple operating procedures
By simply playing back a color Doppler image to be analyzed in the image memory
and setting the ROI on the flow tract, the flow volume of blood passing through the
specified region is calculated.
The ROI for measurement includes five sampling lines for detecting the velocity
profile. The flow volumes calculated at these five lines are summed and averaged
in order to improve the stability of the measurements.
(2) Velocity profile measurement with high color resolution
Using ACM, the spatial velocity distribution (profile) on the flow tract is detected
and spatially integrated to calculate the flow volume. This means that the stroke
volume is obtained by integrating the volume for each frame obtained from the
velocity profile in the time direction for a certain period of time (systolic phase, for
example). After multiplying the stroke volume by the heart rate, the cardiac output
is obtained.
(3) High frame rate using QSP technique
In order to perform integration in the time direction precisely, ACM uses a high
frame rate mode employing the QSP (Quad Signal Processing) technique, which is
one of the features of the digital equipment.
(4) Employment of calculation method which minimizes the Doppler-angle-dependency

of flow volume measurement
Doppler-angle-dependency of flow volume measurement is minimized by

measuring the velocity profile in the direction perpendicular to the sweep lines.
(For details, refer to "17.8 Flow Volume Calculation Method".)
No. 2B771-023EN
17-1
17.3 Precautions for Measurement
CAUTION: Application range

1. ACM is provided for measuring "left ventricular outflow
volume (cardiac output) using long-axis color Doppler
images of the left ventricular cardiac apex". Note that ACM
cannot be performed with desirable precision for other
cardiac functions (left ventricular inflow volume, right
ventricular outflow volume, etc.).
2. For ACM measurement, the adult cardiovascular sector

transducer PSM-30BT should be used. Although it is
possible to use the PSM-50AT, PSM-70AT, PEF-510MA, etc.,
the precision of measurement cannot be guaranteed.
3. ACM measurement is possible in CDI mode of ACM.

Although ACM measurement is also possible in other color
modes (PW Doppler simultaneous mode, etc.), precision of
measurement cannot be guaranteed due to reduced frame
rate.
(1) Recording color Doppler image in ACM mode
ACM uses the velocity data obtained using color Doppler imaging technique for
calculating the flow volume. Therefore, correct measurement cannot be expected
unless the proper color Doppler image is obtained. Be sure to observe the
following precautions to record color Doppler images.
(a) System setting
• Sensitivity
Confirm that transmission power, reception gain, etc. are set optimally. If
coloring is not appropriate, precise measurement cannot be expected. In
addition, the measurement value may be underestimated if sufficient
sensitivity cannot be obtained with a difficult patient, etc.
• Image quality conditions

In ACM mode, the standard image quality conditions are registered to the
AVRP dial. If image quality conditions other than the registered ones are
used, correct measurement may not be performed.
• Frame rate
To obtain sufficient measurement accuracy, confirm that the frame rate is at
least 15 Hz.
In the initial starting status of ACM, the frame rate is set to approximately
30 Hz. Use this setting as far as possible.
No. 2B771-023EN
17-2
(b) Plane setting
The precautions below should be observed when obtaining the cardiac apex
long-axis cross-sectional image for the left ventricular outflow tract (LVOT).
These are the requirements for performing rotation integration of the obtained
velocity profile.
• LVOT should be imaged so that the flow tract is as nearly parallel to the
sweep lines as possible.
• The plane should be set so that the section at the maximum diameter of the
aortic valve ring section is included. That is, try to visualize the image so
that coloring in the Ao ring section is as wide and clear as possible.
(2) Measurement in the image memory
• The following precautions should be observed when performing outflow volume

measurement for LVOT.
The ROI should be set at the aortic valve ring section (refer to 17.8).
If the ROI is set closer to Ao, the flow volume can be underestimated. When the
ROI is set closer to LVOT, no serious problem will occur.
If the ultrasound beam is not parallel to the blood flow, adjust the angle mark in
the flow direction. However, angle correction cannot be performed correctly
when the angle is too large.
• ROI size adjustment
When the ROI contains blood flow in the reverse direction or artifacts, the
integration range cannot be determined correctly. In this case, adjust the ROI
size.
• Angle correction
When the beam direction and the flow tract are not parallel, perform angle
correction. Angle correction is performed using the cosine function. Note,
however, that a correction angle greater than 80° cannot be set. If the marker is
rotated to an angle greater than 80°, the marker is moved 80° in the opposite
direction with respect to the original position.
For your reference: cos 10° = 0.99, cos 20° = 0.94, cos 30° = 0.89
(3) Restrictions due to disease
• Correct measurement cannot be expected in the following cases.
When there is regurgitation (example: aortic regurgitation)

When the flow of the blood vessel is not symmetric with respect to the center
axis (example: hypertrophic obstructive cardiomyopathy)
When measurement area contains artifacts (example: artificial valve, calcified
valve, wall jet of mitral regurgitation)
When the ultrasound beam is not parallel to the flow tract (example: sigmoid
septum)
When a sufficient number of slices for integration cannot be obtained (example:
tachycardia)
No. 2B771-023EN
17-3
(4) Other precautions
• As far as possible, perform measurement at least four times and use the average
value.
• ACM is originally designed for a relatively large flow tract. When applied to small
blood vessel systems, the measurement precision is not guaranteed.
• ACM measurement is available in ACM mode only.
• If the SET switch is pressed when measurement is in progress, the

measurement is terminated and the system is set to the status ready for starting
the measurement again for the same channel.
• After a measurement is completed, when the trackball of the palm controller is

moved, the ROI for the channel is deleted and the next channel is automatically
activated.
• ACM measurement is possible in BDF mode of ACM. (Although ACM

measurement is also possible in other color modes, the precision of
measurement cannot be guaranteed due to a reduced frame rate.)
• ACM is originally designed for measurement on LVOT.

When measurement is to be performed for a region other than LVOT, there is a
possibility that precise measurement cannot be achieved.
No. 2B771-023EN
17-4
17.4 Display of the Menus
(1) Image quality adjustment menu
The parameter setting methods are the same as in CDI mode.
No. 2B771-023EN
17-5
(2) Measurement menu
When [ACM] is selected in the measurement menu, the following menu is

displayed.
Measurement channel numbers

(up to 4 channels can be measured)
Changes the ROI width in five steps; -2, -1, 0, +1, and +2.
Changes the ROI height in three steps; -1, 0, and +1.
Resets the ROI size to the default.
Selects whether or not to display the mean between the channels.
No. 2B771-023EN
17-6
17.5 Operating Procedure
This subsection describes the basic operating procedures for ACM.
(1) Cine recording and playback of the ACM images
Procedure Operation Display on the screen

1 (1) Press the [ACM] switch on the main panel.
The system enters ACM mode and the image
conditions for ACM are set.
* The ACM switch must be registered on the
main panel. Contact your Toshiba service
representative.
* The [ACM] switch is effective only when
CDI is ON.
(2) Select the tomographic color image and ECG
waveform that are optimal for measurement.
2
Press . Cine recording is stopped.
3 Operate the trackball to select the systolic phase.

(1) Play back the memory in the reverse direction
and select the protosystolic image, and press
the SET switch.
(2) Play back the memory in the forward direction
and select the end-systolic image.
End of the systolic phase
Start of the systolic phase
4 Rotate the trackball dial to start loop playback.
No. 2B771-023EN
17-7
(2) Measurement procedure
Procedure Operation Display on the screen

1
(1) Press to enter the measurement mode.
If ACM is specified as the default

measurement function in the Auto
Measurement Registration menu, an ROI is
automatically displayed.
If it is not registered, select [ACM] in the CDI
measurement menu.
2 (1) Operate the trackball to move the ROI to the
desired measurement position (the ROI can
be moved perpendicular to the raster
direction).
(2) Press the SET switch. The ROI position is

fixed and the angle mark is displayed.
3 (1) Change the ROI size as required through the

menu.
(2) Adjust the angle mark to the flow direction
using the Meas Edit dial.
4 Press the SET switch to start the measurement.

Loop playback is stopped and the start frame of
the loop is displayed. When the profile data
within the ROI is stored temporarily (calculation)
for the start frame, the next frame is displayed.
This sequence is repeated for the specified
number of frames.
5 When step 4 is completed for the specified
number of frames, the measurement result is
displayed on the monitor.
Measured value
6 Press the NEXT switch. The ROI for the next

channel is displayed (return to step 1).
7
Press to terminate the ACM measurement
mode.
No. 2B771-023EN
17-8
17.6 Display Format for Measurement Results
(1) Calculation items
Item Description
SV Integration of instantaneous flow volume calculated for each image
memory. SV is calculated for each of the five sampling lines in the ROI,
and the average is displayed in mL.
CO CO = SV x HR.
CO is calculated for each of the five sampling lines in the ROI, and the
average is displayed in L/min.
SI SI = SV/BSA.
For BSA, the value entered during ID registration is used.
CI CI = CO/BSA.
For BSA, the value entered during ID registration is used.
(2) Display area and items
The measurement results for ACM are displayed as shown below.
• Result display format for single display mode
CH A CH B CH C CH D AVG
SV (mL) XXX. X XXX. X XXX. X XXX. X XXX. X

CO (L/min) XX. XX XX. XX XX. XX XX. XX XX. XX
θ (°) XXX XXX XXX XXX XXX
SI XXX. X XXX. X XXX. X XXX. X XXX. X
CI XX. XX XX. XX XX. XX XX. XX XX. XX
HR XX bpm
(3) Velocity profile display
During ACM measurement, the velocity profile at the center sampling line in the
ROI is displayed on the image.
No. 2B771-023EN
17-9
17.7 Restrictions
(1) Mode restrictions
(a) When ACM is ON, transition to the following modes is possible.
Scan mode CDI-Single CDI-Dual CDI+MCDI CDI+MCDI MCDI MCDI/PW CW

/PW
Transition Possible Possible Possible Possible Not Not Not
possible possible possible
(b) ACM measurement is possible only for images acquired in ACM mode.
(c) The [ACM] switch is effective only when CDI mode is ON.
(2) Restrictions regarding ACM image setting (C-IP/Scale)
Re-registration of C-IP/Scale is not possible.
The measurement accuracy of ACM is affected by the image quality settings,

frame rate, and other conditions. Accuracy is not guaranteed if settings other than
the recommended ones are used.
(3) Restrictions regarding the concurrent use of other types of measurement
In ACM measurement mode, other types of measurement cannot be performed.

However, it is possible to perform other types of measurement on an ACM image.
(4) Restrictions regarding the baseline (zero shift)
In ACM mode, the baseline is set automatically as follows according to the target.
ACM IP Type Select Mitral and PED-Mitral Other IP type select

(target)
The baseline is set. The color scale is set to The color scale is set to
FWD (red) dominant, with REV (blue) dominant, with
only a single step of REV only a single step of FWD
(blue) left. (red) left.
No. 2B771-023EN
17-10
17.8 Flow Volume Calculation Method
In ACM measurement, the velocity profile crossing the flow tract is obtained using the
color Doppler technique and then the obtained velocity profile is integrated spatially and
temporally to calculate flow volume. This section describes the principle of flow volume
calculation and the actual calculation algorithm.
(1) Definition of flow volume
Flow volume is generally defined by the inner product of the velocity vector and area
vector. This means that flow volume can be obtained by multiplying the velocity
components in the direction perpendicular to the plane by the area. (Q = vo x So)
On the other hand, the ultrasound Doppler technique permits velocity components
in the sweep line direction of the absolute velocity vd to be detected. By setting the
flow tract plane in the direction perpendicular to the sweep lines and obtaining the
area S, the flow volume can be obtained directly from the observed value vd,
without obtaining vo (not dependent on Doppler angle θ)
Blood flow volume = Vessel area (So) * Velocity (Vo) * Time
Vd = Vo * cos θ
S = So/cos θ
Ø
Vd * S = Vo * So = Blood flow volume
r
uce
ransd
T
Vd
S So
Vo Vo
(2) Velocity profile measurement using the color Doppler technique
Based on the above definition, in ACM velocity profile measurement, the sampling
line is set such that the vdi Doppler velocity components and area components at
each point in the flow tract are always perpendicular to each other. In this
measurement as well, calculation of the absolute velocity at each point is not
required, but the flow volume can be calculated using vdi and dSi. However, it
should be noted that calculation of dSi for an oval area requires angle correction
using cos θ.
The velocity profile can be calculated by detecting the Doppler velocity vd(i) at
each point i on the sampling line placed across the flow tract. The volume flow
ΔQIM of one frame can be calculated by performing 180° rotational integration
around the central axis of the profile calculated with axial symmetry assumed.
In addition, the stroke volume is calculated by summing the volume flows of each
frame along the time axis for a specified period (the systolic phase). The stroke
volume multiplied by the heart rate is the cardiac output.
No. 2B771-023EN
17-11
(3) Measurement algorithm
• A one-dimensional velocity profile of the measurement region is obtained using

the color Doppler technique.
• 180° rotational integration is performed on the obtained profile.
• Since the integrated area is a circle with a radius equal to the long axis of the
oval S, multiplication by cos θ is required in order to correct the integrated area
to the area of the oval S.
Integrated area: π (r/cos θ)2 Area of oval S: πr * (r/cos θ)
• The flow in one frame can be calculated by multiplying the area of the oval S and
the time of one frame (frame rate for an ACM image: approximately 30 Hz).
• The SV (stroke volume) is calculated by summing the above calculations using a

frame in the systolic phase.
• CO (cardiac output) is calculated by multiplying the SV by the heart rate.
uc er
nsd
Tra
A
θ
Vd
S
(radius: r)
A'
V V V
180° rotational integration Correction
A A'
2 r/cos θ
Ellipse S
No. 2B771-023EN
17-12
17.9 List of Related Documents
(1) H. Tsujino, E. Shiki, and M. Hirama. Basic Investigations for Cardiac Output
Measurement Using Color Doppler Velocity Profile
63rd Japan Ultrasound in Medicine Papers 1993: 369
(2) H. Tsujino, E. Shiki, and M. Hirama. Quantitative Measurement of Cardiac Output

Using Color Doppler Velocity Profile, Ultrasound in Med. Biol 1994, Suppl: S67
(3) M. Shakudo, J. Yoshikawa, K. Yoshida et al. Cardiac Output Measurement Using

Color Doppler Velocity Profile
58th Japan Cardiac Suppl 1994:
(4) M. Shakudo, J. Yoshikawa, T. Yagi et al. A New Method for Determining Cardiac
Output by Flow Velocity Vector Profile Derived from Color Flow Mapping,
Circulation 1994; Suppl
(5) H. Tsujino, E. Shiki, M. Hirama et al. Quantitative Measurement of Volume Flow

Rate (Cardiac Output) by the Multibeam Doppler Method, J Am Soc Echocardiogr
1995; 8: 621-30
(6) M. Pu, H. Tsujino, PM. Vandervoort et al: Automatic Measurement of Forward Flow
Using Color Doppler Flow Integration: In Vitro Validation in a Pulsatile Model. J Am
Soc Echocardiogr 1995; Suppl
(7) JP. Sun, WJ. Stewart, FM. Fouad et al: Automatic Measurement of Forward Flow
Using Color Doppler Flow Integration. J Am Soc Echocardiogr 1995; Suppl
(8) M. Shakudo, J. Yoshikawa, T. Yagi et al. A New Method for Determing Stroke
Volume by Color Doppler Flow Velocity Profile: Stability to a Positional Change of
Sample Area. J Am Soc Echocardiogr 1995; Suppl
(9) H. Watanabe, J. Yoshikawa, K. Yoshida et al: Flow Volume Measurement Through

the Mitral Valve Using Color Doppler Velocity Profile, ICDS 1995; Abstract
(10) H. Watanabe, K. Yoshida, T. Hozumi et al. Effects in ROI during Stroke Volume
Measurement at Left Ventricular Inflow Tract Using Color Doppler Velocity Profile
J Cardiol 1995; Suppl: 203
(11) JP. Sun, WJ. Stewart, FM. Fouad et al. Automated Flow Measurement Using
Spatial and Temporal Integration of Color Doppler Data. Circulation 1995; Suppl:
I-15
(12) H. Watanabe, J. Yoshikawa, K. Yoshida et al. Stroke Volume Measurement by

Applying Automatic Cardiac Flow Measurement (ACM) to Right Ventricular Inflow
Tract (RVOT)
Jap Circulation J 1996; Suppl: 389
(13) T. Shiota, M. Jones, H. Tsujino et al. Automated Calculation of Aortic Regurgitant

Volume and Regurgitant Fractions by a Newly Developed Digital Doppler Color
Flow Mapping Method: An Animal Study. J Am Coll Cardiol 1996; Suppl: 269A
(14) S. Aida, T. Shiota, H. Tsujino et al. Automated Calculation of Aortic Regurgitant

Volume by a Newly Developed Digital Doppler Color Flow Mapping Method: An in
vitro Study. J Am Coll Cardiol 1996; Suppl: 269A
No. 2B771-023EN
17-13
(15) J. Nesser, W. Tkalec, K. Dennig et al. In Vivo Validation of Automatic Cardiac
Output Measurement From Color Flow Doppler Velocity Profile.
J Am Coll Cardiol 1996; Suppl: 269A
(16) T. Hozumi, K. Yoshida, T. Akasaka et al. Automatic Measurement of Mitral Valve

Regurgitant Volume and Valve Regurgitant Fraction Using Automated Cardiac
Flow Measurement
67th Japan Ultrasound in-Medicine papers 1996, 131
(17) T. Tsukada, B. Nakada, N. Tanaka et al. Basic Investigations for Automatic

Cardiac Output Measurement Using Color Doppler Velocity Profile - Compared
with Pulse Doppler Method
67th Japan Ultrasound in-Medicine papers 1996, 133
(18) T. Thigpen, T. Shiota, S. Aida et al. Impact of Measurement Site on Automated

Flow Quantification in Atrial Septal Defect: In Vitro Validation. J Am Soc
Echocardiogr 1996; Suppl: 391
(19) S. Aida, T. Shiota, T. Thigpen et al: Flow Volume Measurement in Small Vessel
using a Digital Doppler Color Flow Mapping Method: An In Vitro Study. J Am Soc
Echocardiogr 1996; Suppl: 379
(20) JP. Sun, WJ. Stewart, XS. Yang et al. Automated Cardiac Output Measurement
Using Spatial and Temporal Integration of Color Doppler From Left Vetricular Inflow
and Outflow. J Am Soc Echocardiogr 1996; Suppl: 378
(21) K. Denning, HJ. Nesser, and A. Schoemig et al: Impact of an Automated Method
for Determination of Stroke Volume for the Assessment of Orifice Area by the
Continuity Equation: Validation in a Flow Model Simulating Valvular Stenoses. J
Am Soc Echocardiogr 1996; Suppl: 406
(22) T. Hozumi, K. Yoshida, T. Akasaka et al. Automatic Measurement of Cardiac

Functions. JSE 1996; Abstract: 37
(23) H. Watanabe, J. Yoshikawa, M. Teragaki et al. Stroke Volume Measurement by

Applying ACM method to Left Ventricular Outflow Tract; Which Is More Correct,
Apex Long-Axis Image or 5chamber-view? JSE 1996; Abstract: 67
(24) T. Hozumi, K. Yoshida, T. Akasaka et al. Effectiveness of Automated Cardiac Flow

Measurement (ACM) Method for Measurement of Mitral Valve Regurgitant Volume
and Regurgitant Fraction. JSE 1996; Abstract: 67
(25) H. Watanabe, J. Yoshikawa, M. Teragaki et al. Optimum Plane for Left Ventricular
Inflow Volume Measurement at Left Ventricular Inflow Tract Using ACM Method.
JSE 1996; Abstract: 98
No. 2B771-023EN
17-14 *
18. References
This subsection includes lists of the OB measurement chart data sets installed in the
system.
Although these data are based on the literature, the data may be interpolated or include
rounding errors in measurements after they are installed in the system.
The OB measurement chart data is divided into the following three categories.
GA : Chart data for calculating the GA value when the clinical age is not
available
FG : Chart data for calculating the GA value when the clinical age is available
Identical : Chart data for calculating the GA value whether or not the clinical age is
available.
No. 2B771-023EN
18-1
18.1 Measurement Item
18.1.1 AA 18.1.2 AC
18.1.1.1 AA Chitty FG 18.1.2.1 AC ASUM-V1 FG

Chitty, L.S., Altman, D.G. OLICY ON OBSTETRIC EXAMINATIONS
"Charts of Fetal Size: 3. Abdominal NORMAL ULTRASONIC FETAL
Measurements" MEASUREMENTS JUNE 1991
British Journal of Obstetrics & Gynaecology,
Jan. 1994, vol. 101, P. 129 Age --- Mean (mm) ---
10w0d --- 34.6 ---
2 2 2
Age 3% (cm ) Mean (cm ) 97% (cm )
11w0d --- 46.0 ---
12w0d 3.7 5.0 6.5
12w0d --- 57.4 ---
13w0d 5.4 7.2 9.3
13w0d --- 68.8 ---
14w0d 7.5 9.9 12.6
14w0d --- 80.2 ---
15w0d 9.9 13.0 16.4
15w0d --- 91.6 ---
16w0d 12.6 16.4 20.7
16w0d --- 103.0 ---
17w0d 15.7 20.2 25.4
17w0d --- 114.4 ---
18w0d 19.0 24.4 30.6
18w0d --- 125.9 ---
19w0d 22.6 29.0 36.2
19w0d --- 137.3 ---
20w0d 26.5 33.9 42.2
20w0d --- 148.7 ---
21w0d 30.7 39.1 48.7
21w0d --- 160.1 ---
22w0d 35.1 44.7 55.5
22w0d --- 171.5 ---
23w0d 39.7 50.6 62.8
23w0d --- 182.9 ---
24w0d 44.6 56.8 70.4
24w0d --- 194.3 ---
25w0d 49.7 63.2 78.4
25w0d --- 205.7 ---
26w0d 55.1 70.0 86.7
26w0d --- 217.1 ---
27w0d 60.6 77.0 95.3
27w0d --- 228.5 ---
28w0d 66.3 84.2 104.3
28w0d --- 239.9 ---
29w0d 72.2 91.7 113.5
29w0d --- 251.3 ---
30w0d 78.2 99.3 123.0
30w0d --- 262.7 ---
31w0d 84.3 107.2 132.8
31w0d --- 274.1 ---
32w0d 90.6 115.2 142.8
32w0d --- 285.5 ---
33w0d 97.0 123.4 153.0
33w0d --- 296.9 ---
34w0d 103.5 131.7 163.4
34w0d --- 308.3 ---
35w0d 110.0 140.1 173.9
35w0d --- 319.7 ---
36w0d 116.7 148.7 184.7
36w0d --- 331.1 ---
37w0d 123.3 157.3 195.5
37w0d --- 342.5 ---
38w0d 130.0 166.0 206.5
38w0d --- 353.9 ---
39w0d 136.7 174.8 217.6
39w0d --- 365.3 ---
40w0d 143.4 183.5 228.7
40w0d --- 376.7 ---
41w0d 150.0 192.3 239.9
42w0d 156.7 201.1 251.1
No. 2B771-023EN
18-2
18.1.2.2 AC ASUM-V2 FG 18.1.2.3 AC ASUM-V2 GA
Australian Society of Ultrasound Medicine Australian Society of Ultrasound Medicine
(ASUM) – Policy statement (ASUM) – Policy statement
Statement on normal ultrasonics fetal Statement on normal ultrasonics fetal
measurements (Revised May 2001) measurements (Revised May 2001)
P. 28-P. 31 P. 28-P. 31
Age -2SD (mm) Mean (mm) +2SD (mm) Value (mm) Age ---
11w0d 42.0 52.0 62.0 42.0 10w3d ---
12w0d 53.0 63.0 73.0 48.5 11w0d ---
13w0d 64.0 74.0 84.0 60.5 12w0d ---
14w0d 74.0 84.0 94.0 72.5 13w0d ---
15w0d 86.0 96.0 106.0 84.5 14w0d ---
16w0d 96.0 106.0 116.0 96.5 15w0d ---
17w0d 105.0 120.0 135.0 108.5 16w0d ---
18w0d 116.0 131.0 146.0 120.5 17w0d ---
19w0d 125.0 140.0 155.0 132.0 18w0d ---
20w0d 136.0 151.0 166.0 143.5 19w0d ---
21w0d 144.0 164.0 184.0 154.5 20w0d ---
22w0d 156.0 176.0 196.0 166.0 21w0d ---
23w0d 166.0 186.0 206.0 177.0 22w0d ---
24w0d 181.0 201.0 221.0 188.0 23w0d ---
25w0d 192.0 212.0 232.0 199.0 24w0d ---
26w0d 198.0 223.0 248.0 210.0 25w0d ---
27w0d 205.0 230.0 255.0 220.5 26w0d ---
28w0d 217.0 242.0 267.0 231.5 27w0d ---
29w0d 234.0 259.0 284.0 242.0 28w0d ---
30w0d 237.0 262.0 287.0 252.5 29w0d ---
31w0d 242.0 272.0 302.0 263.0 30w0d ---
32w0d 253.0 283.0 313.0 273.0 31w0d ---
33w0d 264.0 294.0 324.0 283.5 32w0d ---
34w0d 275.0 305.0 335.0 293.5 33w0d ---
35w0d 285.0 315.0 345.0 303.5 34w0d ---
36w0d 290.0 325.0 360.0 313.5 35w0d ---
37w0d 298.0 333.0 368.0 323.5 36w0d ---
38w0d 307.0 342.0 377.0 333.5 37w0d ---
39w0d 321.0 356.0 391.0 343.0 38w0d ---
40w0d 327.0 362.0 397.0 353.0 39w0d ---
41w0d 332.0 367.0 402.0 362.5 40w0d ---
372.0 41w0d ---
382.0 42w0d ---
391.0 43w0d ---
401.0 44w0d ---
402.0 44w1d ---
No. 2B771-023EN
18-3
18.1.2.4 AC Campbell no charts 18.1.2.6 AC Chitty (drvd) FG
18.1.2.5 AC CFEF FG Chitty, L.S., Altman, D.G.

"Charts of Fetal Size: 3. Abdominal
Biometry 2000. Fetal growth charts by the Measurements"
Collège Français d'Echographie Foetale British Journal of Obstetrics & Gynaecology,
(CFEF; the "French College of Fetal Jan. 1994, vol. 101, P. 125-P. 131
Ultrasonography") and INSERM U 155.
Gynecol Obstet Fertil 2000 Jun; 28 (6): Age 3% (mm) Mean (mm) 97% (mm)
435-45 12w0d 48.0 55.8 63.6
13w0d 58.5 67.4 76.3
Age 3% (mm) Mean (mm) 97% (mm) 14w0d 68.8 78.9 88.9
15w0d 80.7 95.0 108.8 15w0d 79.1 90.3 101.5
16w0d 91.3 106.4 121.6 16w0d 89.3 101.6 114.0
17w0d 101.7 118.0 134.0 17w0d 99.5 112.9 126.4
18w0d 111.8 129.2 146.6 18w0d 109.5 124.1 138.7
19w0d 122.0 140.4 158.8 19w0d 119.5 135.2 150.9
20w0d 132.0 151.4 171.0 20w0d 129.4 146.2 163.1
21w0d 141.6 162.3 183.0 21w0d 139.2 157.2 175.1
22w0d 151.4 173.0 194.7 22w0d 148.9 168.0 187.1
23w0d 160.9 183.6 206.3 23w0d 158.5 178.7 198.9
24w0d 170.2 194.0 218.0 24w0d 168.0 189.3 210.7
25w0d 179.3 204.4 229.3 25w0d 177.3 199.8 222.3
26w0d 188.4 214.5 240.6 26w0d 186.6 210.2 233.8
27w0d 197.3 224.5 251.6 27w0d 195.7 220.4 245.2
28w0d 206.2 234.4 262.6 28w0d 204.7 230.6 256.5
29w0d 214.7 244.0 273.3 29w0d 213.5 240.6 267.6
30w0d 223.2 253.6 283.7 30w0d 222.3 250.4 278.6
31w0d 231.6 263.0 294.4 31w0d 230.9 260.1 289.4
32w0d 239.7 272.2 304.6 32w0d 239.3 269.7 300.1
33w0d 247.8 281.2 314.8 33w0d 247.6 279.1 310.7
34w0d 255.6 290.2 324.8 34w0d 255.7 288.4 321.1
35w0d 263.2 298.8 334.5 35w0d 263.7 297.5 331.3
36w0d 271.0 307.4 344.3 36w0d 271.5 306.4 341.4
37w0d 278.3 316.0 353.8 37w0d 279.1 315.2 351.2
38w0d 285.6 324.7 363.0 38w0d 286.6 323.8 361.0
39w0d 292.7 332.4 372.2 39w0d 293.8 332.2 370.5
40w0d 298.0 339.0 380.0 40w0d 300.9 340.4 379.9
41w0d 307.8 348.4 389.0
42w0d 314.5 356.3 398.0
No. 2B771-023EN
18-4
18.1.2.7 AC Chitty(Pltd) FG 18.1.2.8 AC Deter FG
Chitty, L.S., Altman, D.G. Deter, R.L., Harrist, R.B., Hadlock, F.P.,
"Charts of Fetal Size: 3. Abdominal Carpenter, R.J.
Measurements" "Fetal Head and ABdominal
British Journal of Obstetrics & Gynaecology, Circumferences: II. A Critical Reevaluation
Jan. 1994, vol. 101, P. 125-P. 131 of the Relationship to Menstrual Age"
Journal Clinical Ultrasound, Oct. 1982, 10:
Age 3% (mm) Mean (mm) 97% (mm) P. 365-P. 372
12w0d 47.7 58.9 70.2
13w0d 58.7 70.8 82.9 Age -1SD (mm) Mean (mm) +1SD (mm)
14w0d 69.7 82.7 95.6 12w0d 54.4 62.5 70.6
15w0d 80.6 94.4 108.3 13w0d 63.9 73.5 83.1
16w0d 91.4 106.1 120.8 14w0d 73.5 84.5 95.5
17w0d 102.2 117.7 133.3 15w0d 83.1 95.5 107.9
18w0d 112.9 129.3 145.7 16w0d 92.6 106.5 120.3
19w0d 123.5 140.7 158.0 17w0d 102.2 117.4 132.7
20w0d 133.9 152.1 170.2 18w0d 111.7 128.4 145.1
21w0d 144.3 163.3 182.3 19w0d 121.3 139.4 157.5
22w0d 154.6 174.5 194.4 20w0d 130.8 150.4 170.0
23w0d 164.8 185.5 206.3 21w0d 140.4 161.4 182.4
24w0d 174.9 196.5 218.1 22w0d 150.0 172.4 194.8
25w0d 184.9 207.3 229.7 23w0d 159.5 183.4 207.2
26w0d 194.7 218.0 241.3 24w0d 169.1 194.3 219.6
27w0d 204.4 228.6 252.7 25w0d 178.6 205.3 232.0
28w0d 214.0 239.0 264.1 26w0d 188.2 216.3 244.4
29w0d 223.5 249.3 275.2 27w0d 197.7 227.3 256.8
30w0d 232.8 259.5 286.2 28w0d 207.3 238.3 269.3
31w0d 241.9 269.5 297.1 29w0d 216.9 249.3 281.7
32w0d 251.0 279.4 307.9 30w0d 226.4 260.3 294.1
33w0d 259.8 289.1 318.4 31w0d 236.0 271.2 306.5
34w0d 268.5 298.7 328.9 32w0d 245.5 282.2 318.9
35w0d 277.0 308.1 339.1 33w0d 255.1 293.2 331.3
36w0d 285.4 317.3 349.2 34w0d 264.6 304.2 343.7
37w0d 293.6 326.3 359.1 35w0d 274.2 315.2 356.1
38w0d 301.6 335.2 368.8 36w0d 283.8 326.2 368.6
39w0d 309.4 343.9 378.4 37w0d 293.3 337.1 381.0
40w0d 317.0 352.4 387.7 38w0d 302.9 348.1 393.4
41w0d 324.5 360.7 396.9 39w0d 312.4 359.1 405.8
42w0d 331.7 368.8 405.8 40w0d 322.0 370.1 418.2
No. 2B771-023EN
18-5
18.1.2.9 AC Hadlock FG 18.1.2.10 AC Hadlock GA
Hadlock FP, Deter RL, Harrist RB, Park SK: Hadlock FP, Deter RL, Harrist RB, Park SK:
"Estimating fetal age: Computer-assisted "Estimating fetal age: Computer-assisted
analysis of multiple fetal growth parameters" analysis of multiple fetal growth parameters"
Radiology 1984 ;152: 497-502. Radiology 1984 ;152: 497-502.
Age -1SD (mm) Mean (mm) +1SD (mm) Value (mm) Age ±2SD (days)
12w0d 32.4 45.8 59.2 50.1 12w0d 12
13w0d 46.0 59.4 72.8 62.5 13w0d 12
14w0d 59.4 72.8 86.2 75.5 14w0d 12
15w0d 72.6 86.0 99.4 87.5 15w0d 12
16w0d 85.6 99.0 112.4 99.5 16w0d 12
17w0d 98.4 111.8 125.2 111.5 17w0d 12
18w0d 111.0 124.4 137.8 123.5 18w0d 14
19w0d 123.5 136.9 150.3 135.5 19w0d 14
20w0d 135.7 149.1 162.5 147.0 20w0d 14
21w0d 147.7 161.1 174.5 158.5 21w0d 14
22w0d 159.5 172.9 186.3 170.5 22w0d 14
23w0d 171.1 184.5 197.9 181.5 23w0d 14
24w0d 182.5 195.9 209.3 193.0 24w0d 15
25w0d 193.7 207.1 220.5 204.0 25w0d 15
26w0d 204.7 218.1 231.5 215.0 26w0d 15
27w0d 215.5 228.9 242.3 226.0 27w0d 15
28w0d 226.1 239.5 252.9 237.0 28w0d 15
29w0d 236.5 249.9 263.3 247.5 29w0d 15
30w0d 246.7 260.1 273.5 258.5 30w0d 21
31w0d 256.7 270.1 283.5 269.0 31w0d 21
32w0d 266.5 279.9 293.3 279.5 32w0d 21
33w0d 276.2 289.6 303.0 290.0 33w0d 21
34w0d 285.6 299.0 312.4 300.5 34w0d 21
35w0d 294.8 308.2 321.6 310.5 35w0d 21
36w0d 303.8 317.2 330.6 321.0 36w0d 21
37w0d 312.6 326.0 339.4 331.0 37w0d 21
38w0d 321.2 334.6 348.0 341.0 38w0d 21
39w0d 329.6 343.0 356.4 351.0 39w0d 21
40w0d 337.8 351.2 364.6 361.0 40w0d 21
*1
41w0d 345.8 359.2 372.6 370.5 41w0d 21
*1
42w0d 353.6 367.0 380.4 380.5 42w0d 21
*1: Effective when "Extrapolated" is ON in

the preset.
No. 2B771-023EN
18-6
18.1.2.11 AC Jeanty FG 18.1.2.12 AC JSUM FG
Jeanty P, Cousaert E. Cantraine F Standardization of ultrasonic fetal biometry
"Normal growth of the abdominal perimeter" and Japanese reference values
Am J Perinatal 1: 179, 1984 J Med Ultrasonics Vol. 30 No. 3 (2003)
J416-J440
Age 5% (mm) Mean (mm) 95% (mm)
12w0d 35.0 57.0 80.0 (a) AC JSUM FG ±2SD
13w0d 45.0 67.0 90.0
Age -2SD (mm) Mean (mm) +2SD (mm)
14w0d 55.0 77.0 100.0
16w0d 85.0 104.0 123.0
15w0d 65.0 88.0 110.0
17w0d 94.0 114.0 134.0
16w0d 76.0 98.0 120.0
18w0d 104.0 125.0 146.0
17w0d 86.0 109.0 131.0
19w0d 113.0 135.0 157.0
18w0d 97.0 119.0 142.0
20w0d 122.0 145.0 168.0
19w0d 108.0 130.0 152.0
21w0d 132.0 155.0 179.0
20w0d 119.0 141.0 163.0
22w0d 141.0 165.0 190.0
21w0d 129.0 152.0 174.0
23w0d 150.0 175.0 201.0
22w0d 140.0 163.0 185.0
24w0d 159.0 185.0 212.0
23w0d 151.0 173.0 196.0
25w0d 168.0 195.0 223.0
24w0d 162.0 184.0 206.0
26w0d 176.0 205.0 233.0
25w0d 172.0 195.0 217.0
27w0d 185.0 214.0 244.0
26w0d 183.0 205.0 227.0
28w0d 193.0 224.0 254.0
27w0d 193.0 215.0 238.0
29w0d 202.0 233.0 264.0
28w0d 203.0 225.0 248.0
30w0d 210.0 242.0 274.0
29w0d 213.0 235.0 257.0
31w0d 218.0 251.0 284.0
30w0d 222.0 244.0 267.0
32w0d 225.0 259.0 294.0
31w0d 231.0 254.0 276.0
33w0d 233.0 268.0 303.0
32w0d 240.0 262.0 285.0
34w0d 240.0 276.0 312.0
33w0d 248.0 271.0 293.0
35w0d 247.0 284.0 321.0
34w0d 256.0 279.0 301.0
36w0d 254.0 292.0 330.0
35w0d 264.0 286.0 309.0
37w0d 260.0 299.0 338.0
36w0d 271.0 293.0 316.0
38w0d 266.0 306.0 346.0
37w0d 278.0 300.0 322.0
39w0d 272.0 313.0 354.0
38w0d 283.0 306.0 328.0
40w0d 277.0 319.0 361.0
39w0d 289.0 311.0 333.0
41w0d 282.0 325.0 368.0
40w0d 294.0 316.0 338.0
42w0d 287.0 331.0 375.0
No. 2B771-023EN
18-7
18.1.2.13 AC JSUM GA
(b) AC JSUM FG ±1.5SD Standardization of ultrasonic fetal biometry
and Japanese reference values
Age -1.5SD (mm) Mean (mm) +1.5SD (mm) J Med Ultrasonics Vol.30 No.3 (2003)
16w0d 90.0 104.0 118.0 J416-J440
17w0d 99.0 114.0 129.0
18w0d 109.0 125.0 140.0 Value (mm) Age ±1SD (days)
19w0d 118.0 135.0 151.0 100.0 15w3d 8
20w0d 128.0 145.0 162.0 105.0 16w0d 8
21w0d 137.0 155.0 173.0 115.0 17w0d 8
22w0d 147.0 165.0 184.0 125.0 18w0d 9
23w0d 156.0 175.0 195.0 135.0 19w0d 9
24w0d 165.0 185.0 205.0 145.0 20w0d 9
25w0d 174.0 195.0 216.0 155.0 21w0d 10
26w0d 183.0 205.0 226.0 165.0 22w0d 10
27w0d 192.0 214.0 236.0 176.0 23w0d 10
28w0d 201.0 224.0 247.0 186.0 24w0d 11
29w0d 209.0 233.0 256.0 196.0 25w0d 11
30w0d 218.0 242.0 266.0 206.0 26w0d 11
31w0d 226.0 251.0 276.0 215.0 27w0d 12
32w0d 234.0 259.0 285.0 225.0 28w0d 12
33w0d 242.0 268.0 294.0 235.0 29w0d 12
34w0d 249.0 276.0 303.0 244.0 30w0d 13
35w0d 256.0 284.0 312.0 252.5 31w0d 13
36w0d 263.0 292.0 320.0 261.0 32w0d 13
37w0d 270.0 299.0 328.0 269.0 33w0d 13
38w0d 276.0 306.0 336.0 277.5 34w0d 14
39w0d 282.0 313.0 343.0 285.0 35w0d 14
40w0d 288.0 319.0 351.0 293.0 36w0d 14
41w0d 293.0 325.0 357.0 300.0 37w0d 14
42w0d 298.0 331.0 364.0 307.5 38w0d 15

315.0 39w0d 15
321.0 40w0d 15
325.0 40w4d 15
No. 2B771-023EN
18-8
18.1.2.14 AC Merz FG 18.1.2.15 AC Merz GA
Merz E: Merz E:
"Ultrasound in Gynecology and Obstetrics" "Ultrasound in Gynecology and Obstetrics"
Stuttgart, New York, Thieme Medical Stuttgart, New York, Thieme Medical
Publishers, Inc. 1991; P. 312 Publishers, Inc. 1991 P. 326
Age 5% (mm) Mean (mm) 95% (mm) 5%, 95%

Value (mm) Age
(days)
12w0d 40.0 58.0 76.0
56.0 12w1d 8
13w0d 50.0 68.0 87.0
65.0 13w0d 9
14w0d 60.0 79.0 98.0
75.5 14w0d 9
15w0d 69.0 89.0 109.0
85.5 15w0d 9
16w0d 79.0 99.0 119.0
97.0 16w0d 10
17w0d 89.0 110.0 130.0
107.0 17w0d 10
18w0d 99.0 120.0 141.0
117.5 18w0d 10
19w0d 108.0 130.0 152.0
127.5 19w0d 10
20w0d 118.0 140.0 162.0
139.0 20w0d 11
21w0d 128.0 151.0 173.0
149.0 21w0d 11
22w0d 138.0 161.0 184.0
159.5 22w0d 11
23w0d 148.0 171.0 195.0
169.5 23w0d 11
24w0d 158.0 182.0 205.0
181.0 24w0d 12
25w0d 167.0 192.0 216.0
191.5 25w0d 13
26w0d 177.0 202.0 227.0
201.5 26w0d 13
27w0d 187.0 212.0 238.0
211.5 27w0d 12
28w0d 197.0 223.0 248.0
223.0 28w0d 13
29w0d 207.0 233.0 259.0
233.5 29w0d 13
30w0d 217.0 243.0 270.0
243.5 30w0d 13
31w0d 227.0 253.0 280.0
255.0 31w0d 14
32w0d 237.0 264.0 291.0
265.0 32w0d 14
33w0d 246.0 274.0 302.0
275.5 33w0d 15
34w0d 256.0 284.0 312.0
285.5 34w0d 15
35w0d 266.0 295.0 323.0
297.0 35w0d 15
36w0d 276.0 305.0 334.0
307.0 36w0d 15
37w0d 286.0 315.0 344.0
317.5 37w0d 15
38w0d 296.0 325.0 355.0
327.5 38w0d 15
39w0d 306.0 336.0 365.0
339.0 39w0d 16
40w0d 316.0 346.0 376.0
348.0 39w6d 16
No. 2B771-023EN
18-9
18.1.2.16 AC Nicolaides FG 18.1.2.17 AC Nicolaides GA
Nicolaides Nicolaides
"Fetal biometry at 14-40 week's gestation" "Fetal biometry at 14-40 week's gestation"
Ultrasound in Obstetrics and Gynecology 4 Ultrasound in Obstetrics and Gynecology 4
1994: P. 34-P. 48 1994: P. 34-P. 48
Age 5% (mm) Mean (mm) 95% (mm) Value (mm) Age ---
14w0d 76.6 86.2 97.7 86.0 14w0d ---
15w0d 84.6 94.8 107.7 95.0 15w0d ---
16w0d 92.6 103.8 117.7 104.0 16w0d ---
17w0d 101.1 113.2 128.3 113.0 17w0d ---
18w0d 110.1 123.1 139.3 123.0 18w0d ---
19w0d 119.1 133.4 150.9 133.5 19w0d ---
20w0d 128.7 144.0 162.9 144.0 20w0d ---
21w0d 138.7 154.9 175.4 155.0 21w0d ---
22w0d 148.7 166.2 187.9 166.0 22w0d ---
23w0d 158.7 177.7 200.4 177.5 23w0d ---
24w0d 169.3 189.3 213.4 189.5 24w0d ---
25w0d 179.7 201.1 227.0 201.0 25w0d ---
26w0d 190.3 213.0 240.4 213.0 26w0d ---
27w0d 200.7 224.9 253.4 225.0 27w0d ---
28w0d 211.3 236.8 266.4 236.5 28w0d ---
29w0d 221.7 248.5 279.4 248.5 29w0d ---
30w0d 232.3 259.9 292.4 260.0 30w0d ---
31w0d 242.1 271.2 304.9 271.0 31w0d ---
32w0d 251.7 282.0 316.9 282.0 32w0d ---
33w0d 261.1 292.4 328.9 292.5 33w0d ---
34w0d 270.1 302.4 340.3 302.5 34w0d ---
35w0d 278.6 311.7 350.7 312.0 35w0d ---
36w0d 286.0 320.4 360.1 320.0 36w0d ---
37w0d 292.4 328.3 368.6 328.0 37w0d ---
38w0d 299.0 335.5 376.6 335.5 38w0d ---
39w0d 304.9 341.8 384.0 342.0 39w0d ---
39w6d 309.1 346.6 390.0 347.0 40w0d ---
18.1.2.18 AC Shepard no charts
No. 2B771-023EN
18-10
18.1.2.19 AC Tokyo FG
Norio Shinozuka, Haruo Masuda, Hidenori (b) AC Tokyo FG ±1.5SD
Kagawa, Yuji Taketani
Generation of reference values in ultrasonic Age -1.5SD (mm) Mean (mm) +1.5SD (mm)
fetal biometry 16w0d 95.0 109.0 124.0
Jpn Med Ultrasonics Vol. 23 No. 12 (1996) 17w0d 104.0 120.0 135.0
P. 877-P. 888
18w0d 114.0 130.0 146.0
19w0d 123.0 140.0 157.0
(a) AC Tokyo FG 5%/95%
20w0d 133.0 151.0 168.0
16w0d 93.00 109.00 125.00 22w0d 151.0 171.0 189.0
17w0d 103.00 120.00 136.00 23w0d 161.0 181.0 200.0
18w0d 112.00 130.00 147.00 24w0d 170.0 191.0 211.0
19w0d 122.00 140.00 158.00 25w0d 179.0 201.0 221.0
20w0d 131.00 151.00 169.00 26w0d 188.0 210.0 231.0
21w0d 140.00 161.00 180.00 27w0d 197.0 220.0 242.0
22w0d 150.00 171.00 191.00 28w0d 205.0 229.0 252.0
23w0d 159.00 181.00 202.00 29w0d 214.0 238.0 261.0
24w0d 168.00 191.00 212.00 30w0d 222.0 247.0 271.0
25w0d 177.00 201.00 223.00 31w0d 230.0 256.0 281.0
26w0d 186.00 210.00 233.00 32w0d 238.0 265.0 290.0
27w0d 195.00 220.00 244.00 33w0d 245.0 273.0 299.0
28w0d 203.00 229.00 254.00 34w0d 253.0 281.0 307.0
29w0d 211.00 238.00 264.00 35w0d 260.0 289.0 316.0
30w0d 220.00 247.00 273.00 36w0d 266.0 297.0 324.0
31w0d 228.00 256.00 283.00 37w0d 273.0 304.0 332.0
32w0d 235.00 265.00 292.00 38w0d 279.0 311.0 340.0
33w0d 243.00 273.00 301.00 39w0d 285.0 318.0 347.0
34w0d 250.00 281.00 310.00 40w0d 291.0 324.0 354.0
35w0d 257.00 289.00 319.00 41w0d 296.0 330.0 361.0
36w0d 264.00 297.00 327.00 42w0d 301.0 336.0 367.0
37w0d 270.00 304.00 335.00

38w0d 276.00 311.00 343.00
39w0d 282.00 318.00 350.00
40w0d 288.00 324.00 357.00
41w0d 293.00 330.00 364.00
42w0d 297.00 336.00 370.00
No. 2B771-023EN
18-11
18.1.2.20 AC Tokyo GA 18.1.3 APAD
Norio Shinozuka, Haruo Masuda, Hidenori 18.1.3.1 APAD Campbell
Kagawa, Yuji Taketani no charts
Generation of reference values in ultrasonic
fetal biometry
Jpn Med Ultrasonics Vol. 23 No. 12 (1996) 18.1.3.2 APAD Merz FG
P. 877-P. 888
Merz E:
"Ultrasound in Gynecology and Obstetrics"
5%, 95%
Value (mm) Age
(days) Stuttgart, New York, Thieme Medical
100.0 15w3d 13
Publishers, Inc. 1991; P. 312
105.0 16w0d 13
115.0 17w0d 14
12w0d 12.0 18.0 24.0
124.5 18w0d 15
13w0d 15.0 21.0 27.0
135.0 19w0d 15
14w0d 18.0 24.0 30.0
145.0 20w0d 16
15w0d 21.5 28.0 34.5
155.0 21w0d 16
16w0d 24.5 31.0 37.5
165.5 22w0d 17
17w0d 27.5 34.0 40.5
176.0 23w0d 17
18w0d 30.5 37.0 43.5
186.0 24w0d 18
19w0d 34.0 41.0 48.0
196.0 25w0d 18
20w0d 37.0 44.0 51.0
206.0 26w0d 19
21w0d 40.0 47.0 54.0
216.0 27w0d 19
22w0d 42.5 50.0 57.5
225.5 28w0d 20
23w0d 46.5 54.0 61.5
235.0 29w0d 20
24w0d 49.0 57.0 65.0
244.0 30w0d 21
25w0d 52.5 60.0 67.5
252.5 31w0d 21
26w0d 56.5 64.0 71.5
261.0 32w0d 22
27w0d 59.0 67.0 75.0
270.0 33w0d 22
28w0d 62.0 70.0 78.0
278.0 34w0d 23
29w0d 64.5 73.0 81.5
286.0 35w0d 23
30w0d 68.5 77.0 85.5
293.0 36w0d 23
31w0d 71.5 80.0 88.5
301.0 37w0d 24
32w0d 74.0 83.0 92.0
308.0 38w0d 24
33w0d 77.5 86.0 94.5
315.0 39w0d 24
34w0d 81.5 90.0 98.5
322.0 40w0d 25
35w0d 84.0 93.0 102.0
328.0 41w0d 25
36w0d 87.0 96.0 105.0
330.0 41w2d 25
37w0d 89.5 99.0 108.5
38w0d 93.5 103.0 112.5
39w0d 97.0 106.0 115.0
40w0d 99.5 109.0 118.5
18.1.4 APTD
18.1.4.1 APTD Tokyo no charts
No. 2B771-023EN
18-12
18.1.5 BPD 18.1.5.2 BPD ASUM-V2 FG
18.1.5.1 BPD ASUM-V1 GA Australian Society of Ultrasound Medicine

(ASUM) – Policy statement
POLICY ON OBSTETRIC EXAMINATIONS Statement on normal ultrasonics fetal
ASUM STANDARD BPD CHART August measurements (Revised May 2001)
1990 P. 28-P. 31
Value (mm) Age ±2SD (days) Age -2SD (mm) Mean (mm) +2SD (mm)
20.0 12w0d 4 11w0d 14.0 16.0 18.0
23.5 13w0d 5 12w0d 16.0 20.0 24.0
27.5 14w0d 5 13w0d 20.0 24.0 28.0
31.0 15w0d 6 14w0d 24.0 28.0 32.0
34.5 16w0d 7 15w0d 27.0 31.0 35.0
38.0 17w0d 8 16w0d 31.0 36.0 41.0
41.0 18w0d 9 17w0d 34.0 39.0 44.0
44.5 19w0d 9 18w0d 38.0 42.0 46.0
47.5 20w0d 10 19w0d 40.0 45.0 50.0
51.0 21w0d 11 20w0d 43.0 47.0 51.0
54.0 22w0d 12 21w0d 45.0 49.0 53.0
57.0 23w0d 12 22w0d 47.0 52.0 57.0
59.6 24w0d 13 23w0d 52.0 57.0 62.0
62.6 25w0d 14 24w0d 54.0 60.0 66.0
65.5 26w0d 14 25w0d 58.0 64.0 70.0
68.3 27w0d 15 26w0d 63.0 67.0 71.0
71.0 28w0d 16 27w0d 63.0 68.0 73.0
73.6 29w0d 16 28w0d 68.0 72.0 76.0
76.3 30w0d 17 29w0d 71.0 75.0 79.0
79.0 31w0d 17 30w0d 72.0 76.0 80.0
81.6 32w0d 18 31w0d 74.0 80.0 86.0
83.0 32w4d 19 32w0d 77.0 81.0 85.0

33w0d 78.0 84.0 90.0
34w0d 80.0 86.0 92.0
35w0d 81.5 88.0 94.5
36w0d 84.0 90.0 96.0
37w0d 85.5 92.0 98.5
38w0d 87.0 93.0 99.0
39w0d 87.0 95.0 103.0
40w0d 88.0 96.0 104.0
41w0d 90.0 98.0 106.0
No. 2B771-023EN
18-13
18.1.5.3 BPD ASUM-V2 GA 18.1.5.5 BPD CFEF FG
Australian Society of Ultrasound Medicine Biometry 2000. Fetal growth charts by the
(ASUM) – Policy statement Collège Français d'Echographie Foetale
Statement on normal ultrasonics fetal (CFEF; the "French College of Fetal
measurements (Revised May 2001) Ultrasonography") and INSERM U 155.
P. 28-P. 31
Gynecol Obstet Fertil 2000 Jun;28 (6):
Value (mm) Age --- 435-45
14.0 10w0d ---
17.0 11w0d --- Age 3% (mm) Mean (mm) 97% (mm)
20.5 12w0d --- 11w0d 12.1 15.4 18.6
23.6 13w0d --- 12w0d 15.8 19.4 22.9
27.0 14w0d --- 13w0d 19.5 23.3 27.1
30.5 15w0d --- 14w0d 23.1 27.1 31.2
34.0 16w0d --- 15w0d 26.6 30.9 35.2
37.5 17w0d --- 16w0d 30.0 34.5 39.1
41.0 18w0d --- 17w0d 33.3 38.1 42.9
44.5 19w0d --- 18w0d 36.6 41.6 46.6
48.0 20w0d --- 19w0d 39.8 45.0 50.2
51.3 21w0d --- 20w0d 42.9 48.2 53.6
54.5 22w0d --- 21w0d 45.9 51.4 57.0
57.6 23w0d --- 22w0d 48.8 54.5 60.3
60.6 24w0d --- 23w0d 51.6 57.5 63.5
63.6 25w0d --- 24w0d 54.4 60.4 66.5
66.5 26w0d --- 25w0d 57.0 63.3 69.4
69.3 27w0d --- 26w0d 59.6 65.9 72.3
72.0 28w0d --- 27w0d 62.1 68.6 75.0
74.3 29w0d --- 28w0d 64.5 71.0 77.6
76.6 30w0d --- 29w0d 66.8 73.5 80.1
79.0 31w0d --- 30w0d 69.1 75.8 82.5
81.3 32w0d --- 31w0d 71.2 78.0 84.8
83.6 33w0d --- 32w0d 73.3 80.2 87.0
85.6 34w0d --- 33w0d 75.2 82.1 89.0
87.6 35w0d --- 34w0d 77.1 84.1 91.0
89.6 36w0d --- 35w0d 78.9 85.9 92.8
91.5 37w0d --- 36w0d 80.6 87.6 94.6
93.2 38w0d --- 37w0d 82.3 89.2 96.2
95.0 39w0d --- 38w0d 83.8 90.7 97.7
96.7 40w0d --- 39w0d 85.2 92.1 99.1
98.5 41w0d --- 40w0d 86.6 93.5 100.3
100.2 42w0d --- 41w0d 87.0 94.0 101.0
101.7 43w0d ---

103.2 44w0d ---
104.8 45w0d ---
106.0 45w6d ---
18.1.5.4 BPD Campbell no charts
No. 2B771-023EN
18-14
18.1.5.6 BPD Chitty (O-I) FG 18.1.5.7 BPD Chitty(O-I) GA
Chitty, L.S., Altman, D.G. Altman, D.G., and Chitty, L.S.
"Charts of Fetal Size: 2. Head "New charts for ultrasound dating of
Measurements" pregnancy "
British Journal of Obstetrics & Ultrasound Obstet. Gynecol. 10 (1997)
Gy-naecology, Jan. 1994, vol. 101, 74-191
P. 35-P. 43
5%, 95%
Value (mm) Age
Age 3% (mm) Mean (mm) 97% (mm) (days)
12w0d 14.4 18.3 22.1 21.0 12w5d 5
13w0d 18.0 22.0 26.0 22.0 13w0d 5
14w0d 21.5 25.7 29.8 25.5 14w0d 6
15w0d 25.0 29.3 33.5 29.5 15w0d 7
16w0d 28.5 32.8 37.2 33.0 16w0d 7
17w0d 31.9 36.4 40.9 36.5 17w0d 8
18w0d 35.2 39.8 44.4 39.5 18w0d 9
19w0d 38.4 43.2 48.0 43.0 19w0d 9
20w0d 41.7 46.5 51.4 46.3 20w0d 10
21w0d 44.8 49.8 54.8 49.5 21w0d 11
22w0d 47.9 53.0 58.2 52.5 22w0d 11
23w0d 50.9 56.1 61.4 55.5 23w0d 12
24w0d 53.8 59.2 64.6 58.5 24w0d 13
25w0d 56.6 62.2 67.7 61.3 25w0d 14
26w0d 59.4 65.0 70.7 64.0 26w0d 14
27w0d 62.0 67.8 73.6 67.0 27w0d 15
28w0d 64.6 70.5 76.5 69.6 28w0d 16
29w0d 67.1 73.2 79.2 72.3 29w0d 17
30w0d 69.5 75.7 81.9 75.0 30w0d 18
31w0d 71.8 78.1 84.4 77.6 31w0d 18
32w0d 74.0 80.4 86.9 80.3 32w0d 19
33w0d 76.1 82.6 89.2 82.6 33w0d 20
34w0d 78.0 84.7 91.4 85.3 34w0d 21
35w0d 79.9 86.7 93.6 87.6 35w0d 22
36w0d 81.6 88.6 95.6 89.0 35w4d 22
37w0d 83.3 90.3 97.4
38w0d 84.8 92.0 99.2
39w0d 86.1 93.5 100.8
40w0d 87.4 94.8 102.3
41w0d 88.5 96.1 103.7
42w0d 89.4 97.2 104.9
No. 2B771-023EN
18-15
18.1.5.8 BPD Chitty (O-O) FG 18.1.5.9 BPD Chitty (O-O) GA
Chitty, L.S., Altman, D.G. Altman, D.G., and Chitty, L.S.
"Charts of Fetal Size: 2. Head "New charts for ultrasound dating of
Measurements", pregnancy"
British Journal of Obstetrics & Gy-naecology, Ultrasound Obstet. Gynecol. 10 (1997)
Jan. 1994, vol. 101, P. 35-P. 43 P. 174-P. 191
Age 3% (mm) Mean (mm) 97% (mm) 5%, 95%

Value (mm) Age
(days)
12w0d 15.5 19.7 23.9
22.0 12w4d 5
13w0d 19.2 23.5 27.8
23.5 13w0d 6
14w0d 22.9 27.3 31.7
27.5 14w0d 6
15w0d 26.5 31.0 35.6
31.0 15w0d 7
16w0d 30.1 34.7 39.4
35.0 16w0d 8
17w0d 33.6 38.3 43.1
38.5 17w0d 8
18w0d 37.0 41.9 46.8
42.0 18w0d 9
19w0d 40.4 45.4 50.4
45.0 19w0d 10
20w0d 43.7 48.8 53.9
48.5 20w0d 10
21w0d 47.0 52.2 57.4
51.6 21w0d 11
22w0d 50.2 55.5 60.8
55.0 22w0d 12
23w0d 53.2 58.7 64.1
58.0 23w0d 13
24w0d 56.3 61.8 67.3
61.0 24w0d 13
25w0d 59.2 64.8 70.4
64.0 25w0d 14
26w0d 62.0 67.8 73.5
67.0 26w0d 15
27w0d 64.7 70.6 76.5
69.6 27w0d 16
28w0d 67.4 73.4 79.3
72.5 28w0d 17
29w0d 69.9 76.0 82.1
75.3 29w0d 17
30w0d 72.4 78.6 84.7
78.0 30w0d 18
31w0d 74.7 81.0 87.3
80.6 31w0d 19
32w0d 76.9 83.3 89.7
83.3 32w0d 20
33w0d 79.0 85.5 92.0
85.6 33w0d 21
34w0d 81.0 87.6 94.3
88.3 34w0d 22
35w0d 82.9 89.6 96.3
90.6 35w0d 23
36w0d 84.6 91.4 98.3
37w0d 86.2 93.2 100.1
38w0d 87.7 94.7 101.8
39w0d 89.0 96.2 103.4
40w0d 90.2 97.5 104.8
41w0d 91.3 98.7 106.1
42w0d 92.2 99.7 107.2
No. 2B771-023EN
18-16
18.1.5.10 BPD Hadlock FG 18.1.5.11 BPD Hadlock GA
Hadlock FP, Deter RL, Harrist RB, Park SK: Hadlock FP, Deter RL, Harrist RB, Park SK:
"Estimating fetal age: Computer-assisted "Estimating fetal age: Computer-assisted
analysis of multiple fetal growth parameters" analysis of multiple fetal growth parameters"
Radiology 1984 ; 152: 497-502. Radiology 1984 ; 152: 497-502.
12w0d 14.3 17.3 20.3 14.3 12w0d 8
13w0d 18.2 21.2 24.2 19.0 13w0d 8
14w0d 21.9 24.9 27.9 24.0 14w0d 8
15w0d 25.6 28.6 31.6 28.0 15w0d 8
16w0d 29.3 32.3 35.3 32.0 16w0d 8
17w0d 32.9 35.9 38.9 36.0 17w0d 8
18w0d 36.4 39.4 42.4 39.5 18w0d 10
19w0d 39.9 42.9 45.9 43.0 19w0d 12
20w0d 43.3 46.3 49.3 46.5 20w0d 12
21w0d 46.7 49.7 52.7 49.5 21w0d 12
22w0d 49.9 52.9 55.9 52.6 22w0d 12
23w0d 53.1 56.1 59.1 55.6 23w0d 12
24w0d 56.2 59.2 62.2 58.6 24w0d 14
25w0d 59.2 62.2 65.2 61.5 25w0d 15
26w0d 62.1 65.1 68.1 64.3 26w0d 15
27w0d 64.9 67.9 70.9 67.0 27w0d 15
28w0d 67.6 70.6 73.6 69.6 28w0d 15
29w0d 70.2 73.2 76.2 72.3 29w0d 15
30w0d 72.7 75.7 78.7 74.6 30w0d 20
31w0d 75.1 78.1 81.1 77.3 31w0d 22
32w0d 77.4 80.4 83.4 79.6 32w0d 22
33w0d 79.6 82.6 85.6 82.0 33w0d 22
34w0d 81.6 84.6 87.6 84.3 34w0d 22
35w0d 83.5 86.5 89.5 86.6 35w0d 22
36w0d 85.3 88.3 91.3 89.0 36w0d 22
37w0d 87.0 90.0 93.0 91.2 37w0d 22
38w0d 88.5 91.5 94.5 93.3 38w0d 22
39w0d 89.9 92.9 95.9 95.6 39w0d 22
40w0d 91.2 94.2 97.2 97.6 40w0d 22
*1
41w0d 92.3 95.3 98.3 99.7 41w0d 22
*1
42w0d 93.2 96.2 99.2 101.8 42w0d 22

the preset.
No. 2B771-023EN
18-17
18.1.5.12 BPD Hansmann FG 18.1.5.13 BPD Hansmann GA
Hansmann H, Hackeloer B., Staudach A. Hansmann H, Hackeloer B., Staudach A.
"Ultrasound Diagnosis in Obstetrics and "Ultrasound Diagnosis in Obstetrics and
Gynecology" Gynecology"
New York, Springer Verlag, 1986, English New York, Springer Verlag, 1986, English
Edition (ISBN 0-387-15384-9); P. 440-P. 441 Edition (ISBN 0-387-15384-9); P. 432
Age 5% (mm) Mean (mm) 95% (mm) 5%, 95%

Value (mm) Age
(days)
10w0d 9.0 14.0 18.0
29.0 13w2d 7
11w0d 13.0 17.0 22.0
31.5 14w0d 8
12w0d 16.0 21.0 25.0
34.5 15w0d 8
13w0d 20.0 24.0 29.0
37.5 16w0d 9
14w0d 23.0 28.0 32.0
40.5 17w0d 9
15w0d 27.0 31.0 36.0
44.0 18w0d 9
16w0d 30.0 35.0 39.0
47.0 19w0d 10
17w0d 34.0 38.0 43.0
50.3 20w0d 9
18w0d 37.0 42.0 46.0
53.3 21w0d 11
19w0d 40.0 45.0 49.0
56.5 22w0d 9
20w0d 44.0 48.0 53.0
59.5 23w0d 9
21w0d 47.0 51.0 56.0
62.5 24w0d 9
22w0d 50.0 55.0 59.0
66.0 25w0d 11
23w0d 53.0 58.0 62.0
69.0 26w0d 10
24w0d 56.0 61.0 65.0
72.0 27w0d 10
25w0d 59.0 64.0 68.0
75.0 28w0d 12
26w0d 62.0 67.0 71.0
77.6 29w0d 14
27w0d 65.0 70.0 74.0
80.3 30w0d 15
28w0d 68.0 72.0 77.0
82.3 31w0d 16
29w0d 70.0 75.0 79.0
84.6 32w0d 16
30w0d 73.0 77.0 82.0
86.7 33w0d 19
31w0d 75.0 79.0 84.0
88.7 34w0d 19
32w0d 77.0 82.0 86.0
91.0 35w0d 25
33w0d 79.0 84.0 88.0
92.3 36w0d 23
34w0d 81.0 86.0 90.0
93.6 37w0d 20
35w0d 83.0 87.0 92.0
94.7 38w0d 18
36w0d 84.0 89.0 93.0
97.5 39w0d 20
37w0d 86.0 90.0 95.0
104.0 40w0d 15
38w0d 87.0 91.0 96.0
105.0 40w1d 14
39w0d 88.0 93.0 97.0
40w0d 89.0 93.0 98.0
No. 2B771-023EN
18-18
18.1.5.14 BPD Jeanty GA 18.1.5.15 BPD JSUM FG
Jeanty P Standardization of ultrasonic fetal biometry
"Fetal Biometry" and Japanese reference values
Ultrasonography in Obstetrics and J Med Ultrasonics Vol.30 No.3 (2003)
Gynecology: P. 93-P. 108 J416-J440
5%, 95% (a) BPD JSUM FG ±2SD

Value (mm) Age
(days)
10.0 10w1d 21 Age -2SD (mm) Mean (mm) +2SD (mm)
14.5 11w0d 21 10w0d 8.0 12.6 17.1
19.0 12w0d 21 11w0d 11.3 15.9 20.6
23.5 13w0d 21 12w0d 14.5 19.3 24.1
27.5 14w0d 21 13w0d 17.8 22.7 27.6
31.5 15w0d 21 14w0d 21.1 26.1 31.2
35.0 16w0d 21 15w0d 24.4 29.5 34.7
38.5 17w0d 21 16w0d 27.7 32.9 38.2
45.5 19w0d 21 17w0d 30.9 36.3 41.7
48.6 20w0d 21 18w0d 34.2 39.6 45.1
52.0 21w0d 22 19w0d 37.4 43.0 48.5
55.0 22w0d 22 20w0d 40.6 46.2 51.9
57.6 23w0d 21 21w0d 43.7 49.5 55.3
60.5 24w0d 21 22w0d 46.7 52.6 58.5
63.3 25w0d 21 23w0d 49.7 55.7 61.8
66.0 26w0d 21 24w0d 52.6 58.8 64.9
68.6 27w0d 21 25w0d 55.5 61.7 68.0
71.3 28w0d 21 26w0d 58.3 64.6 71.0
74.0 29w0d 22 27w0d 60.9 67.4 73.9
76.3 30w0d 21 28w0d 63.5 70.1 76.6
78.6 31w0d 21 29w0d 65.9 72.6 79.3
81.3 32w0d 22 30w0d 68.3 75.1 81.9
83.6 33w0d 22 31w0d 70.5 77.4 84.3
86.0 34w0d 22 32w0d 72.6 79.6 86.6
88.0 35w0d 21 33w0d 74.5 81.7 88.8
90.3 36w0d 21 34w0d 76.3 83.6 90.8
92.6 37w0d 22 35w0d 78.0 85.3 92.7
94.6 38w0d 21 36w0d 79.4 86.9 94.4
95.0 38w1d 21 37w0d 80.7 88.3 95.9
38w0d 81.9 89.6 97.3
39w0d 82.8 90.6 98.4
40w0d 83.6 91.5 99.4
41w0d 84.1 92.2 100.2
42w0d 84.5 92.6 100.7
No. 2B771-023EN
18-19
18.1.5.16 BPD JSUM GA
(b) BPD JSUM FG ±1.5SD Standardization of ultrasonic fetal biometry
-1.5SD +1.5SD J Med Ultrasonics Vol.30 No.3 (2003)
Age Mean (mm)
(mm) (mm) J416-J440
10w0d 9.1 12.6 16.0
11w0d 12.4 15.9 19.5 Value (mm) Age ±1SD (days)
12w0d 15.7 19.3 22.9 13.0 10w1d 4
13w0d 19.0 22.7 26.4 16.0 11w0d 4
14w0d 22.4 26.1 29.9 19.5 12w0d 4
15w0d 25.7 29.5 33.4 22.5 13w0d 5
16w0d 29.0 32.9 36.9 26.0 14w0d 5
17w0d 32.3 36.3 40.3 29.5 15w0d 5
18w0d 35.6 39.6 43.7 33.0 16w0d 5
19w0d 38.8 43.0 47.1 36.5 17w0d 6
20w0d 42.0 46.2 50.5 39.5 18w0d 6
21w0d 45.1 49.5 53.8 43.0 19w0d 6
22w0d 48.2 52.6 57.1 46.0 20w0d 7
23w0d 51.2 55.7 60.3 49.5 21w0d 7
24w0d 54.2 58.8 63.4 52.5 22w0d 8
25w0d 57.1 61.7 66.4 55.6 23w0d 8
26w0d 59.8 64.6 69.4 58.6 24w0d 8
27w0d 62.5 67.4 72.2 61.6 25w0d 9
28w0d 65.1 70.1 75.0 64.6 26w0d 9
29w0d 67.6 72.6 77.7 67.3 27w0d 10
30w0d 70.0 75.1 80.2 70.0 28w0d 10
31w0d 72.2 77.4 82.6 72.6 29w0d 11
32w0d 74.3 79.6 84.9 75.0 30w0d 11
33w0d 76.3 81.7 87.0 77.3 31w0d 12
34w0d 78.1 83.6 89.0 79.6 32w0d 12
35w0d 79.8 85.3 90.8 81.6 33w0d 13
36w0d 81.3 86.9 92.5 83.5 34w0d 13
37w0d 82.6 88.3 94.0 85.2 35w0d 13
38w0d 83.8 89.6 95.3 87.0 36w0d 14
39w0d 84.8 90.6 96.5 88.3 37w0d 14
40w0d 85.6 91.5 97.4 89.5 38w0d 15
41w0d 86.1 92.2 98.2 90.0 38w3d 15
42w0d 86.5 92.6 98.7
No. 2B771-023EN
18-20
18.1.5.17 BPD Kurtz FG 18.1.5.18 BPD Merz FG
Kurtz AB, Wapner RJ, Kurtz RJ, et al. Merz E:
"Analysis of biparietal diameter as an "Ultrasound in Gynecology and Obstetrics"
accurate indicator of gestational age." Stuttgart, New York, Thieme Medical
J Clin Ultrasound 1980:8; 319-326 Publishers, Inc. 1991; 312
Age --- Mean (mm) --- Age 5% (mm) Mean (mm) 95% (mm)
12w0d --- 19.3 --- 12w0d 15.0 20.0 24.0
13w0d --- 23.2 --- 13w0d 19.0 24.0 28.0
14w0d --- 27.0 --- 14w0d 23.0 28.0 32.0
15w0d --- 30.7 --- 15w0d 27.0 31.0 36.0
16w0d --- 34.4 --- 16w0d 30.0 35.0 40.0
17w0d --- 38.0 --- 17w0d 34.0 39.0 44.0
18w0d --- 41.4 --- 18w0d 38.0 43.0 48.0
19w0d --- 44.8 --- 19w0d 41.0 46.0 51.0
20w0d --- 48.1 --- 20w0d 45.0 50.0 55.0
21w0d --- 51.3 --- 21w0d 48.0 53.0 58.0
22w0d --- 54.4 --- 22w0d 51.0 56.0 62.0
23w0d --- 57.5 --- 23w0d 54.0 60.0 65.0
24w0d --- 60.4 --- 24w0d 57.0 63.0 68.0
25w0d --- 63.3 --- 25w0d 60.0 66.0 71.0
26w0d --- 66.0 --- 26w0d 63.0 69.0 74.0
27w0d --- 68.7 --- 27w0d 66.0 72.0 77.0
28w0d --- 71.3 --- 28w0d 69.0 74.0 80.0
29w0d --- 73.8 --- 29w0d 71.0 77.0 83.0
30w0d --- 76.2 --- 30w0d 74.0 79.0 85.0
31w0d --- 78.5 --- 31w0d 76.0 82.0 88.0
32w0d --- 80.8 --- 32w0d 78.0 84.0 90.0
33w0d --- 82.9 --- 33w0d 80.0 86.0 92.0
34w0d --- 85.0 --- 34w0d 82.0 89.0 95.0
35w0d --- 87.0 --- 35w0d 84.0 91.0 97.0
36w0d --- 88.8 --- 36w0d 86.0 93.0 99.0
37w0d --- 90.6 --- 37w0d 88.0 94.0 101.0
38w0d --- 92.3 --- 38w0d 90.0 96.0 103.0
39w0d --- 94.0 --- 39w0d 91.0 98.0 104.0
40w0d --- 95.5 --- 40w0d 93.0 99.0 106.0
41w0d --- 96.9 ---
42w0d --- 98.3 ---
No. 2B771-023EN
18-21
18.1.5.19 BPD Merz GA 18.1.5.20 BPD Nicolaides FG
Merz E: Nicolaides
"Ultrasound in Gynecology and Obstetrics" "Fetal biometry at 14-40 week's gestation"
Stuttgart, New York, Thieme Medical Ultrasound in Obstetrics and Gynecology 4
Publishers, Inc. 1991; 326-327 1994: P. 34-P. 48
5%, 95% Age 5% (mm) Mean (mm) 95% (mm)

Value (mm) Age
(days)
14w0d 26.7 29.6 32.7
21 12w1d 11
15w0d 29.7 32.3 35.7
24 13w0d 11
16w0d 32.7 35.2 38.7
27 14w0d 11
17w0d 35.1 38.2 41.7
31 15w0d 12
18w0d 37.7 41.2 45.3
35 16w0d 12
19w0d 40.7 44.3 48.7
38 17w0d 12
20w0d 43.7 47.5 52.3
42 18w0d 13
21w0d 46.7 50.8 55.7
45 19w0d 12
22w0d 49.7 54.1 59.3
49 20w0d 13
23w0d 52.7 57.3 62.7
52 21w0d 13
24w0d 55.7 60.6 66.3
55 22w0d 14
25w0d 58.7 63.9 69.7
58 23w0d 14
26w0d 61.7 67.1 73.3
61 24w0d 14
27w0d 64.7 70.3 76.7
64 25w0d 14
28w0d 67.7 73.4 79.7
67 26w0d 15
29w0d 70.7 76.4 83.3
70 27w0d 15
30w0d 73.1 79.2 86.7
73 28w0d 15
31w0d 75.7 82.0 89.1
76 29w0d 15
32w0d 78.1 84.5 91.7
78 30w0d 15
33w0d 80.1 86.9 94.7
81 31w0d 16
34w0d 82.1 89.1 97.1
83 32w0d 15
35w0d 84.1 91.0 99.1
86 33w0d 16
36w0d 85.6 92.7 101.1
88 34w0d 17
37w0d 86.6 94.2 102.6
90 35w0d 16
38w0d 87.6 95.4 103.6
93 36w0d 16
39w0d 88.6 96.3 104.6
95 37w0d 17
39w6d 89.4 96.9 105.4
97 38w0d 16
99 39w0d 17
101 40w0d 17
102 40w2d 18
No. 2B771-023EN
18-22
18.1.5.21 BPD Nicolaides GA 18.1.5.22 BPD Osaka Identical
Nicolaides Mineo Aoki, Motohiro Yamada
"Fetal biometry at 14-40 week's gestation" Evaluation of fetal growth
Ultrasound in Obstetrics and Gynecology 4 Obstetrics and gynecological treatment
1994: P. 34-P. 48 Vol.47 No.5 (1983: 11)
Value (mm) Age --- (a) BPD Osaka Identical ±2SD

30.0 14w1d ---
32.3 15w0d --- Age -2SD (mm) Mean (mm) +2SD (mm)
35.3 16w0d --- 10w0d 9.6 13.3 17.0
38.0 17w0d --- 11w0d 13.2 17.2 21.1
41.3 18w0d --- 12w0d 16.8 20.9 25.1
44.5 19w0d --- 13w0d 20.3 24.6 29.0
47.5 20w0d --- 14w0d 23.6 28.2 32.8
51.0 21w0d --- 15w0d 27.0 31.8 36.6
54.0 22w0d --- 16w0d 30.2 35.2 40.2
57.5 23w0d --- 17w0d 33.4 38.6 43.8
60.5 24w0d --- 18w0d 36.6 42.0 47.3
64.0 25w0d --- 19w0d 39.7 45.3 50.8
67.0 26w0d --- 20w0d 42.8 48.5 54.2
70.3 27w0d --- 21w0d 45.8 51.7 57.6
73.5 28w0d --- 22w0d 48.8 54.8 60.8
76.5 29w0d --- 23w0d 51.7 57.9 64.1
79.3 30w0d --- 24w0d 54.6 60.9 67.2
82.0 31w0d --- 25w0d 57.4 63.9 70.3
84.5 32w0d --- 26w0d 60.1 66.7 73.3
87.0 33w0d --- 27w0d 62.8 69.5 76.3
89.0 34w0d --- 28w0d 65.4 72.3 79.1
91.0 35w0d --- 29w0d 67.9 74.9 81.9
92.7 36w0d --- 30w0d 70.4 77.4 84.5
94.2 37w0d --- 31w0d 72.7 79.8 87.0
95.4 38w0d --- 32w0d 74.9 82.1 89.4
96.3 39w0d --- 33w0d 76.9 84.3 91.6
97.0 40w0d --- 34w0d 78.8 86.2 93.7
35w0d 80.5 88.0 95.5
36w0d 82.1 89.6 97.2
37w0d 83.4 91.0 98.6
38w0d 84.5 92.1 99.8
39w0d 85.3 93.0 100.8
40w0d 85.9 93.6 101.4
*1
41w0d 86.1 93.9 101.7
*1
42w0d 86.0 93.9 101.7

the preset.
No. 2B771-023EN
18-23
18.1.5.23 BPD Rempen FG
(b) BPD Osaka Identical ±1.5SD Rempen A:
"Biometrie in der fruehgravitaet (l. trimenon)"
-1.5SD +1.5SD Der Frauenarzt 32/1991:425-430
Age Mean (mm)
(mm) (mm)
10w0d 10.5 13.3 16.1 Age 5% (mm) Mean (mm) 95% (mm)
11w0d 14.2 17.2 20.1 6w2d 0.0 2.0 5.7
12w0d 17.8 20.9 24.1 7w0d 0.6 4.3 8.0
13w0d 21.3 24.6 27.9 8w0d 3.9 7.6 11.3
14w0d 24.8 28.2 31.7 9w0d 7.0 10.7 14.4
15w0d 28.2 31.8 35.4 10w0d 10.2 13.9 17.6
16w0d 31.5 35.2 39.0 11w0d 13.3 17.0 20.7
17w0d 34.7 38.6 42.5 12w0d 16.3 20.0 23.7
18w0d 37.9 42.0 46.0 13w0d 19.4 23.1 26.8
19w0d 41.1 45.3 49.4 13w2d 20.2 23.9 27.6
20w0d 44.2 48.5 52.8
21w0d 47.3 51.7 56.1
22w0d 50.3 54.8 59.3 18.1.5.24 BPD Rempen GA
23w0d 53.2 57.9 62.5
24w0d 56.2 60.9 65.6 Rempen A:
25w0d 59.0 63.9 68.7 "Biometrie in der fruehgravitaet (l. trimenon)"
26w0d 61.8 66.7 71.7
Der Frauenarzt 32/1991:425-430
27w0d 64.5 69.5 74.6
5%, 95%
28w0d 67.1 72.3 77.4 Value (mm) Age
(days)
29w0d 69.7 74.9 80.1 3.0 6w6d 8
30w0d 72.1 77.4 82.7 3.5 7w0d 8
31w0d 74.5 79.8 85.2 7.0 8w0d 8
32w0d 76.7 82.1 87.6 10.5 9w0d 8
33w0d 78.8 84.3 89.8 14.0 10w0d 8
34w0d 80.7 86.2 91.8 17.5 11w0d 8
35w0d 82.4 88.0 93.7 21.0 12w0d 8
36w0d 84.0 89.6 95.3 24.5 13w0d 8
37w0d 85.3 91.0 96.7 27.0 13w5d 8
38w0d 86.4 92.1 97.9
39w0d 87.2 93.0 98.8
40w0d 87.8 93.6 99.5
*1
41w0d 88.1 93.9 99.8
*1
42w0d 88.0 93.9 99.7

the preset.
No. 2B771-023EN
18-24
18.1.5.25 BPD Sabbagha FG 18.1.5.27 BPD Tokyo FG
UDY E. SABBAGHA, MD Norio Shinozuka, Haruo Masuda, Hidenori
"Stanardization of sonar cephalometry and Kagawa, Yuji Taketani
gestational age." Generation of reference values in ultrasonic
Obstetrics and Gynaecology October 1978; fetal biometry
528; 402-406 Jpn Med Ultrasonics Vol.23 No.12 (1996)
P. 877-P. 888
Age --- Mean (mm) ---
16w0d --- 37.0 --- (a) BPD Tokyo FG 5%/95%
17w0d --- 40.0 ---
18w0d --- 43.0 ---
10w0d 10.50 14.30 18.10
19w0d --- 45.0 ---
11w0d 13.70 17.60 21.50
20w0d --- 47.0 ---
12w0d 17.00 21.00 25.00
21w0d --- 50.0 ---
13w0d 20.40 24.40 28.50
22w0d --- 53.0 ---
14w0d 23.70 27.80 32.00
23w0d --- 56.0 ---
15w0d 27.00 31.20 35.50
24w0d --- 59.0 ---
16w0d 30.30 34.60 39.00
25w0d --- 62.0 ---
17w0d 33.50 38.00 42.40
26w0d --- 66.0 ---
18w0d 36.80 41.30 45.80
27w0d --- 69.0 ---
19w0d 40.00 44.60 49.20
28w0d --- 72.0 ---
20w0d 43.20 47.90 52.60
29w0d --- 75.0 ---
21w0d 46.30 51.10 55.90
30w0d --- 78.0 ---
22w0d 49.30 54.20 59.10
31w0d --- 80.0 ---
23w0d 52.30 57.30 62.30
32w0d --- 83.0 ---
24w0d 55.20 60.30 65.30
33w0d --- 85.0 ---
25w0d 58.00 63.20 68.40
34w0d --- 87.0 ---
26w0d 60.80 66.00 71.30
35w0d --- 88.0 ---
27w0d 63.40 68.70 74.10
36w0d --- 90.0 ---
28w0d 65.90 71.40 76.80
37w0d --- 92.0 ---
29w0d 68.30 73.90 79.40
38w0d --- 93.0 ---
30w0d 70.60 76.30 81.90
39w0d --- 94.0 ---
31w0d 72.80 78.50 84.20
40w0d --- 95.0 ---
32w0d 74.80 80.60 86.50
33w0d 76.70 82.60 88.50
34w0d 78.50 84.50 90.40
18.1.5.26 BPD Shepard no charts
35w0d 80.10 86.10 92.20
36w0d 81.50 87.60 93.80
37w0d 82.70 89.00 95.20
38w0d 83.80 90.10 96.50
39w0d 84.60 91.10 97.50
40w0d 85.30 91.80 98.40
41w0d 85.80 92.40 99.00
42w0d 86.00 92.80 99.50
No. 2B771-023EN
18-25
18.1.5.28 BPD Tokyo GA
(b) BPD Tokyo FG ±1.5SD Norio Shinozuka, Haruo Masuda, Hidenori
-1.5SD +1.5SD Generation of reference values in ultrasonic
Age Mean (mm)
(mm) (mm) fetal biometry
10w0d 10.80 14.30 17.70 Jpn Med Ultrasonics Vol. 23 No. 12 (1996)
11w0d 14.10 17.60 21.20 P. 877-P. 888
12w0d 17.40 21.00 24.70
13w0d 20.70 24.40 28.20 5%, 95%
Value (mm) Age
(days)
14w0d 24.00 27.80 31.60
13.0 11w0d 7
15w0d 27.30 31.20 35.10
17.5 12w0d 8
16w0d 30.60 34.60 38.60
22.0 13w0d 8
17w0d 33.90 38.00 42.00
26.0 14w0d 9
18w0d 37.20 41.30 45.50
29.5 15w0d 9
19w0d 40.40 44.60 48.80
33.5 16w0d 10
20w0d 43.60 47.90 52.20
37.0 17w0d 10
21w0d 46.70 51.10 55.50
40.0 18w0d 11
22w0d 49.70 54.20 58.70
43.5 19w0d 11
23w0d 52.70 57.30 61.80
46.5 20w0d 12
24w0d 55.60 60.30 64.90
49.6 21w0d 12
25w0d 58.50 63.20 67.90
52.6 22w0d 13
26w0d 61.20 66.00 70.80
55.6 23w0d 14
27w0d 63.80 68.70 73.60
58.5 24w0d 15
28w0d 66.40 71.40 76.30
61.3 25w0d 15
29w0d 68.80 73.90 78.90
64.0 26w0d 16
30w0d 71.10 76.30 81.40
66.6 27w0d 17
31w0d 73.30 78.50 83.80
69.3 28w0d 18
32w0d 75.30 80.60 86.00
71.6 29w0d 18
33w0d 77.20 82.60 88.00
74.3 30w0d 19
34w0d 79.00 84.50 89.90
76.6 31w0d 20
35w0d 80.60 86.10 91.70
79.0 32w0d 21
36w0d 82.00 87.60 93.30
81.3 33w0d 21
37w0d 83.20 89.00 94.70
83.6 34w0d 22
38w0d 84.30 90.10 95.90
86.0 35w0d 23
39w0d 85.20 91.10 97.00
88.3 36w0d 24
40w0d 85.90 91.80 97.80
90.0 36w5d 25
41w0d 86.30 92.40 98.50
42w0d 86.60 92.80 98.90
No. 2B771-023EN
18-26
18.1.6 CER 18.1.6.2 CER Hill FG
18.1.6.1 CER Goldstein FG LYNDON M. HILL, MD

"The transverse cerebellar diameter in
Israel Goldstein, M.D. estimating gestational age in the larg for
"Cerebellar measurements with gestational age fetus."
ultrasonography in the evalution of fetal Obstet Gynecol 1990;75: 981-985
growth and evelopment."
Am J Obstet Gynecol 1987; 156: 1065-1069 Age -2SD (mm) Mean (mm) +2SD (mm)
15w0d 12.0 15.0 18.0
15w0d 10.0 14.0 16.0 17w0d 15.0 17.0 19.0
16w0d 14.0 16.0 17.0 18w0d 16.0 18.0 20.0
17w0d 16.0 17.0 18.0 19w0d 18.0 20.0 22.0
18w0d 17.0 18.0 19.0 20w0d 17.0 20.0 23.0
19w0d 18.0 19.0 22.0 21w0d 19.0 22.0 25.0
20w0d 18.0 20.0 22.0 22w0d 20.0 23.0 26.0
21w0d 19.0 22.0 24.0 23w0d 21.0 24.0 27.0
22w0d 21.0 23.0 24.0 24w0d 22.0 26.0 30.0
23w0d 22.0 24.0 26.0 25w0d 24.0 28.0 32.0
24w0d 22.0 25.0 28.0 26w0d 26.0 30.0 34.0
25w0d 23.0 28.0 29.0 27w0d 26.0 30.0 34.0
26w0d 25.0 29.0 32.0 28w0d 29.0 33.0 37.0
27w0d 26.0 30.0 32.0 29w0d 30.0 34.0 38.0
28w0d 27.0 31.0 34.0 30w0d 33.0 37.0 41.0
29w0d 29.0 34.0 38.0 31w0d 35.0 39.0 43.0
30w0d 31.0 35.0 40.0 32w0d 36.0 41.0 46.0
31w0d 32.0 38.0 43.0 33w0d 38.0 43.0 48.0
32w0d 33.0 38.0 42.0 34w0d 37.0 46.0 55.0
33w0d 32.0 40.0 44.0 35w0d 40.0 47.0 54.0
34w0d 33.0 40.0 44.0 36w0d 40.0 49.0 58.0
35w0d 31.0 40.5 47.0 37w0d 40.0 51.0 62.0
36w0d 36.0 43.0 55.0 38w0d 39.0 51.0 63.0
37w0d 37.0 45.0 55.0 39w0d 42.0 52.0 62.0
38w0d 40.0 48.5 55.0 40w0d 44.0 52.0 60.0
39w0d 52.0 52.0 55.0
No. 2B771-023EN
18-27
18.1.6.3 CER Hill GA 18.1.6.4 CER Nicolaides FG
LYNDON M. HILL, MD Nicolaides
"The transverse cerebellar diameter in "Fetal biometry at 14-40 week's gestation"
estimating gestational age in the larg for Ultrasound in Obstetrics and Gynecology 4
gestational age fetus." 1994: P. 34-P. 48
Obstet Gynecol 1990; 75: 981-985
Value (mm) Age ±2SD (days) 14w0d 11.6 13.1 14.1
14.0 15w1d 7 15w0d 12.6 14.2 16.1
15.2 16w0d 7 16w0d 13.6 15.3 17.6
16.8 17w0d 7 17w0d 14.6 16.5 18.6
18.2 18w0d 8 18w0d 15.6 17.8 20.1
19.6 19w0d 13 19w0d 16.6 19.0 21.6
21.0 20w0d 13 20w0d 18.1 20.3 23.1
22.6 21w0d 13 21w0d 19.6 21.6 24.6
24.0 22w0d 13 22w0d 20.6 23.0 26.1
25.4 23w0d 13 23w0d 21.6 24.3 27.6
26.8 24w0d 14 24w0d 23.1 25.7 29.1
28.4 25w0d 14 25w0d 24.6 27.1 30.6
29.8 26w0d 14 26w0d 25.6 28.5 32.1
31.4 27w0d 14 27w0d 26.6 29.9 33.6
33.0 28w0d 14 28w0d 28.1 31.3 35.1
34.6 29w0d 14 29w0d 29.6 32.6 36.6
36.2 30w0d 17 30w0d 30.6 34.0 38.1
38.0 31w0d 17 31w0d 31.6 35.4 39.6
39.7 32w0d 17 32w0d 33.1 36.7 41.1
41.6 33w0d 17 33w0d 34.6 38.0 42.6
43.6 34w0d 17 34w0d 35.6 39.3 43.6
46.0 35w0d 17 35w0d 36.6 40.5 45.1
48.3 36w0d 22 36w0d 37.6 41.7 46.6
51.0 37w0d 22 37w0d 38.6 42.8 47.6
55.0 38w0d 22 38w0d 39.6 43.9 48.6
56.0 38w2d 22 39w0d 40.6 45.0 50.1
39w6d 41.4 45.8 51.9
No. 2B771-023EN
18-28
18.1.6.5 CER Nicolaides GA 18.1.9 Clavicle
Nicolaides 18.1.9.1 Clavicle Yarkoni FG
"Fetal biometry at 14-40 week's gestation"
Ultrasound in Obstetrics and Gynecology 4 Yarkoni S, Schmidt W, Jeanty P, et al
1994: P. 34-P. 48 "Clavicular measurement: A new biometric
parameter for fetal evaluation"
Value (mm) Age --- J Ultrasound Med. 4: 467-470, 1985.
13.0 14w0d ---
15.3 16w0d --- 15w0d 11.0 15.8 20.6
16.5 17w0d --- 16w0d 12.0 16.8 21.6
17.8 18w0d --- 17w0d 13.0 17.8 22.6
19.0 19w0d --- 18w0d 13.9 18.7 23.5
20.3 20w0d --- 19w0d 14.9 19.7 24.5
21.6 21w0d --- 20w0d 15.9 20.7 25.5
23.0 22w0d --- 21w0d 16.9 21.7 26.5
24.4 23w0d --- 22w0d 17.9 22.7 27.5
25.8 24w0d --- 23w0d 18.8 23.6 28.4
27.0 25w0d --- 24w0d 19.8 24.6 29.4
28.4 26w0d --- 25w0d 20.8 25.6 30.4
29.8 27w0d --- 26w0d 21.8 26.6 31.4
31.2 28w0d --- 27w0d 22.7 27.5 32.3
32.6 29w0d --- 28w0d 23.7 28.5 33.3
34.0 30w0d --- 29w0d 24.7 29.5 34.3
35.4 31w0d --- 30w0d 25.7 30.5 35.3
36.6 32w0d --- 31w0d 26.7 31.5 36.3
38.0 33w0d --- 32w0d 27.6 32.4 37.2
39.3 34w0d --- 33w0d 28.6 33.4 38.2
40.5 35w0d --- 34w0d 29.6 34.4 39.2
41.6 36w0d --- 35w0d 30.6 35.4 40.2
42.8 37w0d --- 36w0d 31.6 36.4 41.2
44.0 38w0d --- 37w0d 32.5 37.3 42.1
45.0 39w0d --- 38w0d 33.5 38.3 43.1
46.0 40w0d --- 39w0d 34.5 39.3 44.1
40w0d 35.5 40.3 45.1
18.1.7 Cervix Len no charts
18.1.8 Cist. Magna no charts
No. 2B771-023EN
18-29
18.1.9.2 Clavicle Yarkoni GA 18.1.10 CRL
Yarkoni S, Schmidt W, Jeanty P, et al 18.1.10.1 CRL ASUM-V1 FG
"Clavicular measurement: A new biometric
parameter for fetal evaluation" POLICY ON OBSTETRIC EXAMINATIONS
J Ultrasound Med. 4:467-470, 1985. NORMAL ULTRASONIC FETAL
MEASUREMENTS JUNE 1991
5%, 95%
Value (mm) Age
(days)
11.0 13w6d 24
6w0d --- 2.0 ---
11.2 14w0d 24
7w0d --- 9.0 ---
13.6 15w0d 38
8w0d --- 16.0 ---
14.8 16w0d 38
9w0d --- 24.0 ---
16.0 17w0d 31
10w0d --- 33.0 ---
16.5 18w0d 28
11w0d --- 43.0 ---
17.3 19w0d 25
12w0d --- 55.0 ---
19.6 20w0d 38
13w0d --- 68.0 ---
20.8 21w0d 38
14w0d --- 82.0 ---
21.5 22w0d 31
22.1 23w0d 24
23.3 24w0d 24
18.1.10.2 CRL ASUM-V1 GA
25.8 25w0d 39
27.0 26w0d 31 POLICY ON OBSTETRIC EXAMINATIONS
27.5 27w0d 27 NORMAL ULTRASONIC FETAL
28.1 28w0d 24 MEASUREMENTS JUNE 1991
29.3 29w0d 26
31.8 30w0d 38 Value (mm) Age ---
33.0 31w0d 31 2.0 6w0d ---
33.5 32w0d 27 9.0 7w0d ---
34.1 33w0d 24 16.0 8w0d ---
36.6 34w0d 38 24.0 9w0d ---
37.8 35w0d 38 32.5 10w0d ---
38.4 36w0d 32 42.5 11w0d ---
39.0 37w0d 24 54.5 12w0d ---
40.2 38w0d 24 67.5 13w0d ---
42.6 39w0d 38 82.0 14w0d ---
43.8 40w0d 38
44.5 41w0d 31
45.0 41w6d 25
No. 2B771-023EN
18-30
18.1.10.3 CRL ASUM-V2 FG 18.1.10.5 CRL Hadlock FG
Australian Society of Ultrasound Medicine Hadlock FP, Shah YP, Kanon DJ, Lindsey
(ASUM) – Policy statement JV:
Statement on normal ultrasonics fetal "Fetal crown-rump length: Reevaluation of
measurements (Revised May 2001) relation to menstrual age (5-18 weeks) with
P. 28-P. 31 high-resolution real-time US", Radiology
1992; 182: 501-505
5w2d --- 1.0 --- Age -1SD (mm) Mean (mm) +1SD (mm)
6w0d --- 4.0 --- 5w5d 3.3 3.8 4.3
7w0d --- 11.0 --- 6w0d 4.0 4.6 5.2
8w0d --- 17.0 --- 7w0d 7.4 8.5 9.7
9w0d --- 23.0 --- 8w0d 12.6 14.5 16.4
10w0d --- 34.0 --- 9w0d 19.6 22.6 25.5
11w0d --- 44.0 --- 10w0d 28.3 32.6 36.9
12w0d --- 57.0 --- 11w0d 38.2 44.1 49.9
13w0d --- 68.0 --- 12w0d 48.8 56.2 63.6
14w0d --- 81.0 --- 13w0d 59.3 68.3 77.4
14w4d --- 87.0 --- 14w0d 69.3 79.8 90.4
15w0d 78.5 90.5 102.4
16w0d 87.1 100.3 113.5
18.1.10.4 CRL ASUM-V2 GA 17w0d 95.3 109.8 124.3
18w0d 104.0 119.8 135.6
Australian Society of Ultrasound Medicine
Statement on normal ultrasonics fetal 18.1.10.6 CRL Hadlock GA
measurements (Revised May 2001)
P. 28-P. 31
Hadlock FP, Shah YP, Kanon DJ, Lindsey
JV:
Value (mm) Age --- "Fetal crown-rump length: Reevaluation of
1.0 5w3d --- relation to menstrual age (5-18 weeks) with
5.0 6w0d --- high-resolution real-time US", Radiology
11.0 7w0d --- 1992; 182: 501-505
19.0 8w0d ---
26.5 9w0d --- Value (mm) Age ±1SD (days)
35.0 10w0d --- 2.0 5w5d 2
45.0 11w0d --- 3.5 6w0d 2
56.5 12w0d --- 10.0 7w0d 2
71.0 13w0d --- 16.0 8w0d 2
87.0 13w5d --- 23.0 9w0d 3

31.0 10w0d 3
41.5 11w0d 3
53.5 12w0d 4
67.5 13w0d 4
80.0 14w0d 4
91.5 15w0d 5
101.5 16w0d 5
111.0 17w0d 5
121.0 18w0d 6
No. 2B771-023EN
18-31
18.1.10.7 CRL Hansmann FG 18.1.10.8 CRL Hansmann GA
Edition (ISBN 0-387-15384-9); P. 438 Edition (ISBN 0-387-15384-9); P. 439
6w0d 2.3 6.9 11.5 6.0 6w0d 7
7w0d 5.0 11.4 17.8 10.5 7w0d 7
8w0d 8.0 16.2 24.4 15.5 8w0d 7
9w0d 12.5 22.6 32.6 22.0 9w0d 8
10w0d 19.2 31.0 42.8 28.8 10w0d 8
11w0d 27.9 41.6 55.2 38.5 11w0d 8
12w0d 38.4 53.8 69.2 50.3 12w0d 8
13w0d 49.7 66.9 84.1 64.5 13w0d 10
14w0d 60.9 80.0 99.0 79.8 14w0d 11
15w0d 71.4 92.2 113.1 93.0 15w0d 12
16w0d 80.3 103.0 125.6 104.5 16w0d 13
17w0d 87.4 111.8 136.3 114.5 17w0d 14
18w0d 92.8 119.1 145.3 124.5 18w0d 14
19w0d 97.5 125.5 153.6 133.0 19w0d 15
20w0d 102.9 132.8 162.6 140.8 20w0d 16
20w1d 104.0 134.0 164.1 147.8 21w0d 8
150.0 21w2d 16
18.1.10.9 CRL Jeanty GA

Jeanty P
"Fetal Biometry"
Ultrasonography in Obstetrics and
Gynecology: P. 93-P. 108
5%, 95%
Value (mm) Age
(days)
10.0 7w3d 4
13.0 8w0d 4
20.0 9w0d 5
27.0 10w0d 5
36.0 11w0d 5
46.0 12w0d 5
49.0 12w2d 5
No. 2B771-023EN
18-32
18.1.10.10 CRL JSUM FG 18.1.10.12 CRL Nelson GA
Standardization of ultrasonic fetal biometry Nelson
and Japanese reference values "Comparison of Methods for Determining
J Med Ultrasonics Vol. 30 No. 3 (2003) Crown-Rump Measurement by Real-Time
J416-J440 Ultrasound"
J Clin Ultrasound 9:67-70,February 1981:
(a) CRL JSUM FG 5%/95% P. 702-P. 710
7w0d 5.7 10.1 17.2 15.0 8w4d ---
8w0d 7.7 13.3 18.3 20.0 9w0d ---
9w0d 11.7 20.0 27.0 31.5 10w0d ---
10w0d 18.2 29.0 39.0 43.5 11w0d ---
11w0d 26.7 38.4 49.8 55.0 12w0d ---
11w4d 32.7 43.3 53.8 66.5 13w0d ---
78.5 14w0d ---
90.0 15w0d ---
(b) CRL JSUM FG ±1.5SD
-1.5SD +1.5SD
Age
(mm)
Mean (mm)
(mm) 18.1.10.13 CRL Osaka Identical
7w0d 6.1 10.1 16.6
8w0d 8.1 13.3 17.9
Mineo Aoki, Motohiro Yamada
Evaluation of fetal growth
9w0d 12.4 20.0 26.4
Obstetrics and gynecological treatment
10w0d 19.1 29.0 38.1 Vol. 47 No. 5 (1983: 11)
11w0d 27.7 38.4 48.8
11w4d 33.6 43.3 52.9 (a) CRL Osaka Identical ±2SD

18.1.10.11 CRL JSUM GA 7w0d 5.5 8.7 11.9
8w0d 7.8 13.0 18.2
Standardization of ultrasonic fetal biometry 9w0d 13.0 20.4 27.8
and Japanese reference values 10w0d 20.4 30.0 39.6
J Med Ultrasonics Vol. 30 No. 3 (2003)
11w0d 29.6 41.2 52.8
J416-J440
12w0d 39.2 53.0 66.8
10%, 90% 12w6d 47.6 63.2 78.8

Value (mm) Age
(days)
13.0 8w0d 7
(b) CRL Osaka Identical ±1.5SD
20.0 9w0d 6
28.5 10w0d 5
Age -1.5SD (mm) Mean (mm) +1.5SD (mm)
38.5 11w0d 5
7w0d 6.3 8.7 11.1
43.0 11w3d 4
8w0d 9.1 13.0 16.9
9w0d 14.9 20.4 26.0
10w0d 22.8 30.0 37.2
11w0d 32.5 41.2 49.9
12w0d 42.7 53.0 63.4
12w6d 51.5 63.2 74.9
No. 2B771-023EN
18-33
18.1.10.14 CRL Rempen FG 18.1.10.16 CRL Robinson FG
Rempen A: H.P. Robinson, Honorary Senior Registrar
"Biometrie in der fruehgravitaet (l. trimenon)" "A critical evaluation of sonar crown-rump
Der Frauenarzt 32/1991:425-430 length measurements"
British Journal of Obstetrics and
Age 5% (mm) Mean (mm) 95% (mm) Gynaecology September 1975 82: 702-710
5w5d 0.0 1.2 9.0
7w0d 1.7 9.5 17.3 6w2d 3.9 6.8 9.8
8w0d 8.9 16.7 24.5 7w0d 6.6 10.3 14.0
9w0d 16.8 24.6 32.4 8w0d 11.7 16.4 21.0
10w0d 25.5 33.3 41.1 9w0d 18.2 23.9 29.5
11w0d 34.8 42.6 50.4 10w0d 26.1 32.7 39.3
12w0d 44.9 52.7 60.5 11w0d 35.5 43.1 50.6
13w0d 55.7 63.5 71.3 12w0d 46.2 54.8 63.3
13w2d 58.9 66.7 74.5 13w0d 58.4 67.9 77.4

14w0d 71.9 82.4 93.0
18.1.10.15 CRL Rempen GA

18.1.10.17 CRL Robinson GA
Rempen A:
"Biometrie in der fruehgravitaet H.P. Robinson, Honorary Senior Registrar
(l. trimenon)." "A critical evaluation of sonar crown-rump
Der Frauenarzt 32: 425-430, 1991. length measurements"
British Journal of Obstetrics and
5%, 95% Gynaecology September 1975 82: 702-710
Value (mm) Age
(days)
2.0 6w0d 6 5%, 95%
Value (mm) Age
(days)
9.0 7w0d 6
6.7 6w3d 5
17.0 8w0d 6
10.0 7w0d 5
25.0 9w0d 6
16.0 8w0d 5
34.0 10w0d 6
24.0 9w0d 5
43.5 11w0d 6
33.0 10w0d 5
54.5 12w0d 6
43.5 11w0d 5
67.5 13w0d 6
56.0 12w0d 5
78.0 13w5d 6
69.5 13w0d 5
82.4 13w6d 5
No. 2B771-023EN
18-34
18.1.10.18 CRL Robinson and 18.1.10.19 CRL Tokyo FG
Fleming GA
Takashi Okai
BMUS (British Medical Ultrasound Society) "Studies on Fetal Growth and Functional
Fetal size & dating: Developments"
Charts recommended for clinical obstetric Department of Obstetrics and Gynecology,
practice Faculty of Medicine, University of Tokyo
February 2007 P. 6, 7, 14
(a) CRL Tokyo FG ±5%/95%
Value (mm) Age 5% (days) 95% (days)
4.0 6w0d 4 4 Age 5% (mm) Mean (mm) 95% (mm)
6.0 6w3d 3 4 7w6d 9.5 14.6 20.5
8.0 6w6d 4 4 8w0d 9.6 15.3 20.7
10.0 7w2d 4 4 9w0d 13.7 20.2 25.4
12.0 7w4d 4 4 10w0d 19.3 27.8 33.3
14.0 7w6d 3 4 11w0d 26.4 36.6 43.7
16.0 8w2d 4 3
12w0d 35.6 46.8 56.7
18.0 8w3d 3 4
13w0d 45.0 57.9 71.5
20.0 8w5d 4 4
14w0d 56.5 70.3 90.1
22.0 9w0d 4 4
24.0 9w2d 4 4
26.0 9w3d 4 4 (b) CRL Tokyo FG ±1.5SD
28.0 9w5d 4 4
30.0 9w6d 3 4 -1.5SD +1.5SD
Age Mean (mm)
32.0 10w1d 4 4 (mm) (mm)
34.0 10w2d 4 4 7w6d 9.9 14.6 20.0
36.0 10w4d 4 3 8w0d 10.1 15.3 20.2
38.0 10w5d 4 4 9w0d 14.3 20.2 25.0
40.0 10w6d 4 4 10w0d 20.0 27.8 32.8
42.0 11w0d 3 4
11w0d 27.3 36.6 43.1
44.0 11w2d 4 4
12w0d 36.6 46.8 55.9
46.0 11w3d 4 4
13w0d 46.1 57.9 70.3
48.0 11w4d 4 4
14w0d 57.7 70.3 88.4
50.0 11w5d 4 4
52.0 11w6d 3 4
54.0 12w1d 4 3
56.0 12w2d 4 4 18.1.10.20 CRL Tokyo GA
58.0 12w3d 4 4
60.0 12w4d 4 4 Takashi Okai
62.0 12w5d 4 4
"Studies on Fetal Growth and Functional
Developments"
64.0 12w6d 4 4
Department of Obstetrics and Gynecology,
66.0 13w0d 4 4
Faculty of Medicine, University of Tokyo
68.0 13w1d 4 4
70.0 13w2d 4 4
Value (mm) Age ±2SD (days)
72.0 13w3d 4 4
15.0 8w0d 7
74.0 13w4d 4 4
20.0 9w0d 7
76.0 13w5d 4 4
78.0 13w6d 4 3 28.0 10w0d 5
80.0 14w2d 4 3 37.0 11w0d 5

47.0 12w0d 5
58.0 13w0d 6
70.0 14w0d 7
No. 2B771-023EN
18-35
18.1.11 Fibula 18.1.12 FL
18.1.11.1 Fibula Merz FG 18.1.12.1 FL ASUM-V1 GA

Merz E: POLICY ON OBSTETRIC EXAMINATIONS
"Ultrasound in Gynecology and Obstetrics" NORMAL ULTRASONIC FETAL
Stuttgart, New York, Thieme Medical MEASUREMENTS JUNE 1991
Publishers, Inc. 1991; 312
Age 5% (mm) Mean (mm) 95% (mm) 10.0 12w6d 10
12w0d 2.0 5.0 8.0 10.5 13w0d 10
13w0d 5.0 8.0 11.0 14.5 14w0d 10
14w0d 8.0 11.0 14.0 17.5 15w0d 10
15w0d 11.0 15.0 17.0 21.0 16w0d 10
16w0d 14.0 17.0 20.0 24.5 17w0d 22
17w0d 16.0 19.0 22.0 27.5 18w0d 22
18w0d 19.0 22.0 25.0 30.5 19w0d 22
19w0d 21.0 25.0 28.0 33.3 20w0d 22
20w0d 24.0 27.0 30.0 36.0 21w0d 22
21w0d 26.0 30.0 33.0 38.5 22w0d 22
22w0d 29.0 32.0 35.0 41.3 23w0d 22
23w0d 31.0 35.0 38.0 43.6 24w0d 22
24w0d 33.0 37.0 40.0 46.3 25w0d 22
25w0d 36.0 39.0 42.0 48.6 26w0d 22
26w0d 38.0 41.0 45.0 51.0 27w0d 22
27w0d 40.0 43.0 47.0 53.5 28w0d 22
28w0d 42.0 45.0 49.0 55.6 29w0d 22
29w0d 43.0 47.0 51.0 58.0 30w0d 22
30w0d 45.0 49.0 52.0 60.2 31w0d 22
31w0d 47.0 51.0 54.0 62.3 32w0d 22
32w0d 48.0 52.0 56.0 64.3 33w0d 22
33w0d 50.0 54.0 58.0 66.5 34w0d 22
34w0d 51.0 55.0 59.0 68.6 35w0d 22
35w0d 53.0 57.0 60.0 70.6 36w0d 22
36w0d 54.0 58.0 62.0 72.6 37w0d 22
37w0d 55.0 59.0 63.0 74.5 38w0d 22
38w0d 56.0 60.0 64.0 76.3 39w0d 22
39w0d 57.0 61.0 66.0 78.2 40w0d 22
40w0d 59.0 63.0 67.0 79.0 40w3d 22
No. 2B771-023EN
18-36
18.1.12.2 FL ASUM-V2 FG 18.1.12.3 FL ASUM-V2 GA
P. 28-P. 31 P. 28-P. 31
11w0d 6.0 8.0 10.0 6.0 10w5d ---
12w0d 7.5 10.0 12.5 7.0 11w0d ---
13w0d 8.5 11.0 13.5 9.6 12w0d ---
14w0d 12.0 15.0 18.0 12.5 13w0d ---
15w0d 13.5 17.0 20.5 15.3 14w0d ---
16w0d 18.0 22.0 26.0 18.0 15w0d ---
17w0d 21.0 25.0 29.0 21.0 16w0d ---
18w0d 23.0 28.0 33.0 24.0 17w0d ---
19w0d 25.0 30.0 35.0 27.0 18w0d ---
20w0d 26.0 32.0 38.0 30.0 19w0d ---
21w0d 28.0 34.0 40.0 32.6 20w0d ---
22w0d 32.0 37.0 42.0 35.6 21w0d ---
23w0d 38.0 43.0 48.0 38.3 22w0d ---
24w0d 41.0 45.0 49.0 41.0 23w0d ---
25w0d 43.0 48.0 53.0 43.6 24w0d ---
26w0d 44.0 49.0 54.0 46.3 25w0d ---
27w0d 45.0 50.0 55.0 49.0 26w0d ---
28w0d 50.0 54.0 58.0 51.3 27w0d ---
29w0d 49.5 55.0 60.5 53.6 28w0d ---
30w0d 52.0 58.0 64.0 55.7 29w0d ---
31w0d 53.5 59.0 64.5 58.0 30w0d ---
32w0d 56.0 62.0 68.0 60.0 31w0d ---
33w0d 61.0 65.0 69.0 62.0 32w0d ---
34w0d 62.0 66.0 70.0 64.0 33w0d ---
35w0d 61.0 67.0 73.0 66.0 34w0d ---
36w0d 63.0 69.0 75.0 67.7 35w0d ---
37w0d 67.0 72.0 77.0 69.5 36w0d ---
38w0d 67.5 73.0 78.5 71.2 37w0d ---
39w0d 69.0 75.0 81.0 72.8 38w0d ---
40w0d 72.0 76.0 80.0 74.4 39w0d ---
41w0d 72.0 77.0 82.0 76.0 40w0d ---
77.5 41w0d ---
79.0 42w0d ---
80.4 43w0d ---
81.8 44w0d ---
82.0 44w1d ---
No. 2B771-023EN
18-37
18.1.12.4 FL CFEF FG 18.1.12.5 FL Chitty FG
Biometry 2000. Fetal growth charts by the Chitty, L.S., Altman, D.G.
Collège Français d'Echographie Foetale "Charts of Fetal Size: 4. Femur Length"
(CFEF; the "French College of Fetal British Journal of Obstetrics & Gynae-cology,
Ultrasonography") and INSERM U 155. Jan. 1994, vol. 101, P. 132-P. 135
Gynecol Obstet Fertil 2000 Jun; 28 (6):
435-45 Age 3% (mm) Mean (mm) 97% (mm)
12w0d 4.4 7.7 11.1
12w0d 2.8 6.3 10.0 14w0d 10.6 14.1 17.6
13w0d 6.1 9.9 13.7 15w0d 13.6 17.2 20.8
14w0d 9.4 13.3 17.3 16w0d 16.5 20.3 24.0
15w0d 12.6 16.7 20.8 17w0d 19.4 23.3 27.2
16w0d 15.7 20.0 24.2 18w0d 22.3 26.3 30.2
17w0d 18.7 23.1 27.5 19w0d 25.1 29.2 33.3
18w0d 21.7 26.2 30.8 20w0d 27.9 32.1 36.3
19w0d 24.6 29.3 33.9 21w0d 30.6 34.9 39.2
20w0d 27.4 32.2 37.0 22w0d 33.2 37.6 42.0
21w0d 30.1 35.1 40.0 23w0d 35.8 40.3 44.8
22w0d 32.8 37.9 42.9 24w0d 38.3 42.9 47.6
23w0d 35.3 40.5 45.7 25w0d 40.8 45.5 50.2
24w0d 37.9 43.2 48.4 26w0d 43.1 48.0 52.8
25w0d 40.3 45.7 51.1 27w0d 45.4 50.4 55.3
26w0d 42.7 48.2 53.6 28w0d 47.6 52.7 57.8
27w0d 45.0 50.5 56.1 29w0d 49.8 55.0 60.1
28w0d 47.1 52.8 58.5 30w0d 51.8 57.1 62.4
29w0d 49.2 54.9 60.7 31w0d 53.8 59.2 64.6
30w0d 51.3 57.1 62.9 32w0d 55.7 61.2 66.7
31w0d 53.3 59.2 65.0 33w0d 57.5 63.1 68.7
32w0d 55.1 61.1 67.1 34w0d 59.2 64.9 70.6
33w0d 57.0 63.0 69.0 35w0d 60.8 66.6 72.4
34w0d 58.7 64.8 70.8 36w0d 62.3 68.2 74.1
35w0d 60.3 66.5 72.6 37w0d 63.7 69.7 75.8
36w0d 61.9 68.1 74.3 38w0d 64.9 71.1 77.3
37w0d 63.4 69.6 75.9 39w0d 66.1 72.4 78.7
38w0d 64.8 71.1 77.4 40w0d 67.2 73.6 79.9
39w0d 66.2 72.5 78.8 41w0d 68.1 74.6 81.1
40w0d 67.4 73.8 80.2 42w0d 69.0 75.6 82.2
41w0d 68.0 74.0 81.0
No. 2B771-023EN
18-38
18.1.12.6 FL Chitty GA 18.1.12.7 FL Hadlock FG
Altman, D.G., and Chitty, L.S. Hadlock FP, Deter RL, Harrist RB, Park SK:
New charts for ultrasound dating of "Estimating fetal age: Computer-assisted
pregnancy analysis of multiple fetal growth parameters"
Ultrasound Obstet. 10 (1997) 174-191 Radiology 1984 ; 152: 497-502.
5%, 95% Age -1SD (mm) Mean (mm) +1SD (mm)

Value (mm) Age
(days)
12w0d 4.2 7.2 10.2
10.0 13w0d 6
13w0d 7.7 10.7 13.7
13.5 14w0d 7
14w0d 11.0 14.0 17.0
17.0 15w0d 8
15w0d 14.3 17.3 20.3
20.0 16w0d 8
16w0d 17.5 20.5 23.5
23.3 17w0d 9
17w0d 20.7 23.7 26.7
26.3 18w0d 10
18w0d 23.7 26.7 29.7
29.3 19w0d 11
19w0d 26.8 29.8 32.8
32.0 20w0d 11
20w0d 29.7 32.7 35.7
35.0 21w0d 12
21w0d 32.6 35.6 38.6
37.6 22w0d 13
22w0d 35.4 38.4 41.4
40.3 23w0d 14
23w0d 38.1 41.1 44.1
42.6 24w0d 14
24w0d 40.8 43.8 46.8
45.3 25w0d 16
25w0d 43.4 46.4 49.4
47.6 26w0d 17
26w0d 45.9 48.9 51.9
50.0 27w0d 17
27w0d 48.4 51.4 54.4
52.3 28w0d 18
28w0d 50.8 53.8 56.8
54.5 29w0d 19
29w0d 53.1 56.1 59.1
56.6 30w0d 20
30w0d 55.4 58.4 61.4
58.7 31w0d 21
31w0d 57.6 60.6 63.6
60.7 32w0d 21
32w0d 59.7 62.7 65.7
62.7 33w0d 22
33w0d 61.8 64.8 67.8
64.7 34w0d 23
34w0d 63.8 66.8 69.8
66.7 35w0d 25
35w0d 65.7 68.7 71.7
67.0 35w1d 25
36w0d 67.6 70.6 73.6
37w0d 69.3 72.3 75.3
38w0d 71.1 74.1 77.1
39w0d 72.7 75.7 78.7
40w0d 74.3 77.3 80.3
*1
41w0d 75.8 78.8 81.8
*1
42w0d 77.3 80.3 83.3

the preset.
No. 2B771-023EN
18-39
18.1.12.8 FL Hadlock GA 18.1.12.9 FL Hansmann FG
Hadlock FP, Deter RL, Harrist RB, Park SK: Hansmann H, Hackeloer B., Staudach A.
"Estimating fetal age: Computer-assisted "Ultrasound Diagnosis in Obstetrics and
analysis of multiple fetal growth parameters" Gynecology"
Radiology 1984 ; 152: 497-502. New York, Springer Verlag, 1986, English
Edition (ISBN 0-387-15384-9); P. 431
6.4 12w0d 10 Age 5% (mm) Mean (mm) 95% (mm)
10.0 13w0d 10 12w0d 4.0 8.0 13.0
13.5 14w0d 10 13w0d 6.0 11.0 16.0
17.0 15w0d 10 14w0d 9.0 14.0 18.0
20.0 16w0d 10 15w0d 12.0 17.0 21.0
23.3 17w0d 10 16w0d 15.0 20.0 24.0
26.3 18w0d 10 17w0d 18.0 23.0 27.0
29.3 19w0d 10 18w0d 21.0 25.0 30.0
32.0 20w0d 13 19w0d 24.0 28.0 33.0
35.0 21w0d 13 20w0d 26.0 31.0 36.0
37.6 22w0d 13 21w0d 29.0 34.0 38.0
40.3 23w0d 13 22w0d 32.0 36.0 41.0
45.3 25w0d 15 23w0d 35.0 39.0 44.0
47.6 26w0d 15 24w0d 37.0 42.0 46.0
50.3 27w0d 15 25w0d 40.0 44.0 49.0
52.6 28w0d 15 26w0d 42.0 47.0 51.0
55.0 29w0d 15 27w0d 45.0 49.0 54.0
57.3 30w0d 15 28w0d 47.0 52.0 56.0
59.5 31w0d 21 29w0d 50.0 54.0 59.0
61.6 32w0d 21 30w0d 52.0 56.0 61.0
64.0 33w0d 21 31w0d 54.0 59.0 63.0
66.0 34w0d 21 32w0d 56.0 61.0 65.0
68.0 35w0d 21 33w0d 58.0 63.0 67.0
70.2 36w0d 21 34w0d 60.0 65.0 69.0
72.2 37w0d 22 35w0d 62.0 67.0 71.0
74.2 38w0d 22 36w0d 64.0 68.0 73.0
76.2 39w0d 22 37w0d 65.0 70.0 74.0
78.2 40w0d 22 38w0d 67.0 71.0 76.0
80.2 41w0d 22 39w0d 68.0 73.0 77.0
82.1 42w0d 22 40w0d 70.0 74.0 79.0
No. 2B771-023EN
18-40
18.1.12.10 FL Hansmann GA 18.1.12.11 FL Hohler GA
Hansmann H, Hackeloer B., Staudach A. CHARLES W. HOHLER, M.D.
"Ultrasound Diagnosis in Obstetrics and Fetal femur length:Equations for computer
Gynecology" calculation of gestational age from
New York, Springer Verlag, 1986, English ultrasound measurements.
Edition (ISBN 0-387-15384-9); P. 431 American Journal of Obstetrics and
Gynecology June 15,1982; 143 (No. 4):
Value (mm) Age --- P. 497-P. 481
10.0 13w0d ---
12.0 14w0d --- Value (mm) Age ---
16.0 15w0d --- 10.0 12w0d ---
18.0 16w0d --- 13.3 13w0d ---
22.0 17w0d --- 16.5 14w0d ---
25.0 18w0d --- 19.5 15w0d ---
28.0 19w0d --- 22.5 16w0d ---
31.0 20w0d --- 25.5 17w0d ---
34.0 21w0d --- 28.3 18w0d ---
36.0 22w0d --- 31.0 19w0d ---
39.0 23w0d --- 33.6 20w0d ---
41.0 24w0d --- 36.3 21w0d ---
44.0 25w0d --- 39.0 22w0d ---
47.0 26w0d --- 41.3 23w0d ---
49.0 27w0d --- 44.0 24w0d ---
51.0 28w0d --- 46.3 25w0d ---
54.0 29w0d --- 48.6 26w0d ---
56.0 30w0d --- 51.0 27w0d ---
59.0 31w0d --- 53.3 28w0d ---
61.0 32w0d --- 55.6 29w0d ---
63.0 33w0d --- 58.0 30w0d ---
65.0 34w0d --- 60.0 31w0d ---
67.0 35w0d --- 62.3 32w0d ---
69.0 36w0d --- 64.3 33w0d ---
71.0 37w0d --- 66.5 34w0d ---
73.0 38w0d --- 68.5 35w0d ---
74.0 39w0d --- 70.6 36w0d ---
75.0 40w0d --- 72.6 37w0d ---

74.6 38w0d ---
76.5 39w0d ---
78.5 40w0d ---
80.0 40w5d ---
No. 2B771-023EN
18-41
18.1.12.12 FL Jeanty FG 18.1.12.13 FL Jeanty GA
Jeanty P, Dramaix-Wilmet M, van Kerkem J, Jeanty P, Rodesch F, Delbeke D, Dumont
Petroons P, Schwers J. JE
"Ultrasound Evaluation of Fetal Limb Growth, "Estimation of gestational age from
Part II." measurements of fetal long bones"
Radiology 1982; 143: 751-754 J Ultrasound Med 3: 75-79. 1984.
Age 5% (mm) Mean (mm) 95% (mm) 5%, 95%

Value (mm) Age
(days)
12w0d 4.0 8.0 13.0
10.0 12w4d 16
13w0d 6.0 11.0 16.0
11.3 13w0d 16
14w0d 9.0 14.0 18.0
14.5 14w0d 16
15w0d 12.0 17.0 21.0
17.5 15w0d 16
16w0d 15.0 20.0 24.0
20.3 16w0d 16
17w0d 18.0 23.0 27.0
23.3 17w0d 16
18w0d 21.0 25.0 30.0
26.0 18w0d 15
19w0d 24.0 28.0 33.0
29.0 19w0d 15
20w0d 26.0 31.0 36.0
31.5 20w0d 15
21w0d 29.0 34.0 38.0
34.5 21w0d 16
22w0d 32.0 36.0 41.0
37.0 22w0d 15
23w0d 35.0 39.0 44.0
40.0 23w0d 16
24w0d 37.0 42.0 46.0
42.6 24w0d 16
25w0d 40.0 44.0 49.0
45.0 25w0d 15
26w0d 42.0 47.0 51.0
47.5 26w0d 16
27w0d 45.0 49.0 54.0
50.0 27w0d 15
28w0d 47.0 52.0 56.0
52.5 28w0d 16
29w0d 50.0 54.0 59.0
54.7 29w0d 15
30w0d 52.0 56.0 61.0
57.3 30w0d 16
31w0d 54.0 59.0 63.0
59.6 31w0d 15
32w0d 56.0 61.0 65.0
62.0 32w0d 15
33w0d 58.0 63.0 67.0
64.3 33w0d 16
34w0d 60.0 65.0 69.0
66.6 34w0d 16
35w0d 62.0 67.0 71.0
69.0 35w0d 15
36w0d 64.0 68.0 73.0
71.2 36w0d 16
37w0d 65.0 70.0 74.0
73.3 37w0d 15
38w0d 67.0 71.0 76.0
75.6 38w0d 16
39w0d 68.0 73.0 77.0
78.0 39w0d 16
40w0d 70.0 74.0 79.0
80.0 40w0d 15
No. 2B771-023EN
18-42
18.1.12.14 FL JSUM FG
Standardization of ultrasonic fetal biometry (b) FL JSUM FG ±1.5SD
J Med Ultrasonics Vol. 30 No. 3 (2003) -1.5SD +1.5SD
Age Mean (mm)
J416-J440 (mm) (mm)
16w0d 16.2 20.1 24.1
(a) FL JSUM FG ±2SD 17w0d 18.7 22.7 26.7
18w0d 21.2 25.3 29.3
Age -2SD (mm) Mean (mm) +2SD (mm) 19w0d 23.7 27.8 31.9
16w0d 14.9 20.1 25.4 20w0d 26.2 30.4 34.5
17w0d 17.4 22.7 28.0 21w0d 28.7 32.9 37.1
18w0d 19.8 25.3 30.7 22w0d 31.1 35.4 39.7
19w0d 22.3 27.8 33.3 23w0d 33.5 37.9 42.2
20w0d 24.8 30.4 35.9 24w0d 35.9 40.3 44.7
21w0d 27.3 32.9 38.5 25w0d 38.3 42.7 47.1
22w0d 29.7 35.4 41.1 26w0d 40.6 45.0 49.5
23w0d 32.1 37.9 43.6 27w0d 42.8 47.3 51.8
24w0d 34.5 40.3 46.1 28w0d 45.0 49.6 54.1
25w0d 36.8 42.7 48.6 29w0d 47.1 51.7 56.3
26w0d 39.1 45.0 51.0 30w0d 49.2 53.8 58.5
27w0d 41.3 47.3 53.3 31w0d 51.1 55.8 60.6
28w0d 43.5 49.6 55.6 32w0d 53.0 57.8 62.5
29w0d 45.6 51.7 57.9 33w0d 54.8 59.6 64.4
30w0d 47.6 53.8 60.0 34w0d 56.5 61.4 66.3
31w0d 49.5 55.8 62.1 35w0d 58.1 63.0 68.0
32w0d 51.4 57.8 64.1 36w0d 59.6 64.6 69.6
33w0d 53.2 59.6 66.1 37w0d 61.0 66.0 71.1
34w0d 54.9 61.4 67.9 38w0d 62.3 67.4 72.4
35w0d 56.5 63.0 69.6 39w0d 63.4 68.6 73.7
36w0d 58.0 64.6 71.2 40w0d 64.5 69.6 74.8
37w0d 59.3 66.0 72.7 41w0d 65.4 70.6 75.8
38w0d 60.6 67.4 74.1 42w0d 66.1 71.4 76.7
39w0d 61.7 68.6 75.4
40w0d 62.7 69.6 76.5
41w0d 63.6 70.6 77.5
42w0d 64.3 71.4 78.4
No. 2B771-023EN
18-43
18.1.12.15 FL JSUM GA 18.1.12.16 FL Merz FG
Standardization of ultrasonic fetal biometry Merz E:
and Japanese reference values "Ultrasound in Gynecology and Obstetrics"
J Med Ultrasonics Vol. 30 No. 3 (2003) Stuttgart, New York, Thieme Medical
J416-J440 Publishers, Inc. 1991; 312
Value (mm) Age ±1SD (days) Age 5% (mm) Mean (mm) 95% (mm)
20.0 16w1d 6 12w0d 5.0 9.0 13.0
22.5 17w0d 7 13w0d 8.0 12.0 16.0
25.5 18w0d 7 14w0d 11.0 15.0 19.0
28.5 19w0d 7 15w0d 14.0 18.0 22.0
31.0 20w0d 8 16w0d 17.0 21.0 25.0
33.6 21w0d 8 17w0d 20.0 24.0 28.0
36.3 22w0d 8 18w0d 22.0 27.0 31.0
38.6 23w0d 9 19w0d 25.0 30.0 34.0
41.0 24w0d 9 20w0d 28.0 32.0 37.0
43.2 25w0d 9 21w0d 31.0 35.0 40.0
45.3 26w0d 10 22w0d 34.0 38.0 42.0
47.5 27w0d 10 23w0d 36.0 41.0 45.0
49.5 28w0d 10 24w0d 39.0 43.0 48.0
51.5 29w0d 11 25w0d 41.0 46.0 51.0
53.5 30w0d 11 26w0d 44.0 49.0 53.0
55.5 31w0d 11 27w0d 46.0 51.0 56.0
57.2 32w0d 11 28w0d 49.0 53.0 58.0
59.0 33w0d 12 29w0d 51.0 56.0 61.0
61.0 34w0d 12 30w0d 53.0 58.0 63.0
62.7 35w0d 12 31w0d 56.0 60.0 65.0
64.5 36w0d 12 32w0d 58.0 63.0 68.0
66.0 37w0d 12 33w0d 60.0 65.0 70.0
67.7 38w0d 13 34w0d 62.0 67.0 72.0
69.4 39w0d 13 35w0d 64.0 69.0 74.0
70.0 39w3d 13 36w0d 66.0 71.0 76.0
37w0d 68.0 73.0 78.0
38w0d 69.0 75.0 80.0
39w0d 71.0 76.0 82.0
40w0d 73.0 78.0 84.0
No. 2B771-023EN
18-44
18.1.12.17 FL Merz GA 18.1.12.18 FL Nicolaides FG
Merz E: Nicolaides
"Ultrasound in Gynecology and Obstetrics" "Fetal biometry at 14-40 week's gestation"
Publishers, Inc. 1991; 326-336 1994: P. 34-P. 48
5%, 95% Age 5% (mm) Mean (mm) 95% (mm)

Value (mm) Age
(days)
14w0d 12.7 15.6 17.7
10.0 12w2d 9
15w0d 15.7 18.0 20.7
17.6 15w0d 9
16w0d 18.1 20.5 23.7
20.5 16w0d 9
17w0d 20.1 23.1 26.7
23.5 17w0d 10
18w0d 22.7 25.7 29.1
26.3 18w0d 11
19w0d 25.1 28.4 31.7
31.6 20w0d 10
20w0d 27.7 31.1 34.7
34.5 21w0d 12
21w0d 30.7 33.8 37.7
37.3 22w0d 12
22w0d 33.1 36.5 40.7
39.6 23w0d 12
23w0d 35.7 39.2 43.7
42.5 24w0d 12
24w0d 38.1 41.9 46.1
47.5 26w0d 13
25w0d 40.7 44.5 48.7
50.3 27w0d 13
26w0d 43.1 47.1 51.7
52.6 28w0d 13
27w0d 45.7 49.6 54.1
57.5 30w0d 14
28w0d 48.1 52.1 56.7
62.5 32w0d 14
29w0d 50.1 54.5 59.1
64.5 33w0d 14
30w0d 52.1 56.8 61.7
66.7 34w0d 14
31w0d 54.1 59.0 64.1
71.3 36w0d 15
32w0d 56.1 61.2 66.1
73.3 37w0d 15
33w0d 58.1 63.2 68.1
75.6 38w0d 16
34w0d 60.1 65.1 70.1
77.6 39w0d 15
35w0d 62.1 66.8 72.1
79.7 40w0d 15
36w0d 63.6 68.5 73.6
80.0 40w1d 15
37w0d 65.1 70.0 75.1
38w0d 66.6 71.3 76.6
39w0d 67.6 72.6 77.6
39w6d 68.4 73.5 78.4
No. 2B771-023EN
18-45
18.1.12.19 FL Nicolaides GA 18.1.12.20 FL O'Brien FG
Nicolaides GREGORY D. O’BRIEN, M.B.
"Fetal biometry at 14-40 week's gestation" "Growth of the Ultrasound femur length
Ultrasound in Obstetrics and Gynecology 4 during normal pregnancy."
1994: P. 34-P. 48 American Journal of Obstetrics and
Gynecology 1981; 141: 833-837
Value (mm) Age ---
16.0 14w1d --- Age -2SD (mm) Mean (mm) +2SD (mm)
18.0 15w0d --- 14w0d 14.1 16.6 19.1
20.6 16w0d --- 15w0d 17.6 19.9 22.2
23.0 17w0d --- 16w0d 19.0 22.0 25.0
25.6 18w0d --- 17w0d 22.3 25.2 28.1
28.3 19w0d --- 18w0d 26.5 29.6 32.7
31.0 20w0d --- 19w0d 29.3 32.4 35.5
34.0 21w0d --- 20w0d 32.3 34.8 37.3
36.5 22w0d --- 21w0d 33.4 37.5 41.6
39.3 23w0d --- 22w0d 37.0 40.9 44.8
42.0 24w0d --- 23w0d 39.9 43.5 47.1
44.5 25w0d --- 24w0d 42.9 46.4 49.9
47.0 26w0d --- 25w0d 43.4 48.0 52.6
49.6 27w0d --- 26w0d 46.1 51.1 56.1
52.0 28w0d --- 27w0d 49.8 53.0 56.2
54.6 29w0d --- 28w0d 50.3 54.4 58.5
56.7 30w0d --- 29w0d 53.0 57.3 61.6
59.0 31w0d --- 30w0d 54.9 58.7 62.5
61.2 32w0d --- 31w0d 57.0 61.5 66.0
63.2 33w0d --- 32w0d 58.6 62.8 67.0
65.0 34w0d --- 33w0d 60.3 64.9 69.5
66.7 35w0d --- 34w0d 61.3 65.7 70.1
68.5 36w0d --- 35w0d 62.9 67.7 72.5
70.0 37w0d --- 36w0d 64.9 69.5 74.1
71.4 38w0d --- 37w0d 66.5 70.8 75.1
72.5 39w0d --- 38w0d 66.2 71.8 77.4
74.0 39w6d --- 39w0d 69.1 74.2 79.3
40w0d 69.8 75.4 81.0
No. 2B771-023EN
18-46
18.1.12.21 FL Osaka Identical
Mineo Aoki, Motohiro Yamada (b) FL Osaka Identical ±1.5SD
Evaluation of fetal growth
Obstetrics and gynecological treatment Age -1.5SD (mm) Mean (mm) +1.5SD (mm)
Vol. 47 No. 5 (1983: 11) 13w0d 6.2 9.4 12.5
14w0d 9.3 12.6 15.8
(a) FL Osaka Identical ±2SD 15w0d 12.4 15.7 19.0
16w0d 15.4 18.8 22.1
17w0d 18.4 21.8 25.2
13w0d 5.2 9.4 13.6
18w0d 21.2 24.7 28.2
14w0d 8.2 12.6 17.0
19w0d 24.0 27.5 31.1
15w0d 11.3 15.7 20.1
20w0d 26.7 30.3 33.9
16w0d 14.4 18.8 23.2
21w0d 29.4 33.0 36.7
17w0d 17.2 21.8 26.4
22w0d 32.0 35.7 39.4
18w0d 20.1 24.7 29.3
23w0d 34.5 38.3 42.0
19w0d 22.7 27.5 32.3
24w0d 36.9 40.8 44.6
20w0d 25.5 30.3 35.1
25w0d 39.3 43.2 47.1
21w0d 28.2 33.0 37.8
26w0d 41.6 45.6 49.5
22w0d 30.7 35.7 40.7
27w0d 43.8 47.8 51.8
23w0d 33.3 38.3 43.3
28w0d 46.0 50.1 54.1
24w0d 35.8 40.8 45.8
29w0d 48.1 52.2 56.3
25w0d 38.0 43.2 48.4
30w0d 50.1 54.3 58.5
26w0d 40.4 45.6 50.8
31w0d 52.1 56.3 60.5
27w0d 42.4 47.8 53.2
32w0d 53.9 58.2 62.5
28w0d 44.7 50.1 55.5
33w0d 55.7 60.1 64.4
29w0d 46.8 52.2 57.6
34w0d 57.5 61.9 66.3
30w0d 48.7 54.3 59.9
35w0d 59.2 63.6 68.1
31w0d 50.7 56.3 61.9
36w0d 60.8 65.3 69.8
32w0d 52.4 58.2 64.0
37w0d 62.3 66.9 71.4
33w0d 54.3 60.1 65.9
38w0d 63.7 68.4 73.0
34w0d 56.1 61.9 67.7
39w0d 65.1 69.8 74.5
35w0d 57.6 63.6 69.6
40w0d 66.4 71.2 75.9
36w0d 59.3 65.3 71.3 *1
41w0d 67.7 72.5 77.3
37w0d 60.7 66.9 73.1 *1
42w0d 68.8 73.7 78.6
38w0d 62.2 68.4 74.6
39w0d 63.6 69.8 76.0
40w0d 64.8 71.2 77.6
the preset.
*1
41w0d 66.1 72.5 78.9
*1
42w0d 67.2 73.7 80.2

the preset.
No. 2B771-023EN
18-47
18.1.12.22 FL Tokyo FG
Norio Shinozuka, Haruo Masuda, Hidenori (b) FL Tokyo FG ±1.5SD
Generation of reference values in ultrasonic Age -1.5SD (mm) Mean (mm) +1.5SD (mm)
fetal biometry 16w0d 17.40 21.40 25.40
Jpn Med Ultrasonics Vol. 23 No. 12 (1996) 17w0d 19.90 24.00 28.00
P. 877-P. 888 18w0d 22.50 26.50 30.60
19w0d 25.00 29.10 33.20
(a) FL Tokyo FG 5%/95%
20w0d 27.40 31.60 35.80
21w0d 29.90 34.10 38.40
22w0d 32.30 36.60 40.90
16w0d 17.10 21.40 25.80
23w0d 34.70 39.10 43.40
17w0d 19.60 24.00 28.40
24w0d 37.10 41.50 45.90
18w0d 22.10 26.50 31.00
25w0d 39.40 43.90 48.30
19w0d 24.60 29.10 33.60
26w0d 41.70 46.20 50.70
20w0d 27.10 31.60 36.20
27w0d 43.90 48.40 53.00
21w0d 29.50 34.10 38.80
28w0d 46.10 50.60 55.20
22w0d 31.90 36.60 41.30
29w0d 48.10 52.80 57.40
23w0d 34.30 39.10 43.80
30w0d 50.10 54.80 59.50
24w0d 36.70 41.50 46.30
31w0d 52.10 56.80 61.60
25w0d 39.00 43.90 48.70 32w0d 53.90 58.70 63.50
26w0d 41.30 46.20 51.10 33w0d 55.70 60.50 65.40
27w0d 43.50 48.40 53.40 34w0d 57.30 62.20 67.10
28w0d 45.60 50.60 55.70 35w0d 58.90 63.80 68.80
29w0d 47.70 52.80 57.90 36w0d 60.30 65.30 70.30
30w0d 49.70 54.80 60.00 37w0d 61.70 66.70 71.80
31w0d 51.60 56.80 62.00 38w0d 62.90 68.00 73.10
32w0d 53.50 58.70 64.00 39w0d 64.00 69.10 74.30
33w0d 55.20 60.50 65.80 40w0d 64.90 70.10 75.30
34w0d 56.90 62.20 67.60 41w0d 65.70 71.00 76.20
35w0d 58.40 63.80 69.20 42w0d 66.40 71.70 77.00
36w0d 59.90 65.30 70.80
37w0d 61.20 66.70 72.20
38w0d 62.40 68.00 73.60
39w0d 63.50 69.10 74.70
40w0d 64.40 70.10 75.80
41w0d 65.30 71.00 76.70
42w0d 65.90 71.70 77.50
No. 2B771-023EN
18-48
18.1.12.23 FL Tokyo GA 18.1.12.24 FL Warda FG
Norio Shinozuka, Haruo Masuda, Hidenori Warda, A.H., Deter, R.L., Rossavik, I.K.,
Kagawa, Yuji Taketani Carpenter, R.J., Hadlock, F.P.
Generation of reference values in ultrasonic "Fetal Femur Length: A Critical Re-
fetal biometry evaluation of Relationship to Menstrual Age"
Jpn Med Ultrasonics Vol. 23 No. 12 (1996) Obstetrics & Gynecology, July 1985, Vol. 66,
P. 877-P. 888 No. 1, P. 69-P. 75
5%, 95% Age -2SD (mm) Mean (mm) +2SD (mm)

Value (mm) Age
(days)
12w0d 5.7 6.6 7.6
20.0 16w1d 10
13w0d 8.6 10.0 11.4
22.5 17w0d 11
14w0d 11.4 13.3 15.1
25.5 18w0d 12
15w0d 14.2 16.5 18.8
28.5 19w0d 12
16w0d 16.9 19.6 22.4
31.0 20w0d 13
17w0d 19.5 22.7 25.9
33.6 21w0d 13
18w0d 22.1 25.7 29.3
36.3 22w0d 14
19w0d 24.6 28.7 32.7
38.6 23w0d 14
20w0d 27.1 31.5 35.9
41.0 24w0d 15
21w0d 29.5 34.3 39.1
43.2 25w0d 15
22w0d 31.9 37.1 42.3
45.3 26w0d 16
23w0d 34.2 39.7 45.3
47.5 27w0d 16
24w0d 36.4 42.3 48.3
49.5 28w0d 17
25w0d 38.6 44.9 51.2
51.5 29w0d 17
26w0d 40.7 47.3 54.0
53.5 30w0d 18
27w0d 42.8 49.7 56.7
55.5 31w0d 18
28w0d 44.8 52.1 59.4
57.2 32w0d 18
29w0d 46.7 54.3 61.9
59.0 33w0d 19
30w0d 48.6 56.5 64.4
61.0 34w0d 19
31w0d 50.4 58.6 66.9
62.7 35w0d 20
32w0d 52.2 60.7 69.2
64.5 36w0d 20
33w0d 53.9 62.7 71.5
66.0 37w0d 21
34w0d 55.6 64.6 73.6
67.7 38w0d 21
35w0d 57.1 66.5 75.8
69.4 39w0d 21
36w0d 58.7 68.2 77.8
70.0 39w3d 21
37w0d 60.2 69.9 79.7
38w0d 61.6 71.6 81.6
39w0d 62.9 73.2 83.4
40w0d 64.2 74.7 85.1
No. 2B771-023EN
18-49
18.1.12.25 FL Warda GA 18.1.13 Foot
Warda, A.H., Deter, R.L., Rossavik, I.K., 18.1.13.1 Foot Mercer FG
Carpenter, R.J., Hadlock, F.P.
"Fetal Femur Length: A Critical Re- Mercer, Sklar, et al
evaluation of Relationship to Menstrual Age" "Fetal foot length as a predictor of
Obstetrics & Gynecology, July 1985, Vol. 66, gestational age"
No. 1, P. 69-P. 75 Am J Obstet Gynecol 156: 350-355, 1987.
Value (mm) Age ±2SD (days) Age -2SD (mm) Mean (mm) +2SD (mm)
10.0 13w1d 10 12w0d 7.0 7.9 9.0
13.0 14w0d 11 13w0d 10.0 11.3 12.0
16.0 15w0d 12 14w0d 13.0 14.6 16.0
19.5 16w0d 13 15w0d 16.0 17.8 20.0
22.5 17w0d 13 16w0d 19.0 21.0 23.0
25.3 18w0d 14 17w0d 22.0 24.1 27.0
28.0 19w0d 14 18w0d 24.0 27.2 30.0
31.0 20w0d 15 19w0d 27.0 30.3 34.0
33.6 21w0d 16 20w0d 30.0 33.2 37.0
36.3 22w0d 17 21w0d 32.0 36.2 40.0
39.0 23w0d 17 22w0d 35.0 39.0 43.0
41.3 24w0d 18 23w0d 37.0 41.9 46.0
43.6 25w0d 19 24w0d 40.0 44.6 50.0
46.3 26w0d 20 25w0d 42.0 47.3 53.0
48.6 27w0d 21 26w0d 45.0 50.0 55.0
51.0 28w0d 21 27w0d 47.0 52.6 58.0
53.3 29w0d 22 28w0d 49.0 55.2 61.0
55.6 30w0d 23 29w0d 52.0 57.7 64.0
58.0 31w0d 24 30w0d 54.0 60.1 67.0
60.2 32w0d 24 31w0d 56.0 62.5 68.0
62.3 33w0d 25 32w0d 58.0 64.8 72.0
64.6 34w0d 26 33w0d 60.0 67.1 74.0
67.0 35w0d 27 34w0d 62.0 69.4 77.0
69.2 36w0d 27 35w0d 64.0 71.5 79.0
71.3 37w0d 28 36w0d 66.0 73.7 82.0
73.6 38w0d 29 37w0d 67.0 75.8 84.0
76.0 39w0d 30 38w0d 69.0 77.8 86.0
78.3 40w0d 30 39w0d 71.0 79.7 88.0
80.0 40w6d 31 40w0d 72.0 81.7 90.0
No. 2B771-023EN
18-50
18.1.13.2 Foot Mercer GA 18.1.14 FTA
Mercer, Sklar, et al 18.1.14.1 FTA Osaka Identical
"Fetal foot length as a predictor of
gestational age" Mineo Aoki, Motohiro Yamada
Am J Obstet Gynecol 156: 350-355, 1987. Evaluation of fetal growth
Obstetrics and gynecological treatment
Value (mm) Age ±2SD (days) Vol.47 No.5 (1983:11)
10.0 12w4d 7
11.5 13w0d 8 (a) FTA Osaka Identical ±2SD
14.5 14w0d 8
2 2 2
17.5 15w0d 8 Age -2SD (mm ) Mean (mm ) +2SD (mm )
20.6 16w0d 9 14w0d 320.0 560.0 800.0
23.5 17w0d 9 15w0d 450.0 730.0 1010.0
26.6 18w0d 10 16w0d 600.0 920.0 1240.0
29.5 19w0d 11 17w0d 770.0 1130.0 1490.0
32.3 20w0d 11 18w0d 950.0 1350.0 1750.0
35.5 21w0d 12 19w0d 1120.0 1580.0 2040.0
38.3 22w0d 13 20w0d 1340.0 1840.0 2340.0
40.6 23w0d 13 21w0d 1540.0 2100.0 2660.0
43.5 24w0d 13 22w0d 1760.0 2380.0 3000.0
46.3 25w0d 13 23w0d 2000.0 2680.0 3360.0
48.7 26w0d 14 24w0d 2250.0 2990.0 3730.0
51.5 27w0d 15 25w0d 2510.0 3310.0 4110.0
54.5 28w0d 16 26w0d 2770.0 3650.0 4530.0
57.0 29w0d 17 27w0d 3050.0 3990.0 4930.0
59.5 30w0d 17 28w0d 3320.0 4340.0 5360.0
62.0 31w0d 18 29w0d 3630.0 4710.0 5790.0
64.3 32w0d 18 30w0d 3920.0 5080.0 6240.0
67.0 33w0d 19 31w0d 4210.0 5450.0 6690.0
69.5 34w0d 19 32w0d 4490.0 5830.0 7170.0
72.0 35w0d 20 33w0d 4790.0 6210.0 7630.0
74.2 36w0d 20 34w0d 5080.0 6580.0 8080.0
76.3 37w0d 20 35w0d 5350.0 6950.0 8550.0
79.0 38w0d 21 36w0d 5640.0 7320.0 9000.0
81.5 39w0d 22 37w0d 5900.0 7680.0 9460.0
83.6 40w0d 22 38w0d 6140.0 8020.0 9900.0
86.0 41w0d 22 39w0d 6370.0 8350.0 10330.0

40w0d 6580.0 8660.0 10740.0
*1
41w0d 6750.0 8950.0 11140.0
*1
42w0d 6910.0 9210.0 11510.0

the preset.
No. 2B771-023EN
18-51
18.1.15 GS
(b) FTA Osaka Identical ±1.5SD 18.1.15.1 GS Hansmann FG
-1.5SD 2 +1.5SD Hansmann H, Hackeloer B., Staudach A.
Age 2 Mean (mm ) 2
(mm ) (mm )
"Ultrasound Diagnosis in Obstetrics and
14w0d 380.0 560.0 730.0 Gynecology"
15w0d 530.0 730.0 940.0 New York, Springer Verlag, 1986, English
16w0d 690.0 920.0 1160.0 Edition (ISBN 0-387-15384-9); P.168-P. 176,
17w0d 860.0 1130.0 1400.0 P. 438, P. 431, P. 154
18w0d 1040.0 1350.0 1650.0
19w0d 1240.0 1580.0 1930.0
4w5d --- 9.2 ---
20w0d 1460.0 1840.0 2220.0
5w0d --- 11.7 ---
21w0d 1680.0 2100.0 2520.0
6w0d --- 18.9 ---
22w0d 1920.0 2380.0 2850.0
7w0d --- 26.1 ---
23w0d 2170.0 2680.0 3190.0
8w0d --- 33.3 ---
24w0d 2430.0 2990.0 3540.0
9w0d --- 40.6 ---
25w0d 2710.0 3310.0 3910.0
10w0d --- 47.8 ---
26w0d 2990.0 3650.0 4300.0
11w0d --- 55.0 ---
27w0d 3280.0 3990.0 4700.0
12w0d --- 62.4 ---
28w0d 3580.0 4340.0 5110.0
12w6d --- 68.8 ---
29w0d 3890.0 4710.0 5520.0
30w0d 4200.0 5080.0 5950.0
31w0d 4520.0 5450.0 6390.0
32w0d 4830.0 5830.0 6830.0
18.1.15.2 GS Hansmann GA
33w0d 5140.0 6210.0 7270.0
Hansmann H, Hackeloer B., Staudach A.
34w0d 5450.0 6580.0 7710.0
35w0d 5760.0 6950.0 8150.0 Gynecology"
37w0d 6340.0 7680.0 9010.0 Edition (ISBN 0-387-15384-9); P. 168-P. 176,
38w0d 6610.0 8020.0 9430.0 P. 438, P. 431, P. 154
39w0d 6860.0 8350.0 9840.0
Value (mm) Age ---
40w0d 7090.0 8660.0 10220.0
*1 9.0 4w5d ---
41w0d 7300.0 8950.0 10590.0
*1 12.0 5w0d ---
42w0d 7480.0 9210.0 10930.0
19.0 6w0d ---
26.0 7w0d ---
the preset. 33.0 8w0d ---
41.0 9w0d ---
48.0 10w0d ---
55.0 11w0d ---
62.5 12w0d ---
69.0 12w6d ---
No. 2B771-023EN
18-52
18.1.15.3 GS Hellman FG 18.1.15.5 GS Rempen GA
Hellman, LM, Kobayashi M, Fillisti L, Rempen A:
Lavenhar M: "Biometrie in der fruehgravitaet (l. trimenon)"
"Growth and development of the human Der Frauenarzt 32/1991: 425-430
fetus prior to the twentieth week of
gestation" 5%, 95%
Value (mm) Age
Am J Obset & Gynecol 103: 789-800, 1969 (days)
2.0 4w6d 10
Age --- Mean (mm) --- 3.0 5w0d 10
5w0d --- 9.7 --- 12.0 6w0d 10
6w0d --- 16.7 --- 21.0 7w0d 10
7w0d --- 23.7 --- 29.0 8w0d 10
8w0d --- 30.7 --- 37.0 9w0d 10
9w0d --- 37.8 --- 45.0 10w0d 10
10w0d --- 44.8 --- 52.0 11w0d 10
11w0d --- 51.8 --- 59.0 12w0d 10
12w0d --- 58.8 --- 66.0 13w0d 10
12w1d --- 59.8 --- 72.0 14w0d 10
73.0 14w1d 10
18.1.15.4 GS Rempen FG
Rempen A:
"Biometrie in der fruehgravitaet (l. trimenon)"
Der Frauenarzt 32/1991: 425-430

4w4d 0.0 0.5 11.0
5w0d 0.0 4.5 15.0
6w0d 2.9 13.4 23.9
7w0d 11.2 21.7 32.2
8w0d 19.0 29.5 40.0
9w0d 26.1 36.6 47.1
10w0d 32.6 43.1 53.6
11w0d 38.5 49.0 59.5
12w0d 43.8 54.3 64.8
13w0d 48.6 59.1 69.6
13w2d 49.8 60.3 70.8
No. 2B771-023EN
18-53
18.1.15.6 GS Tokyo FG 18.1.16 HA
Studies on Fetal Growth and Functional 18.1.16.1 HA Chitty FG
Developments
Takashi Okai Department of Obstetrics and Chitty, L.S., Altman, D.G.
Gynecology, Faculty of Medicine, University "Charts of Fetal Size: 2. Head
of Tokyo Measurements"
British Journal of Obstetrics & Gy-naecology,
(a) GS Tokyo FG 5%/95% Jan. 1994, vol. 101, P. 35-P. 43
Age 5% (mm) Mean (mm) 95% (mm) Age 3% (mm )

2
Mean (mm )
2
97% (mm )
2
4w0d 5.6 10.3 17.0 12w0d 240.0 364.5 510.0

5w0d 9.4 16.1 24.1 13w0d 370.0 530.0 710.0
6w0d 13.2 22.1 31.1 14w0d 530.0 723.6 940.0
7w0d 17.7 28.6 39.0 15w0d 720.0 943.9 1200.0
8w0d 22.0 34.9 47.8 16w0d 930.0 1189.2 1480.0
9w0d 27.4 41.9 57.8 17w0d 1160.0 1457.9 1790.0
10w0d 33.6 49.3 69.6 18w0d 1410.0 1748.2 2120.0
11w0d 40.5 57.6 84.2 19w0d 1680.0 2058.4 2470.0
20w0d 1970.0 2386.5 2850.0
21w0d 2270.0 2730.5 3230.0
(b) GS Tokyo FG ±1.5SD
22w0d 2580.0 3088.3 3640.0
-1.5SD +1.5SD 23w0d 2910.0 3457.8 4050.0
Age Mean (mm)
(mm) (mm) 24w0d 3240.0 3836.7 4480.0
4w0d 6.0 10.3 16.4 25w0d 3590.0 4222.9 4910.0
5w0d 10.0 16.1 23.4 26w0d 3930.0 4614.0 5350.0
6w0d 14.0 22.1 30.3 27w0d 4280.0 5007.7 5790.0
7w0d 18.6 28.6 38.1 28w0d 4630.0 5401.7 6230.0
8w0d 23.1 34.9 46.7 29w0d 4980.0 5793.5 6670.0
9w0d 28.6 41.9 56.4 30w0d 5320.0 6180.8 7100.0
10w0d 34.9 49.3 67.9 31w0d 5660.0 6561.2 7530.0
11w0d 42.0 57.6 81.9 32w0d 5980.0 6932.3 7950.0
33w0d 6300.0 7291.8 8350.0
34w0d 6600.0 7637.3 8740.0
18.1.15.7 GS Tokyo GA 35w0d 6890.0 7966.5 9120.0
36w0d 7160.0 8277.2 9470.0
Takashi Okai 37w0d 7410.0 8567.2 9810.0
"Studies on Fetal Growth and Functional
38w0d 7640.0 8834.4 10120.0
Developments"
Department of Obstetrics and Gynecology, 39w0d 7840.0 9076.7 10400.0
Faculty of Medicine, University of Tokyo 40w0d 8020.0 9292.2 10650.0
41w0d 8170.0 9479.1 10880.0
Value (mm) Age ±2SD (days) 42w0d 8300.0 9635.7 11070.0
10.0 4w0d 7
16.0 5w0d 7
22.0 6w0d 8
29.0 7w0d 8
35.0 8w0d 9
42.0 9w0d 10
49.0 10w0d 12
58.0 11w0d 13
No. 2B771-023EN
18-54
18.1.16.2 HA Chitty GA 18.1.17 HC
Altman, D.G., and Chitty, L.S. 18.1.17.1 HC ASUM-V1 FG
"New charts for ultrasound dating of
pregnancy" POLICY ON OBSTETRIC EXAMINATIONS
Ultrasound Obstet. 10 (1997) 174-191 NORMAL ULTRASONIC FETAL
MEASUREMENTS JUNE 1991
2 5%, 95%
Value (mm ) Age
(days)
441.0 12w1d 8
10w0d --- 42.0 ---
576.0 13w0d 8
11w0d --- 56.0 ---
756.5 14w0d 8
12w0d --- 70.0 ---
961.0 15w0d 9
13w0d --- 84.0 ---
1179.0 16w0d 9
14w0d --- 98.0 ---
1406.5 17w0d 8
15w0d --- 111.0 ---
1681.0 18w0d 8
16w0d --- 124.0 ---
1980.5 19w0d 9
17w0d --- 137.0 ---
2304.0 20w0d 9
18w0d --- 150.0 ---
2652.5 21w0d 9
19w0d --- 162.0 ---
3025.0 22w0d 10
20w0d --- 175.0 ---
3403.0 23w0d 11
21w0d --- 186.0 ---
3782.5 24w0d 12
22w0d --- 198.0 ---
4182.0 25w0d 12
23w0d --- 210.0 ---
4624.0 26w0d 14
24w0d --- 221.0 ---
4994.0 27w0d 15
25w0d --- 231.0 ---
5402.5 28w0d 16
26w0d --- 242.0 ---
5827.0 29w0d 18
27w0d --- 252.0 ---
6188.6 30w0d 19
28w0d --- 261.0 ---
6561.0 31w0d 21
29w0d --- 271.0 ---
6944.6 32w0d 23
30w0d --- 280.0 ---
7282.0 33w0d 24
31w0d --- 288.0 ---
7627.3 34w0d 27
32w0d --- 296.0 ---
7965.7 35w0d 29
33w0d --- 304.0 ---
8100.0 35w3d 30
34w0d --- 311.0 ---
35w0d --- 318.0 ---
36w0d --- 324.0 ---
37w0d --- 330.0 ---
38w0d --- 335.0 ---
39w0d --- 340.0 ---
40w0d --- 344.0 ---
No. 2B771-023EN
18-55
18.1.17.2 HC ASUM-V2 FG 18.1.17.3 HC ASUM-V2 GA
P. 28-P. 31 P. 28-P. 31
11w0d 44.0 59.0 74.0 44.0 11w1d ---
12w0d 55.0 70.0 85.0 62.0 12w0d ---
13w0d 69.0 84.0 99.0 81.5 13w0d ---
14w0d 81.0 96.0 111.0 98.5 14w0d ---
15w0d 93.0 108.0 123.0 114.0 15w0d ---
16w0d 113.0 128.0 143.0 128.5 16w0d ---
17w0d 126.0 141.0 156.0 141.5 17w0d ---
18w0d 131.0 151.0 171.0 154.5 18w0d ---
19w0d 140.0 160.0 180.0 166.0 19w0d ---
20w0d 150.0 170.0 190.0 177.5 20w0d ---
21w0d 156.0 176.0 196.0 188.5 21w0d ---
22w0d 168.0 188.0 208.0 199.0 22w0d ---
23w0d 190.0 210.0 230.0 209.0 23w0d ---
24w0d 200.0 220.0 240.0 218.5 24w0d ---
25w0d 211.0 231.0 251.0 228.0 25w0d ---
26w0d 218.0 238.0 258.0 237.0 26w0d ---
27w0d 230.0 250.0 270.0 246.0 27w0d ---
28w0d 243.0 263.0 283.0 254.5 28w0d ---
29w0d 244.0 269.0 294.0 263.0 29w0d ---
30w0d 249.0 274.0 299.0 271.0 30w0d ---
31w0d 259.0 284.0 309.0 279.0 31w0d ---
32w0d 263.0 288.0 313.0 287.0 32w0d ---
33w0d 275.0 300.0 325.0 294.5 33w0d ---
34w0d 280.0 305.0 330.0 302.0 34w0d ---
35w0d 285.0 310.0 335.0 309.0 35w0d ---
36w0d 292.0 317.0 342.0 317.0 36w0d ---
37w0d 296.0 321.0 346.0 324.0 37w0d ---
38w0d 303.0 328.0 353.0 331.0 38w0d ---
39w0d 311.0 336.0 361.0 337.0 39w0d ---
40w0d 315.0 340.0 365.0 344.0 40w0d ---
41w0d 319.0 344.0 369.0 351.0 41w0d ---
357.0 42w0d ---
364.0 43w0d ---
369.0 43w6d ---
No. 2B771-023EN
18-56
18.1.17.4 HC CFEF FG 18.1.17.5 HC Chitty (drvd) FG
Biometry 2000. Fetal growth charts by the Chitty, L.S., Altman, D.G.
Collège Français d'Echographie Foetale "Charts of Fetal Size: 2. Head
(CFEF; the "French College of Fetal Measurements",
Ultrasonography") and INSERM U 155. British Journal of Obstetrics & Gy-naecology,
Gynecol Obstet Fertil 2000 Jun; 28 (6): Jan. 1994, vol. 101, P. 35-P. 43
435-45
16w0d 105.8 120.9 136.1 13w0d 69.1 82.1 95.2
17w0d 118.7 134.5 150.4 14w0d 82.5 96.0 109.5
18w0d 131.1 147.6 164.1 15w0d 95.7 109.6 123.6
19w0d 143.0 160.3 177.5 16w0d 108.7 123.1 137.4
20w0d 154.5 172.5 190.5 17w0d 121.5 136.3 151.1
21w0d 165.4 184.2 203.1 18w0d 134.0 149.3 164.5
22w0d 176.1 195.7 215.2 19w0d 146.3 162.0 177.6
23w0d 186.3 206.6 226.8 20w0d 158.3 174.4 190.5
24w0d 196.2 217.2 238.0 21w0d 170.0 186.5 203.1
25w0d 205.5 227.3 248.8 22w0d 181.4 198.4 215.4
26w0d 214.4 236.7 259.2 23w0d 192.5 209.9 227.4
27w0d 222.9 246.0 269.1 24w0d 203.3 221.1 239.0
28w0d 231.0 254.8 278.6 25w0d 213.7 232.0 250.3
29w0d 238.4 263.0 287.6 26w0d 223.7 242.5 261.2
30w0d 245.9 270.8 296.0 27w0d 233.4 252.6 271.8
31w0d 252.5 278.3 304.3 28w0d 242.7 262.4 282.0
32w0d 258.9 285.3 312.0 29w0d 251.6 271.7 291.8
33w0d 264.6 292.0 319.1 30w0d 260.1 280.6 301.1
34w0d 270.1 298.1 325.9 31w0d 268.2 289.1 310.0
35w0d 275.3 303.6 332.2 32w0d 275.8 297.2 318.5
36w0d 279.8 308.8 338.0 33w0d 283.0 304.8 326.6
37w0d 283.9 313.5 343.3 34w0d 289.6 311.9 334.1
38w0d 287.6 317.9 348.3 35w0d 295.8 318.5 341.2
39w0d 290.9 321.9 352.7 36w0d 301.5 324.6 347.8
40w0d 293.0 324.0 356.0 37w0d 306.7 330.3 353.8
38w0d 311.4 335.3 359.3
39w0d 315.5 339.9 364.3
40w0d 319.0 343.9 368.7
41w0d 322.0 347.3 372.6
42w0d 324.4 350.1 375.8
No. 2B771-023EN
18-57
18.1.17.6 HC Chitty (drvd) GA 18.1.17.7 HC Chitty (Pltd) FG
Altman, D.G., and Chitty, L.S. Chitty, L.S., Altman, D.G.
"New charts for ultrasound dating of "Charts of Fetal Size: 2. Head
pregnancy" Measurements",
Ultrasound Obstet. Gynecol. 10 (1997) British Journal of Obstetrics & Gy-naecology,
174-191 Jan. 1994, vol. 101, P. 35-P. 43
5%, 95% Age 3% (mm) Mean (mm) 97% (mm)

Value (mm) Age
(days)
12w0d 57.5 69.6 81.6
80.0 12w4d 8
13w0d 71.2 83.7 96.2
86.5 13w0d 9
14w0d 84.8 97.7 110.7
98.5 14w0d 9
15w0d 98.2 111.5 124.9
110.0 15w0d 8
16w0d 111.3 125.1 138.9
121.5 16w0d 8
17w0d 124.2 138.5 152.7
135.0 17w0d 9
18w0d 136.9 151.6 166.2
146.5 18w0d 9
19w0d 149.3 164.4 179.5
158.5 19w0d 8
20w0d 161.5 177.0 192.5
171.5 20w0d 9
21w0d 173.3 189.3 205.3
183.5 21w0d 9
22w0d 184.9 201.3 217.7
195.5 22w0d 9
23w0d 196.1 213.0 229.8
208.5 23w0d 11
24w0d 207.0 224.3 241.6
220.0 24w0d 12
25w0d 217.6 235.3 253.0
231.0 25w0d 13
26w0d 227.8 246.0 264.1
241.5 26w0d 13
27w0d 237.7 256.3 274.9
252.5 27w0d 15
28w0d 247.2 266.2 285.2
262.5 28w0d 16
29w0d 256.2 275.7 295.1
271.0 29w0d 17
30w0d 264.9 284.8 304.6
280.0 30w0d 18
31w0d 273.1 293.4 313.7
289.0 31w0d 21
32w0d 280.9 301.6 322.4
297.0 32w0d 23
33w0d 288.2 309.4 330.6
304.0 33w0d 25
34w0d 295.1 316.7 338.3
311.0 34w0d 26
35w0d 301.4 323.5 345.5
317.5 35w0d 23
36w0d 307.3 329.8 352.3
320.0 35w3d 29
37w0d 312.7 335.6 358.5
38w0d 317.5 340.8 364.2
39w0d 321.8 345.6 369.4
40w0d 325.5 349.7 374.0
41w0d 328.7 353.3 378.0
42w0d 331.2 356.3 381.4
No. 2B771-023EN
18-58
18.1.17.8 HC Chitty (Pltd) GA 18.1.17.9 HC Hadlock FG
Altman, D.G., and Chitty, L.S. Hadlock FP, Deter RL, Harrist RB, Park SK:
"New charts for ultrasound dating of "Estimating fetal age: Computer-assisted
pregnancy" analysis of multiple fetal growth parameters"
Ultrasound Obstet. Gynecol. 10 (1997) Radiology 1984; 152: 497-502.
174-191
5%, 95% 12w0d 58.0 68.0 78.0
Value (mm) Age
(days)
13w0d 72.0 82.0 92.0
85.0 12w6d 4
14w0d 87.0 97.0 107.0
87.0 13w0d 5
15w0d 100.0 110.0 120.0
99.5 14w0d 5
16w0d 114.0 124.0 134.0
111.5 15w0d 5
17w0d 128.0 138.0 148.0
124.0 16w0d 6
18w0d 141.0 151.0 161.0
136.5 17w0d 7
19w0d 154.0 164.0 174.0
149.5 18w0d 7
20w0d 167.0 177.0 187.0
161.5 19w0d 8
21w0d 179.0 189.0 199.0
174.5 20w0d 8
22w0d 191.0 201.0 211.0
187.0 21w0d 9
23w0d 203.0 213.0 223.0
199.5 22w0d 9
24w0d 214.0 224.0 234.0
211.5 23w0d 10
25w0d 225.0 235.0 245.0
223.5 24w0d 11
26w0d 236.0 246.0 256.0
235.5 25w0d 11
27w0d 246.0 256.0 266.0
246.5 26w0d 12
28w0d 256.0 266.0 276.0
257.0 27w0d 13
29w0d 265.0 275.0 285.0
267.0 28w0d 13
30w0d 274.0 284.0 294.0
276.0 29w0d 14
31w0d 283.0 293.0 303.0
285.0 30w0d 15
32w0d 291.0 301.0 311.0
293.0 31w0d 15
33w0d 298.0 308.0 318.0
301.0 32w0d 16
34w0d 305.0 315.0 325.0
308.0 33w0d 17
35w0d 312.0 322.0 332.0
315.0 34w0d 17
36w0d 318.0 328.0 338.0
321.0 35w0d 18
37w0d 323.0 333.0 343.0
325.0 35w4d 19
38w0d 328.0 338.0 348.0
39w0d 332.0 342.0 352.0
40w0d 336.0 346.0 356.0
*1
41w0d 339.2 349.2 359.2
*1
42w0d 341.6 351.6 361.6

the preset.
No. 2B771-023EN
18-59
18.1.17.10 HC Hadlock GA 18.1.17.11 HC Hansmann FG
Hadlock FP, Deter RL, Harrist RB, Park SK: Hansmann H, Hackeloer B., Staudach A.
"Estimating fetal age: Computer-assisted "Ultrasound Diagnosis in Obstetrics and
analysis of multiple fetal growth parameters" Gynecology"
Radiology 1984; 152: 497-502. New York, Springer Verlag, 1986, English
Edition (ISBN 0-387-15384-9); P. 431
55.4 12w0d 8 Age 5% (mm) Mean (mm) 95% (mm)
72.5 13w0d 8 10w0d 26.0 50.0 74.0
89.5 14w0d 8 11w0d 38.0 63.0 87.0
105.5 15w0d 8 12w0d 51.0 75.0 100.0
120.5 16w0d 8 13w0d 64.0 88.0 112.0
135.5 17w0d 8 14w0d 76.0 101.0 125.0
149.0 18w0d 10 15w0d 89.0 113.0 138.0
162.5 19w0d 10 16w0d 101.0 126.0 150.0
174.5 20w0d 10 17w0d 114.0 138.0 163.0
186.5 21w0d 10 18w0d 126.0 151.0 175.0
198.5 22w0d 10 19w0d 138.0 163.0 187.0
209.0 23w0d 10 20w0d 150.0 175.0 199.0
219.5 24w0d 14 21w0d 162.0 187.0 211.0
229.5 25w0d 14 22w0d 174.0 198.0 223.0
239.5 26w0d 14 23w0d 185.0 210.0 234.0
249.0 27w0d 14 24w0d 196.0 221.0 245.0
257.5 28w0d 14 25w0d 207.0 232.0 256.0
266.0 29w0d 14 26w0d 218.0 242.0 266.0
275.0 30w0d 21 27w0d 228.0 252.0 277.0
283.0 31w0d 21 28w0d 238.0 262.0 286.0
290.5 32w0d 21 29w0d 247.0 271.0 296.0
298.0 33w0d 21 30w0d 256.0 281.0 305.0
305.0 34w0d 21 31w0d 265.0 289.0 313.0
313.0 35w0d 21 32w0d 273.0 297.0 322.0
320.0 36w0d 19 33w0d 281.0 305.0 329.0
326.0 37w0d 19 34w0d 288.0 312.0 336.0
333.0 38w0d 19 35w0d 294.0 319.0 343.0
339.0 39w0d 19 36w0d 300.0 325.0 349.0
346.0 40w0d 19 37w0d 306.0 330.0 355.0
352.0 41w0d 19 38w0d 311.0 335.0 359.0
357.7 42w0d 19 39w0d 315.0 339.0 364.0
40w0d 319.0 343.0 367.0
No. 2B771-023EN
18-60
18.1.17.12 HC Hansmann GA 18.1.17.13 HC Jeanty GA
Hansmann H, Hackeloer B., Staudach A. Jeanty P
"Ultrasound Diagnosis in Obstetrics and "Fetal Biometry"
Gynecology" Ultrasonography in Obstetrics and
New York, Springer Verlag, 1986, English Gynecology: P. 93-P. 108
Edition (ISBN 0-387-15384-9); P. 431
5%, 95%
Value (mm) Age
Value (mm) Age --- (days)
106.0 14w0d --- 80.0 12w4d 12
115.0 15w0d --- 87.5 13w0d 13
127.0 16w0d --- 101.5 14w0d 12
140.0 17w0d --- 115.5 15w0d 12
152.0 18w0d --- 129.5 16w0d 13
164.0 19w0d --- 141.5 17w0d 12
176.0 20w0d --- 153.5 18w0d 12
189.5 21w0d --- 165.5 19w0d 12
203.0 22w0d --- 177.5 20w0d 12
215.0 23w0d --- 189.0 21w0d 12
226.0 24w0d --- 200.0 22w0d 12
239.5 25w0d --- 210.5 23w0d 12
251.0 26w0d --- 221.0 24w0d 12
263.0 27w0d --- 231.5 25w0d 13
274.0 28w0d --- 241.0 26w0d 13
284.0 29w0d --- 250.5 27w0d 12
293.0 30w0d --- 260.0 28w0d 12
303.0 31w0d --- 269.0 29w0d 12
311.0 32w0d --- 278.5 30w0d 12
318.0 33w0d --- 288.0 31w0d 13
325.0 34w0d --- 296.0 32w0d 12
332.0 35w0d --- 305.0 33w0d 13
337.0 36w0d --- 313.0 34w0d 12
340.0 37w0d --- 321.0 35w0d 12
344.0 38w0d --- 330.0 36w0d 13
347.0 39w0d --- 338.0 37w0d 13
349.0 40w0d --- 346.0 38w0d 13
354.0 39w0d 13
361.0 40w0d 12
364.0 40w2d 13
No. 2B771-023EN
18-61
18.1.17.14 HC Merz FG 18.1.17.15 HC Merz GA
Merz E: Merz E:
"UItrasound in Gynecology and Obstetrics" "Ultrasound in Gynecology and Obstetrics"
Stuttgart, New York, Thieme Medical Stuttgart, New York, Thieme Medical
Publishers, Inc. 1991; 312 Publishers, Inc. 1991; 326-336
Age 5% (mm) Mean (mm) 95% (mm) 5%, 95%

Value (mm) Age
(days)
12w0d 63.0 76.0 90.0
72.0 12w1d 7
13w0d 77.0 90.0 104.0
85.0 13w0d 9
14w0d 90.0 104.0 118.0
99.5 14w0d 9
15w0d 104.0 117.0 132.0
113.5 15w0d 9
16w0d 117.0 131.0 146.0
127.5 16w0d 10
17w0d 130.0 144.0 159.0
141.5 17w0d 10
18w0d 142.0 157.0 172.0
155.0 18w0d 11
19w0d 155.0 169.0 185.0
167.5 19w0d 11
20w0d 167.0 182.0 197.0
181.0 20w0d 12
21w0d 179.0 194.0 210.0
193.0 21w0d 12
22w0d 190.0 205.0 222.0
205.0 22w0d 12
23w0d 201.0 217.0 233.0
217.0 23w0d 12
24w0d 212.0 228.0 245.0
227.5 24w0d 13
25w0d 223.0 239.0 256.0
239.0 25w0d 13
26w0d 233.0 249.0 266.0
249.5 26w0d 13
27w0d 243.0 259.0 277.0
259.5 27w0d 13
28w0d 253.0 269.0 287.0
269.0 28w0d 13
29w0d 262.0 279.0 296.0
279.0 29w0d 14
30w0d 271.0 288.0 306.0
287.5 30w0d 13
31w0d 279.0 296.0 315.0
297.0 31w0d 14
32w0d 288.0 305.0 323.0
305.0 32w0d 14
33w0d 296.0 313.0 332.0
313.0 33w0d 14
34w0d 303.0 321.0 340.0
321.0 34w0d 15
35w0d 311.0 328.0 347.0
329.0 35w0d 15
36w0d 318.0 336.0 355.0
335.0 36w0d 15
37w0d 324.0 342.0 362.0
343.0 37w0d 16
38w0d 331.0 349.0 368.0
349.0 38w0d 17
39w0d 337.0 355.0 375.0
355.0 39w0d 16
40w0d 343.0 361.0 381.0
361.0 40w0d 16
364.0 40w4d 16
No. 2B771-023EN
18-62
18.1.18 Humerus 18.1.18.2 Humerus ASUM-V2 GA
18.1.18.1 Humerus ASUM-V2 FG Australian Society of Ultrasound Medicine

Australian Society of Ultrasound Medicine Statement on normal ultrasonics fetal
(ASUM) – Policy statement measurements (Revised May 2001)
Statement on normal ultrasonics fetal P. 28-P. 31
measurements (Revised May 2001)
P. 28-P. 31 Value (mm) Age ---
5.0 10w3d ---
Age -2SD (mm) Mean (mm) +2SD (mm) 6.6 11w0d ---
11w0d 5.0 8.0 11.0 9.3 12w0d ---
12w0d 7.0 9.0 11.0 12.0 13w0d ---
13w0d 8.0 11.0 14.0 15.0 14w0d ---
14w0d 10.0 14.0 18.0 17.6 15w0d ---
15w0d 11.5 17.0 22.5 20.3 16w0d ---
16w0d 17.0 21.0 25.0 23.0 17w0d ---
17w0d 20.0 25.0 30.0 26.0 18w0d ---
18w0d 21.5 27.0 32.5 28.5 19w0d ---
19w0d 24.0 29.0 34.0 31.0 20w0d ---
20w0d 26.0 31.0 36.0 33.6 21w0d ---
21w0d 26.0 32.0 38.0 36.0 22w0d ---
22w0d 29.0 35.0 41.0 38.3 23w0d ---
23w0d 34.0 38.0 42.0 40.5 24w0d ---
24w0d 34.0 40.0 46.0 42.6 25w0d ---
25w0d 38.0 43.0 48.0 44.7 26w0d ---
26w0d 40.0 44.0 48.0 46.7 27w0d ---
27w0d 43.0 47.0 51.0 48.6 28w0d ---
28w0d 45.0 50.0 55.0 50.5 29w0d ---
29w0d 46.0 51.0 56.0 52.2 30w0d ---
30w0d 47.0 52.0 57.0 54.0 31w0d ---
31w0d 49.0 54.0 59.0 55.6 32w0d ---
32w0d 51.0 56.0 61.0 57.2 33w0d ---
33w0d 51.0 57.0 63.0 58.7 34w0d ---
34w0d 53.5 59.0 64.5 60.2 35w0d ---
35w0d 54.0 60.0 66.0 61.6 36w0d ---
36w0d 57.0 62.0 67.0 63.0 37w0d ---
37w0d 57.0 63.0 69.0 64.4 38w0d ---
38w0d 58.0 64.0 70.0 65.8 39w0d ---
39w0d 59.5 65.0 70.5 67.0 40w0d ---
40w0d 60.0 66.0 72.0 68.3 41w0d ---
41w0d 62.0 68.0 74.0 69.5 42w0d ---
70.6 43w0d ---
71.8 44w0d ---
73.0 45w0d ---
74.0 45w6d ---
No. 2B771-023EN
18-63
18.1.18.3 Humerus Jeamty GA 18.1.18.4 Humerus Merz FG
Jeanty P, Rodesch F, Delbeke D, Dumont Merz E:
JE "Ultrasound in Gynecology and Obstetrics"
"Estimation of gestational age from Stuttgart, New York, Thieme Medical
measurements of fetal long bones" Publishers, Inc. 1991; 312
J Ultrasound Med 3: 75-79. 1984.
5%, 95% 12w0d 4.0 8.0 11.0
Value (mm) Age
(days)
13w0d 7.0 11.0 14.0
10.0 12w4d 19
14w0d 10.0 14.0 17.0
11.5 13w0d 19
15w0d 13.0 16.0 20.0
14.5 14w0d 19
16w0d 16.0 19.0 23.0
17.5 15w0d 20
17w0d 18.0 20.0 26.0
20.3 16w0d 20
18w0d 21.0 25.0 28.0
22.6 17w0d 19
19w0d 24.0 27.0 31.0
25.3 18w0d 19
20w0d 26.0 30.0 34.0
28.0 19w0d 20
21w0d 29.0 32.0 36.0
30.3 20w0d 19
22w0d 31.0 35.0 39.0
32.6 21w0d 19
23w0d 33.0 37.0 41.0
35.0 22w0d 20
24w0d 36.0 40.0 44.0
37.2 23w0d 20
25w0d 38.0 42.0 46.0
39.3 24w0d 19
26w0d 40.0 44.0 48.0
41.3 25w0d 19
27w0d 42.0 46.0 50.0
43.6 26w0d 20
28w0d 44.0 48.0 52.0
45.6 27w0d 20
29w0d 46.0 50.0 54.0
47.6 28w0d 20
30w0d 48.0 52.0 56.0
49.3 29w0d 19
31w0d 49.0 54.0 58.0
51.3 30w0d 19
32w0d 51.0 55.0 60.0
53.2 31w0d 19
33w0d 53.0 57.0 62.0
55.0 32w0d 19
34w0d 54.0 59.0 63.0
56.7 33w0d 19
35w0d 55.0 60.0 65.0
58.7 34w0d 19
36w0d 57.0 61.0 66.0
60.3 35w0d 19
37w0d 58.0 63.0 67.0
62.2 36w0d 20
38w0d 59.0 64.0 69.0
63.7 37w0d 19
39w0d 60.0 65.0 70.0
65.5 38w0d 20
40w0d 62.0 66.0 71.0
67.2 39w0d 20
68.7 40w0d 19
69.0 40w1d 19
No. 2B771-023EN
18-64
18.1.19 Kidney 18.1.22 OFD
18.1.19.1 Kidney Bertagnoli FG 18.1.22.1 OFD ASUM-V2 FG

Bertagnoli L, Lalatta F, Gallacio R, et al Australian Society of Ultrasound Medicine
"Quantitative characterization of the growth (ASUM) – Policy statement
of the fetal kidney" Statement on normal ultrasonics fetal
J Clinical Ultrasound 11: 349-356, 1983. measurements (Revised May 2001)
P. 28-P. 31
25w0d 22.6 25.0 27.4 11w0d 19.0 21.0 23.0
26w0d 23.3 25.7 28.1 12w0d 22.0 24.0 26.0
27w0d 24.0 26.4 28.8 13w0d 26.0 29.0 32.0
28w0d 24.8 27.2 29.6 14w0d 31.0 34.0 37.0
29w0d 25.6 28.0 30.4 15w0d 35.0 38.0 41.0
30w0d 26.4 28.8 31.2 16w0d 43.0 46.0 49.0
31w0d 27.2 29.6 32.0 17w0d 47.0 50.0 53.0
32w0d 28.0 30.4 32.8 18w0d 50.5 54.0 57.5
33w0d 28.9 31.3 33.7 19w0d 53.5 57.0 60.5
34w0d 29.8 32.2 34.6 20w0d 57.5 61.0 64.5
35w0d 30.8 33.1 35.4 21w0d 59.0 63.0 67.0
36w0d 31.8 34.1 36.4 22w0d 64.5 68.0 71.5
37w0d 32.8 35.1 37.4 23w0d 72.0 76.0 80.0
38w0d 33.8 36.1 38.4 24w0d 75.0 79.0 83.0
39w0d 34.8 37.1 39.4 25w0d 77.5 82.0 86.5
40w0d 35.9 38.2 40.5 26w0d 79.5 84.0 88.5
41w0d 37.0 39.3 41.6 27w0d 81.5 86.0 90.5
42w0d 38.1 40.4 42.7 28w0d 90.0 95.0 100.0
29w0d 91.5 97.0 102.5
30w0d 92.5 98.0 103.5
18.1.20 NT no charts 31w0d 96.0 101.0 106.0
32w0d 97.0 102.0 107.0
18.1.21 Ocular D no charts 33w0d 101.5 107.0 112.5
34w0d 102.5 108.0 113.5
35w0d 103.5 109.0 114.5
36w0d 106.5 112.0 117.5
37w0d 107.0 113.0 119.0
38w0d 110.5 116.0 121.5
39w0d 113.0 119.0 125.0
40w0d 114.0 120.0 126.0
41w0d 116.0 122.0 128.0
No. 2B771-023EN
18-65
18.1.22.2 OFD ASUM-V2 GA 18.1.22.3 OFD Chitty FG
Australian Society of Ultrasound Medicine Chitty, L.S., Altman, D.G.
(ASUM) – Policy statement "Charts of Fetal Size: 2. Head
Statement on normal ultrasonics fetal Measurements"
measurements (Revised May 2001) British Journal of Obstetrics & Gy-naecology,
P. 28-P. 31 Jan. 1994, vol. 101, P. 35-P. 43
Value (mm) Age --- Age 3% (mm) Mean (mm) 97% (mm)
19.0 10w2d --- 12w0d 17.6 23.4 29.2
21.5 11w0d --- 13w0d 22.9 28.6 34.2
25.5 12w0d --- 14w0d 28.0 33.6 39.2
29.5 13w0d --- 15w0d 33.0 38.6 44.2
34.0 14w0d --- 16w0d 37.9 43.5 49.0
38.0 15w0d --- 17w0d 42.7 48.3 53.8
43.0 16w0d --- 18w0d 47.4 53.0 58.6
47.5 17w0d --- 19w0d 51.9 57.6 63.3
52.0 18w0d --- 20w0d 56.3 62.1 67.9
57.0 19w0d --- 21w0d 60.5 66.5 72.4
62.0 20w0d --- 22w0d 64.8 70.8 76.8
66.0 21w0d --- 23w0d 68.7 74.9 81.1
70.5 22w0d --- 24w0d 72.6 79.0 85.4
74.5 23w0d --- 25w0d 76.3 82.9 89.5
78.5 24w0d --- 26w0d 79.8 86.6 93.5
82.0 25w0d --- 27w0d 83.1 90.3 97.4
85.5 26w0d --- 28w0d 86.3 93.7 101.2
89.0 27w0d --- 29w0d 89.3 97.1 104.8
92.0 28w0d --- 30w0d 92.1 100.2 108.4
95.0 29w0d --- 31w0d 94.7 103.2 111.7
97.6 30w0d --- 32w0d 97.1 106.1 115.0
100.3 31w0d --- 33w0d 99.3 108.7 118.1
103.0 32w0d --- 34w0d 101.4 111.2 121.0
105.3 33w0d --- 35w0d 103.1 113.5 123.8
107.6 34w0d --- 36w0d 104.7 115.6 126.4
110.0 35w0d --- 37w0d 106.1 117.5 128.8
112.0 36w0d --- 38w0d 107.2 119.1 131.1
114.0 37w0d --- 39w0d 108.1 120.6 133.2
116.0 38w0d --- 40w0d 108.7 121.9 135.1
118.0 39w0d --- 41w0d 109.1 123.0 136.8
119.7 40w0d --- 42w0d 109.3 123.8 138.3
121.7 41w0d ---
123.5 42w0d ---
125.0 43w0d ---
126.7 44w0d ---
128.0 44w6d ---
No. 2B771-023EN
18-66
18.1.22.4 OFD Hansmann FG 18.1.22.5 OFD Hansmann GA
Edition (ISBN 0-387-15384-9); P. 431 Edition (ISBN 0-387-15384-9); P. 431
10w0d 7.0 14.0 21.0 31.0 14w0d ---
11w0d 11.0 18.0 25.0 38.0 15w0d ---
12w0d 16.0 23.0 30.0 41.0 16w0d ---
13w0d 20.0 27.0 34.0 46.0 17w0d ---
14w0d 24.0 31.0 38.0 50.0 18w0d ---
15w0d 29.0 38.0 43.0 54.0 19w0d ---
16w0d 33.0 41.0 47.0 58.0 20w0d ---
17w0d 37.0 46.0 51.0 63.0 21w0d ---
18w0d 41.0 50.0 55.0 67.0 22w0d ---
19w0d 46.0 54.0 60.0 72.0 23w0d ---
20w0d 50.0 58.0 64.0 76.0 24w0d ---
21w0d 54.0 63.0 68.0 80.0 25w0d ---
22w0d 58.0 67.0 72.0 84.0 26w0d ---
23w0d 62.0 72.0 76.0 88.0 27w0d ---
24w0d 65.0 76.0 79.0 91.0 28w0d ---
25w0d 69.0 80.0 83.0 95.0 29w0d ---
26w0d 73.0 84.0 87.0 98.0 30w0d ---
27w0d 76.0 88.0 90.0 100.0 31w0d ---
28w0d 80.0 91.0 94.0 103.0 32w0d ---
29w0d 83.0 95.0 97.0 105.0 33w0d ---
30w0d 86.0 98.0 100.0 107.0 34w0d ---
31w0d 89.0 100.0 103.0 109.0 35w0d ---
32w0d 92.0 103.0 106.0 111.0 36w0d ---
33w0d 95.0 105.0 108.0 112.0 37w0d ---
34w0d 97.0 107.0 111.0 113.0 38w0d ---
35w0d 99.0 109.0 113.0 114.0 39w0d ---
36w0d 102.0 111.0 116.0 115.0 40w0d ---
37w0d 104.0 112.0 118.0
38w0d 105.0 113.0 119.0
39w0d 107.0 114.0 121.0
40w0d 108.0 115.0 122.0
No. 2B771-023EN
18-67
18.1.22.6 OFD Merz FG 18.1.22.7 OFD Nicolaides FG
Merz E: Nicolaides
“Ultrasound in Gynecology and Obstetrics” "Fetal biometry at 14-40 week's gestation"
Publishers, Inc. 1991; 312 1994: P. 34-P. 48
Age 5% (mm) Mean (mm) 95% (mm) Age 5% (mm) Mean (mm) 95% (mm)
12w0d 18.0 23.0 28.0 14w0d 33.3 36.8 40.3
13w0d 23.0 28.0 33.0 15w0d 37.3 40.4 44.3
14w0d 28.0 33.0 38.0 16w0d 40.7 44.2 48.3
15w0d 33.0 38.0 43.0 17w0d 44.3 48.1 52.3
16w0d 38.0 43.0 48.0 18w0d 48.3 52.1 56.9
17w0d 42.0 48.0 53.0 19w0d 52.3 56.1 61.3
18w0d 47.0 52.0 58.0 20w0d 55.7 60.3 65.9
19w0d 51.0 57.0 62.0 21w0d 59.3 64.5 70.3
20w0d 55.0 61.0 67.0 22w0d 63.3 68.8 74.9
21w0d 59.0 65.0 71.0 23w0d 67.3 73.0 79.9
22w0d 63.0 69.0 75.0 24w0d 71.3 77.2 84.3
23w0d 67.0 73.0 79.0 25w0d 75.3 81.4 88.3
24w0d 71.0 77.0 83.0 26w0d 79.3 85.4 92.9
25w0d 74.0 80.0 86.0 27w0d 82.7 89.3 97.3
26w0d 78.0 84.0 90.0 28w0d 85.7 93.1 101.3
27w0d 81.0 87.0 93.0 29w0d 89.3 96.7 105.3
28w0d 84.0 90.0 96.0 30w0d 92.7 100.1 108.7
29w0d 87.0 93.0 99.0 31w0d 95.1 103.2 111.7
30w0d 90.0 96.0 102.0 32w0d 97.7 106.0 114.7
31w0d 92.0 99.0 105.0 33w0d 100.1 108.5 117.7
32w0d 95.0 101.0 108.0 34w0d 102.1 110.7 120.1
33w0d 97.0 104.0 110.0 35w0d 104.1 112.6 122.1
34w0d 99.0 106.0 113.0 36w0d 105.6 114.1 123.6
35w0d 102.0 108.0 115.0 37w0d 106.6 115.2 124.6
36w0d 104.0 110.0 117.0 38w0d 107.0 115.9 125.6
37w0d 105.0 112.0 119.0 39w0d 107.0 116.2 126.0
38w0d 107.0 114.0 121.0 39w6d 107.0 116.2 126.0
39w0d 109.0 116.0 123.0
40w0d 110.0 117.0 124.0
No. 2B771-023EN
18-68
18.1.22.8 OFD Nicolaides GA 18.1.23 OOD
Nicolaides 18.1.23.1 OOD Jeanty GA
Ultrasound in Obstetrics and Gynecology 4 Jeanty P, et al
1994: P. 34-P. 48 "The Binocular Distance: A New Way to
Estimate Fetal Age"
Value (mm) Age --- J Ultrasound Med, 1984; 3: 241-243
37.0 14w0d ---
40.5 15w0d --- 5%, 95%
Value (mm) Age
(days)
44.0 16w0d ---
15.0 10w3d 23
48.0 17w0d ---
16.0 11w0d 23
52.0 18w0d ---
17.6 12w0d 23
56.0 19w0d ---
19.2 13w0d 23
60.5 20w0d ---
21.0 14w0d 23
64.5 21w0d ---
22.7 15w0d 23
69.0 22w0d ---
24.2 16w0d 23
73.0 23w0d ---
26.0 17w0d 23
77.0 24w0d ---
27.7 18w0d 23
81.5 25w0d ---
29.4 19w0d 23
85.5 26w0d ---
31.0 20w0d 23
89.5 27w0d ---
32.7 21w0d 23
93.0 28w0d ---
34.5 22w0d 23
96.5 29w0d ---
36.0 23w0d 23
100.0 30w0d ---
37.7 24w0d 23
103.0 31w0d ---
39.5 25w0d 23
106.0 32w0d ---
41.2 26w0d 23
108.6 33w0d ---
42.7 27w0d 23
110.6 34w0d ---
44.5 28w0d 23
112.5 35w0d ---
46.2 29w0d 23
114.0 36w0d ---
47.8 30w0d 23
115.1 37w0d ---
49.5 31w0d 23
116.0 38w2d ---
51.2 32w0d 23
53.0 33w0d 23
54.6 34w0d 23
56.2 35w0d 23
58.0 36w0d 23
59.7 37w0d 23
61.2 38w0d 23
63.0 39w0d 23
64.7 40w0d 23
65.0 40w1d 23
No. 2B771-023EN
18-69
18.1.23.2 OOD Mayden GA 18.1.24 Radius
Mayden 18.1.24.1 Radius Merz FG
"Orbital diameter:A new parameter for
prenatal diagnosis and dating." Merz E:
Am J Obstet Gynecol 1982; 144: "Ultrasound in Gynecology and Obstetrics"
P. 289-P. 297 Stuttgart, New York, Thieme Medical
Publishers, Inc. 1991; 312,326-336
Value (mm) Age ---
14.6 12w0d --- 12w0d 1.0 5.0 8.0
16.7 13w0d --- 13w0d 4.0 7.0 11.0
19.6 14w0d --- 14w0d 7.0 10.0 14.0
22.0 15w0d --- 15w0d 9.0 13.0 16.0
24.3 16w0d --- 16w0d 12.0 15.0 19.0
26.1 17w0d --- 17w0d 14.0 18.0 21.0
28.5 18w0d --- 18w0d 16.0 20.0 24.0
31.2 19w0d --- 19w0d 19.0 22.0 26.0
33.2 20w0d --- 20w0d 21.0 25.0 29.0
35.3 21w0d --- 21w0d 23.0 27.0 31.0
37.3 22w0d --- 22w0d 25.0 29.0 33.0
39.3 23w0d --- 23w0d 27.0 31.0 35.0
41.0 24w0d --- 24w0d 29.0 33.0 37.0
42.7 25w0d --- 25w0d 31.0 35.0 39.0
44.6 26w0d --- 26w0d 32.0 37.0 41.0
45.8 27w0d --- 27w0d 34.0 38.0 43.0
46.8 28w0d --- 28w0d 36.0 40.0 44.0
47.8 29w0d --- 29w0d 37.0 41.0 46.0
49.4 30w0d --- 30w0d 38.0 43.0 47.0
50.4 31w0d --- 31w0d 40.0 44.0 49.0
51.4 32w0d --- 32w0d 41.0 45.0 50.0
53.0 33w0d --- 33w0d 42.0 47.0 51.0
53.7 34w0d --- 34w0d 43.0 48.0 52.0
54.5 35w0d --- 35w0d 44.0 49.0 53.0
55.5 36w0d --- 36w0d 45.0 50.0 54.0
56.6 37w0d --- 37w0d 46.0 51.0 55.0
57.4 38w0d --- 38w0d 47.0 51.0 56.0
58.1 39w0d --- 39w0d 47.0 52.0 57.0
59.0 39w6d --- 40w0d 48.0 53.0 58.0
No. 2B771-023EN
18-70
18.1.25 TAD 18.1.25.3 TAD Merz FG
18.1.25.1 TAD Campbell Merz E:

no charts "Ultrasound in Gynecology and Obstetrics"
Stuttgart, New York, Thieme Medical
Publishers, Inc. 1991; 312
18.1.25.2 TAD CFEF FG
Biometry 2000. Fetal growth charts by the
12w0d 13.0 19.0 25.0
Collège Français d'Echographie Foetale
(CFEF; the "French College of Fetal 13w0d 17.0 23.0 28.0
Ultrasonography") and INSERM U 155. 14w0d 20.0 26.0 32.0
Gynecol Obstet Fertil 2000 Jun; 28 (6): 15w0d 23.0 29.0 35.0
435-45 16w0d 26.0 32.0 39.0
17w0d 29.0 36.0 42.0
18w0d 32.0 39.0 46.0
11w0d 9.7 13.5 17.3
19w0d 35.0 42.0 49.0
12w0d 12.7 17.0 21.5
20w0d 38.0 45.0 53.0
13w0d 15.6 20.6 25.5
21w0d 41.0 49.0 56.0
14w0d 18.7 24.0 29.6
22w0d 45.0 52.0 59.0
15w0d 21.8 27.7 33.6
23w0d 48.0 55.0 63.0
16w0d 25.0 31.2 37.5
24w0d 51.0 58.0 66.0
17w0d 28.2 34.7 41.4
25w0d 54.0 62.0 70.0
18w0d 31.5 38.3 45.1
26w0d 57.0 65.0 73.0
19w0d 34.8 41.7 48.6
27w0d 60.0 68.0 76.0
20w0d 38.2 45.2 52.2
28w0d 63.0 72.0 80.0
21w0d 41.1 48.3 55.6
29w0d 66.0 75.0 83.0
22w0d 44.2 51.6 59.1
30w0d 70.0 78.0 87.0
23w0d 47.0 54.7 62.5
31w0d 73.0 81.0 90.0
24w0d 49.8 57.9 66.0
32w0d 76.0 85.0 93.0
25w0d 52.5 61.0 69.4
33w0d 79.0 88.0 97.0
26w0d 55.2 64.0 72.9
34w0d 82.0 91.0 100.0
27w0d 57.7 67.1 76.4
35w0d 85.0 94.0 104.0
28w0d 60.4 70.3 79.9
36w0d 88.0 98.0 107.0
29w0d 63.1 73.3 83.3
37w0d 92.0 101.0 110.0
30w0d 65.8 76.2 86.8
38w0d 95.0 104.0 114.0
31w0d 68.4 79.3 90.1
39w0d 98.0 108.0 117.0
32w0d 70.9 82.1 93.4
40w0d 101.0 111.0 120.0
33w0d 73.1 84.8 96.6
34w0d 75.3 87.6 99.9
35w0d 77.0 90.0 103.0
18.1.26 TC no charts
36w0d 78.5 92.4 106.3
37w0d 79.8 94.8 109.7
38w0d 80.9 97.0 113.3
39w0d 81.9 99.3 117.0
40w0d 82.6 101.6 120.7
41w0d 82.8 103.0 123.0
No. 2B771-023EN
18-71
18.1.27 THD 18.1.27.2 THD Hansmann GA
18.1.27.1 THD Hansmann FG Hansmann H, Hackeloer B., Staudach A.

Hansmann H, Hackeloer B., Staudach A. Gynecology"
"Ultrasound Diagnosis in Obstetrics and New York, Springer Verlag, 1986, English
Gynecology" Edition (ISBN 0-387-15384-9); P. 431
New York, Springer Verlag, 1986, English
Edition (ISBN 0-387-15384-9); P. 431 Value (mm) Age ---
17.0 12w0d ---
Age -2SD (mm) Mean (mm) +2SD (mm) 20.0 13w0d ---
14w0d 21.5 25.5 29.5 24.0 14w0d ---
15w0d 24.5 28.8 33.1 31.0 16w0d ---
16w0d 27.5 32.2 36.9 34.0 17w0d ---
17w0d 30.6 35.6 40.6 37.0 18w0d ---
18w0d 33.6 39.0 44.4 40.0 19w0d ---
19w0d 36.4 42.1 47.8 44.0 20w0d ---
20w0d 39.1 45.2 51.3 47.0 21w0d ---
21w0d 42.0 48.4 54.8 50.0 22w0d ---
22w0d 44.8 51.6 58.4 53.0 23w0d ---
23w0d 47.7 54.8 61.9 56.0 24w0d ---
24w0d 50.4 57.9 65.4 59.0 25w0d ---
25w0d 53.1 60.9 68.7 62.0 26w0d ---
26w0d 55.8 64.0 72.2 69.0 28w0d ---
27w0d 58.5 67.0 75.5 72.0 29w0d ---
28w0d 61.2 70.0 78.8 74.0 30w0d ---
29w0d 63.8 73.0 82.2 78.0 31w0d ---
30w0d 66.5 76.0 85.5 81.0 32w0d ---
31w0d 69.0 78.9 88.8 83.0 33w0d ---
32w0d 71.5 81.7 91.9 86.0 34w0d ---
33w0d 73.9 84.5 95.1 89.0 35w0d ---
34w0d 76.3 87.2 98.1 92.0 36w0d ---
35w0d 78.7 90.0 101.3 94.0 37w0d ---
36w0d 81.2 92.8 104.4 97.0 38w0d ---
37w0d 83.5 95.5 107.5 99.0 39w0d ---
38w0d 85.6 97.9 110.2 101.0 40w0d ---
39w0d 87.6 100.3 113.0
40w0d 89.7 102.7 115.7
No. 2B771-023EN
18-72
18.1.28 Tibia 18.1.28.2 Tibia Merz FG
18.1.28.1 Tibia Jeanty GA Merz E:

Jeanty P, Rodesch F, Delbeke D, Dumont Stuttgart, New York, Thieme Medical
JE Publishers, Inc. 1991; 312
"Estimation of gestational age from
measurements of fetal long bones" Age 5% (mm) Mean (mm) 95% (mm)
J Ultrasound Med 3: 75-79. 1984. 12w0d 4.0 7.0 10.0
13w0d 6.0 10.0 13.0
5%, 95% 14w0d 9.0 12.0 16.0
Value (mm) Age
(days)
15w0d 12.0 15.0 19.0
10.0 13w3d 20
16w0d 14.0 18.0 21.0
11.6 14w0d 20
17w0d 17.0 21.0 24.0
14.5 15w0d 20
18w0d 20.0 23.0 27.0
17.5 16w0d 21
19w0d 22.0 26.0 30.0
20.0 17w0d 20
20w0d 25.0 28.0 32.0
22.5 18w0d 21
21w0d 27.0 31.0 35.0
25.3 19w0d 21
22w0d 29.0 33.0 37.0
27.6 20w0d 20
23w0d 32.0 36.0 40.0
30.0 21w0d 20
24w0d 34.0 38.0 42.0
32.5 22w0d 21
25w0d 36.0 40.0 44.0
34.7 23w0d 20
26w0d 38.0 42.0 46.0
37.2 24w0d 21
27w0d 40.0 45.0 49.0
39.3 25w0d 20
28w0d 42.0 47.0 51.0
41.6 26w0d 21
29w0d 44.0 49.0 53.0
43.7 27w0d 20
30w0d 46.0 50.0 55.0
46.0 28w0d 20
31w0d 48.0 52.0 57.0
48.0 29w0d 20
32w0d 50.0 54.0 58.0
50.2 30w0d 21
33w0d 51.0 56.0 60.0
52.2 31w0d 21
34w0d 53.0 57.0 62.0
54.2 32w0d 21
35w0d 54.0 59.0 63.0
56.2 33w0d 21
36w0d 56.0 60.0 65.0
58.2 34w0d 21
37w0d 57.0 62.0 66.0
60.2 35w0d 21
38w0d 59.0 63.0 68.0
62.2 36w0d 21
39w0d 60.0 64.0 69.0
64.0 37w0d 20
40w0d 61.0 66.0 70.0
66.0 38w0d 21
67.7 39w0d 20
69.0 39w5d 20
18.1.29 TTD
18.1.29.1 TTD Tokyo no charts
No. 2B771-023EN
18-73
18.1.30 Ulna 18.1.30.2 Ulna Merz FG
18.1.30.1 Ulna Jeanty GA Merz E:

Jeanty P, Rodesch F, Delbeke D, Dumont Stuttgart, New York, Thieme Medical
JE Publishers, Inc. 1991; 312,326-336
"Estimation of gestational age from
measurements of fetal long bones" Age 5% (mm) Mean (mm) 95% (mm)
J Ultrasound Med 3: 75-79. 1984. 12w0d 3.0 6.0 9.0
13w0d 5.0 9.0 12.0
5%, 95% 14w0d 8.0 12.0 15.0
Value (mm) Age
(days)
15w0d 11.0 14.0 18.0
10.0 13w1d 21
16w0d 14.0 17.0 21.0
12.5 14w0d 22
17w0d 17.0 20.0 23.0
15.3 15w0d 22
18w0d 19.0 23.0 26.0
18.0 16w0d 22
19w0d 22.0 25.0 29.0
20.3 17w0d 21
20w0d 24.0 28.0 31.0
22.6 18w0d 21
21w0d 27.0 30.0 34.0
25.0 19w0d 21
22w0d 29.0 33.0 36.0
27.3 20w0d 21
23w0d 31.0 35.0 39.0
29.6 21w0d 22
24w0d 33.0 37.0 41.0
31.6 22w0d 21
25w0d 35.0 39.0 43.0
33.7 23w0d 21
26w0d 37.0 41.0 45.0
36.0 24w0d 22
27w0d 39.0 43.0 47.0
38.0 25w0d 22
28w0d 41.0 45.0 49.0
39.7 26w0d 21
29w0d 43.0 47.0 51.0
41.7 27w0d 21
30w0d 44.0 48.0 52.0
43.6 28w0d 22
31w0d 46.0 50.0 54.0
45.5 29w0d 22
32w0d 47.0 51.0 55.0
47.2 30w0d 21
33w0d 49.0 53.0 57.0
49.0 31w0d 21
34w0d 50.0 54.0 58.0
50.7 32w0d 21
35w0d 51.0 55.0 60.0
52.5 33w0d 22
36w0d 52.0 56.0 61.0
54.0 34w0d 21
37w0d 53.0 57.0 62.0
55.7 35w0d 21
38w0d 54.0 58.0 63.0
57.4 36w0d 22
39w0d 55.0 59.0 64.0
59.0 37w0d 21
40w0d 56.0 60.0 65.0
60.6 38w0d 21
62.2 39w0d 22
63.6 40w0d 21
18.1.31 Umb VD no charts
64.0 40w2d 21
18.1.32 Yolk Sac no charts
No. 2B771-023EN
18-74
18.2 Calculation Item
18.2.1 AC 18.2.2 AXT (APTD*TTD)
18.2.1.1 AC Campbell no charts 18.2.2.1 AXT (APTD*TTD) Tokyo

FG
18.2.1.2 AC Merz GA
Norio Shinozuka, Haruo Masuda, Hidenori
Merz E:
Generation of reference values in ultrasonic
fetal biometry
Stuttgart, New York, Thieme Medical
Jpn Med Ultrasonics Vol. 23 No. 12 (1996)
Publishers, Inc. 1991; 312, 326-336
P. 877-P. 888
5%, 95%
Value (mm) Age
(days)
(a) AXT (APTD*TTD) Tokyo FG 5%/95%
56.0 12w1d 8 2 2 2
Age 5% (cm ) Mean (cm ) 95% (cm )
65.0 13w0d 9
16w0d 7.0 11.2 15.5
75.5 14w0d 9
17w0d 8.7 13.3 18.0
85.5 15w0d 9
18w0d 10.5 15.6 20.7
97.0 16w0d 10
19w0d 12.5 18.1 23.6
107.0 17w0d 10
20w0d 14.7 20.8 26.8
117.5 18w0d 10
21w0d 17.1 23.6 30.2
127.5 19w0d 10
22w0d 19.6 26.7 33.8
139.0 20w0d 11
23w0d 22.2 29.9 37.5
149.0 21w0d 11
24w0d 25.0 33.2 41.5
159.5 22w0d 11
25w0d 27.9 36.7 45.6
169.5 23w0d 11
26w0d 30.9 40.3 49.8
181.0 24w0d 12
27w0d 33.9 44.1 54.2
191.5 25w0d 13
28w0d 37.1 47.9 58.7
201.5 26w0d 13
29w0d 40.3 51.8 63.3
211.5 27w0d 12
30w0d 43.5 55.7 68.0
223.0 28w0d 13
31w0d 46.8 59.7 72.7
233.5 29w0d 13
32w0d 50.0 63.8 77.6
243.5 30w0d 13
33w0d 53.3 67.8 82.4
255.0 31w0d 14
34w0d 56.6 71.9 87.3
265.0 32w0d 14
35w0d 59.7 75.9 92.2
275.5 33w0d 15
36w0d 62.8 79.9 97.0
285.5 34w0d 15
37w0d 65.9 83.9 101.9
297.0 35w0d 15
38w0d 68.8 87.7 106.7
307.0 36w0d 15
39w0d 71.6 91.5 111.4
317.5 37w0d 15
40w0d 74.3 95.1 116.0
327.0 38w0d 15
41w0d 76.8 98.6 120.5
339.0 39w0d 16
42w0d 79.1 102.0 124.8
348.0 39w6d 16
No. 2B771-023EN
18-75
18.2.2.2 AXT (APTD*TTD) Tokyo
GA
(b) AXT (APTD*TTD) Tokyo FG ±1.5SD
2 2 2
Age -1.5SD (cm ) Mean (cm ) +1.5SD (cm ) Kagawa, Yuji Taketani
16w0d 7.4 11.2 15.1 Generation of reference values in ultrasonic
17w0d 9.0 13.3 17.6 fetal biometry
18w0d 10.9 15.6 20.3 Jpn Med Ultrasonics Vol.23 No.12 (1996)
P. 877-P. 888
19w0d 13.0 18.1 23.2
20w0d 15.2 20.8 26.3
2 5%, 95%
21w0d 17.6 23.6 29.6 Value (mm ) Age
(days)
22w0d 20.2 26.7 33.2 1120.0 16w4d 14
23w0d 22.9 29.9 36.9 1200.0 17w0d 14
24w0d 25.7 33.2 40.8 1450.0 18w0d 14
25w0d 28.6 36.7 44.8 1700.0 19w0d 15
26w0d 31.7 40.3 49.0 1966.6 20w0d 15
27w0d 34.8 44.1 53.3 2250.0 21w0d 15
28w0d 38.0 47.9 57.8 2533.3 22w0d 15
29w0d 41.3 51.8 62.3 2850.0 23w0d 16
30w0d 44.5 55.7 66.9 3150.0 24w0d 16
31w0d 47.9 59.7 71.6 3500.0 25w0d 17
32w0d 51.2 63.8 76.4 3850.0 26w0d 18
33w0d 54.5 67.8 81.2 4200.0 27w0d 19
34w0d 57.8 71.9 86.0 4600.0 28w0d 20
35w0d 61.1 75.9 90.8 5000.0 29w0d 21
36w0d 64.3 79.9 95.7 5400.0 30w0d 22
37w0d 67.4 83.9 100.3 5800.0 31w0d 23
38w0d 70.4 87.7 105.0 6250.0 32w0d 25
39w0d 73.3 91.5 109.7 6650.0 33w0d 26
40w0d 76.1 95.1 114.2 7050.0 34w0d 27
41w0d 78.6 98.6 118.6 7450.0 35w0d 28
42w0d 81.1 102.0 122.9 7850.0 36w0d 29
8200.0 37w0d 30
8550.0 38w0d 31
8900.0 39w0d 32
9000.0 39w2d 32
No. 2B771-023EN
18-76
18.2.3 HC 18.2.3.3 HC (BPD, OFD)
Nicolaides FG
18.2.3.1 HC Hansmann GA
no charts Nicolaides
18.2.3.2 HC Merz GA Ultrasound in Obstetrics and Gynecology 4
1994: P. 34-P. 48
Merz E:
"Ultrasound in Gynecology and Obstetrics" Age 5% (mm) Mean (mm) 95% (mm)
Stuttgart, New York, Thieme Medical 14w0d 98.1 105.0 113.3
Publishers, Inc. 1991; 312, 326-336 15w0d 107.1 114.6 124.3
16w0d 116.1 124.8 135.3
5%, 95% 17w0d 125.7 135.3 146.9
Value (mm) Age
(days)
18w0d 136.3 146.2 158.9
72.0 12w1d 7
19w0d 146.7 157.4 170.9
85.0 13w0d 9
20w0d 157.3 168.9 183.4
99.5 14w0d 9
21w0d 168.3 180.6 195.9
113.5 15w0d 9
22w0d 179.3 192.4 208.4
127.5 16w0d 10
23w0d 190.3 204.3 221.4
141.5 17w0d 10
24w0d 201.3 216.2 234.4
155.0 18w0d 11
25w0d 212.3 228.0 246.9
167.5 19w0d 11
26w0d 222.7 239.6 258.9
181.0 20w0d 12
27w0d 233.3 250.9 271.4
193.0 21w0d 12
28w0d 243.7 261.8 283.3
205.0 22w0d 12
29w0d 253.1 272.2 294.3
217.0 23w0d 12
30w0d 262.1 282.1 304.7
227.5 24w0d 13
31w0d 270.6 291.4 314.7
239.0 25w0d 13
32w0d 278.6 299.9 324.1
249.5 26w0d 13
33w0d 285.4 307.5 332.6
259.5 27w0d 13
34w0d 291.4 314.3 339.4
269.0 28w0d 13
35w0d 296.9 320.1 345.4
279.0 29w0d 14
36w0d 301.3 324.9 350.9
287.5 30w0d 13
37w0d 304.7 328.7 354.7
297.0 31w0d 14
38w0d 307.1 331.3 357.1
305.0 32w0d 14
39w0d 308.6 332.8 358.6
313.0 33w0d 14
39w6d 309.4 333.1 359.4
321.0 34w0d 15
329.0 35w0d 15
335.0 36w0d 15
343.0 37w0d 16
349.0 38w0d 17
355.0 39w0d 16
361.0 40w0d 16
364.0 40w4d 16
No. 2B771-023EN
18-77
18.2.3.4 HC (BPD, OFD) 18.2.4 EFW
Nicolaides GA
18.2.4.1 EFW Campbell [AC]
Nicolaides no charts
Ultrasound in Obstetrics and Gynecology 4 EFW Expression
1994: P. 34-P. 48
Loge (EFW) =
Value(mm) Age --- (-4.564+(0.282*AC)-(0.00331*AC2))
105.0 14w0d --- *1000.0
114.5 15w0d --- EFW (g), AC (cm)
125.0 16w0d ---
135.5 17w0d --- Campbell S, Wilkin D.
146.0 18w0d ---
157.5 19w0d --- "Ultrasonic Measurement of Fetal Abdomen
169.0 20w0d ---
Circumference in the Estimation of Fetal
Weight." Br J Obstetrics and Gynaecology
180.5 21w0d ---
September 1975; 82 (No. 9): 689-697.
192.5 22w0d ---
204.5 23w0d ---
18.2.4.2 EFW Hadlock FG
216.5 24w0d ---
228.0 25w0d --- EFW Expression
239.5 26w0d ---
251.0 27w0d --- Hadlock [AC, FL]
262.0 28w0d --- Log10 (EFW) =
272.0 29w0d --- 1.304+(0.05281*AC)+(0.1938*FL)
282.0 30w0d --- -(0.004*AC*FL)
291.0 31w0d --- Hadlock [BPD, AC, FL]
300.0 32w0d ---
Log10 (EFW) =
308.0 33w0d ---
1.335-(0.0034*AC*FL)+(0.0316*BPD)
314.0 34w0d --- +(0.0457*AC)+(0.1623*FL)
320.0 35w0d ---
Hadlock [HC, AC, FL]
325.0 36w0d ---
328.5 37w0d --- Log10 (EFW) =
331.2 38w0d --- 1.326-(0.00326*AC*FL)+(0.0107*HC)
332.6 39w0d ---
+(0.0438*AC)+(0.158*FL)
333.0 39w2d --- Hadlock [BPD, HC, AC, FL]
Log10 (EFW) =
1.3596-(0.00386*AC*FL)
+(0.0064*HC)+(0.00061*BPD*AC)
+(0.0424*AC)+(0.174*FL)
EFW (g), BPD (cm), HC (cm), AC (cm),
FL (cm)
Hadlock FP, Harrist RB, Matinex-Poyer J

"In utero analysis of fetal growth: A
sonographic weight standard"
Radiology 181: 129-133, 1991
No. 2B771-023EN
18-78
18.2.4.3 EFW Hansmann [BPD,
THD] FG
Age 3% (g) Mean (g) 97% (g)
10w0d 26.0 34.6 43.3 EFW Expression
11w0d 33.6 44.8 56.0
12w0d 43.1 57.5 71.9 EFW =
13w0d 55.0 73.4 91.7 ((-1.05775*BPD)+(0.649145*THD)
+(0.0930707*BPD2)-(0.020562*THD2)
14w0d 69.7 93.0 116.2
+(0.515263))*1000.0
15w0d 87.7 116.9 146.2
16w0d 109.5 146.0 182.5 EFW (g), BPD (cm), THD (cm)
17w0d 135.8 181.1 226.4
Hansmann H, Hackeloer B., Staudach A.;
18w0d 167.2 223.0 278.7
19w0d 204.5 272.6 340.8 Gynecology"
21w0d 299.2 399.0 498.7 Edition (ISBN 0-387-15384-9)
22w0d 358.2 477.5 596.9
23w0d 425.7 567.6 709.4 Age --- Mean (g) ---
24w0d 502.3 669.8 837.2 20w0d --- 61.0 ---
25w0d 588.6 784.9 981.1 21w0d --- 178.0 ---
26w0d 684.9 913.2 1141.5 22w0d --- 312.0 ---
27w0d 791.3 1055.0 1318.8 23w0d --- 463.0 ---
28w0d 907.7 1210.3 1512.9 24w0d --- 624.0 ---
29w0d 1034.0 1378.6 1723.3 25w0d --- 795.0 ---
30w0d 1169.5 1559.3 1949.1 26w0d --- 984.0 ---
31w0d 1313.4 1751.2 2189.0 27w0d --- 1177.0 ---
32w0d 1464.6 1952.8 2441.0 28w0d --- 1378.0 ---
33w0d 1621.7 2162.3 2702.9 29w0d --- 1582.0 ---
34w0d 1783.0 2377.4 2971.7 30w0d --- 1795.0 ---
35w0d 1946.6 2595.4 3244.3 31w0d --- 2009.0 ---
36w0d 2110.1 2813.4 3516.8 32w0d --- 2222.0 ---
37w0d 2271.2 3028.2 3785.3 33w0d --- 2437.0 ---
38w0d 2427.4 3236.5 4045.6 34w0d --- 2644.0 ---
39w0d 2576.0 3434.6 4293.3 35w0d --- 2858.0 ---
40w0d 2714.4 3619.2 4524.0 36w0d --- 3049.0 ---
41w0d 2840.1 3786.7 4733.4 37w0d --- 3233.0 ---
42w0d 2950.6 3934.1 4917.6 38w0d --- 3396.0 ---
39w0d --- 3553.0 ---
40w0d --- 3711.0 ---
40w2d --- 3750.0 ---
No. 2B771-023EN
18-79
18.2.4.4 EFW JSUM [BPD, AC, FL]
FG
(b) EFW JSUM [BPD, AC, FL] FG ±1.5SD
EFW Expression
Age -1.5SD (g) Mean (g) +1.5SD (g)
EFW = 1.07*BPD3+3.00*10-1*AC2*FL 18w0d 142 187 232
19w0d 186 247 308
EFW (g), BPD (cm), AC (cm), FL (cm)
20w0d 236 313 390
Standardization of ultrasonic fetal biometry 21w0d 293 387 481
and Japanese reference values 22w0d 358 469 580
J Med Ultrasonics Vol.30 No.3 (2003) 23w0d 430 560 690
J416-J440 24w0d 511 660 809
25w0d 602 771 940
(a) EFW JSUM [BPD, AC, FL] FG ±2SD
26w0d 703 892 1081
27w0d 813 1023 1233
Age -2SD (g) Mean (g) +2SD (g)
28w0d 930 1163 1396
18w0d 126 187 247
29w0d 1058 1313 1568
19w0d 166 247 328
30w0d 1191 1470 1749
20w0d 211 313 416
31w0d 1332 1635 1938
21w0d 262 387 512
32w0d 1477 1805 2133
22w0d 320 469 617
33w0d 1627 1980 2333
23w0d 386 560 733
34w0d 1776 2156 2536
24w0d 461 660 859
35w0d 1926 2333 2740
25w0d 546 771 996
36w0d 2072 2507 2942
26w0d 639 892 1,144
37w0d 2213 2676 3139
27w0d 742 1,023 1,304
38w0d 2346 2838 3330
28w0d 853 1,163 1,474
39w0d 2467 2989 3511
29w0d 972 1,313 1,653
40w0d 2572 3125 3678
30w0d 1,098 1,470 1,842
41w0d 2660 3244 3828
31w0d 1,231 1,635 2,039 *1
42w0d 2721 3338 3954
32w0d 1,368 1,805 2,243
33w0d 1,508 1,980 2,451
34w0d 1,650 2,156 2,663
the preset.
35w0d 1,790 2,333 2,875
36w0d 1,927 2,507 3,086
37w0d 2,059 2,676 3,294
38w0d 2,181 2,838 3,494
39w0d 2,292 2,989 3,685
40w0d 2,388 3,125 3,862
41w0d 2,465 3,244 4,023
*1
42w0d 2,516 3,338 4,160

the preset.
No. 2B771-023EN
18-80
18.2.4.5 EFW JSUM [BPD, AC, FL] 18.2.4.6 EFW Merz1 [BPD, AC]
GA no charts
EFW Expression EFW Expression
EFW = 1.07*BPD3+3.00*10-1*AC2*FL EFW =

-3200.40479+157.07186*AC
EFW (g), BPD (cm), AC (cm), FL (cm)
+15.90391*BPD2
Standardization of ultrasonic fetal biometry EFW (g), BPD (cm), AC (cm)
J Med Ultrasonics Vol. 30 No. 3 (2003) Merz E., Werner G. & Ilan E. T., 1991
J416-J440 Ultrasound in Gynaecology and Obstetrics
Textbook and Atlas 312, 326-336.
Value (g) Age ±1SD (days)
143 18w0d 6 18.2.4.7 EFW Merz2 [AC]
220 19w0d 6 no charts
300 20w0d 7
385 21w0d 7 EFW Expression
475 22w0d 7
EFW = 0.1*AC3
570 23w0d 7
670 24w0d 7 EFW (g), AC (cm)
775 25w0d 8
Merz E., Werner G. & Ilan E. T., 1991
890 26w0d 8
Ultrasound in Gynaecology and Obstetrics
1,015 27w0d 8
Textbook and Atlas 312, 326-336.
1,145 28w0d 9
1,285 29w0d 9
1,435 30w0d 10
1,600 31w0d 10
1,770 32w0d 11
1,950 33w0d 12
2,130 34w0d 13
2,310 35w0d 14
2,480 36w0d 15
2,645 37w0d 16
2,800 38w0d 17
2,945 39w0d 18
3,075 40w0d 19
3,205 41w0d 20
*1
3,325 42w0d 20

the preset.
No. 2B771-023EN
18-81
18.2.4.8 EFW Osaka [BPD, FTA,
FL] Identical
(b) EFW Osaka [BPD, FTA, FL] Identical
EFW Expression ±1.5SD
EFW = Age -1.5SD (g) Mean (g) +1.5SD (g)

1.25647*BPD3+3.50665*FTA*FL+6.3 16w0d 94.0 137.0 180.0
2 17w0d 129.0 176.0 222.0
EFW (g), BPD (cm), FTA (cm ), FL (cm)
18w0d 170.0 223.0 276.0
Mineo Aoki, Motohiro Yamada 19w0d 217.0 280.0 343.0
Evaluation of fetal growth 20w0d 272.0 347.0 422.0
Obstetrics and gynecological treatment Vol. 21w0d 335.0 425.0 514.0
47 No. 5 (1983: 11) 22w0d 406.0 513.0 619.0
23w0d 486.0 611.0 736.0
(a) EFW Osaka [BPD, FTA, FL] Identical
24w0d 576.0 720.0 864.0
±2SD
25w0d 674.0 839.0 1004.0
Age -2SD (g) Mean (g) +2SD (g) 26w0d 781.0 968.0 1155.0
16w0d 79.0 137.0 195.0 27w0d 897.0 1106.0 1316.0
17w0d 114.0 176.0 238.0 28w0d 1020.0 1253.0 1486.0
18w0d 153.0 223.0 293.0 29w0d 1151.0 1407.0 1664.0
19w0d 196.0 280.0 364.0 30w0d 1287.0 1568.0 1850.0
20w0d 247.0 347.0 447.0 31w0d 1428.0 1735.0 2041.0
21w0d 305.0 425.0 545.0 32w0d 1573.0 1906.0 2238.0
22w0d 371.0 513.0 655.0 33w0d 1720.0 2079.0 2438.0
23w0d 445.0 611.0 777.0 34w0d 1868.0 2254.0 2640.0
24w0d 528.0 720.0 912.0 35w0d 2014.0 2428.0 2843.0
25w0d 619.0 839.0 1059.0 36w0d 2156.0 2600.0 3044.0
26w0d 718.0 968.0 1218.0 37w0d 2292.0 2767.0 3243.0
27w0d 826.0 1106.0 1386.0 38w0d 2420.0 2928.0 3436.0
28w0d 943.0 1253.0 1563.0 39w0d 2537.0 3080.0 3623.0
29w0d 1065.0 1407.0 1749.0 40w0d 2641.0 3220.0 3800.0

*1
30w0d 1192.0 1568.0 1944.0 41w0d 2727.0 3347.0 3967.0
*1
31w0d 1327.0 1735.0 2143.0 42w0d 2794.0 3457.0 4119.0
32w0d 1462.0 1906.0 2350.0

33w0d 1601.0 2079.0 2557.0
the preset.
34w0d 1740.0 2254.0 2768.0
35w0d 1876.0 2428.0 2980.0
36w0d 2008.0 2600.0 3192.0
37w0d 2133.0 2767.0 3401.0
38w0d 2250.0 2928.0 3606.0
39w0d 2356.0 3080.0 3804.0
40w0d 2446.0 3220.0 3994.0
*1
41w0d 2521.0 3347.0 4173.0
*1
42w0d 2573.0 3456.0 4340.0

the preset.
No. 2B771-023EN
18-82
18.2.4.9 EFW Shepard [BPD, AC] 18.2.4.10 EFW Tokyo [BPD, APTD,
no charts TTD, FL] FG
EFW Expression EFW Expression
EFW = EFW = 1.07*BPD3+3.42*APTD*TTD*FL

10^(-1.7492+(0.166*BPD)
EFW (g), BPD (cm), APTD (cm),
+(0.046*AC)-(2.646*AC*BPD/1000))
TTD (cm), FL (cm)
EFW (Kg), BPD (cm), AC (cm)
Shepard M, Richards V, Berkowitz R, Kagawa, Yuji Taketani
Warsof S, Hobbins J. Generation of reference values in ultrasonic
An Evaluation of Two Equations for fetal biometry
Predicting Fetal Weight by Ultrasound. Jpn Med Ultrasonics Vol. 23 No. 12 (1996)
American Journal of Obstetrics P. 877-P. 888
and Gynecology January 1982; 142 (No. 1):
47-54. (a) EFW Tokyo [BPD, APTD, TTD, FL] FG
5%/95%
Age 5% (g) Mean (g) 95% (g)

18w0d 158.0 216.0 274.0
19w0d 194.0 279.0 355.0
20w0d 256.0 349.0 442.0
21w0d 314.0 427.0 539.0
22w0d 381.0 513.0 645.0
23w0d 456.0 609.0 761.0
24w0d 541.0 714.0 888.0
25w0d 634.0 830.0 1026.0
26w0d 737.0 956.0 1175.0
27w0d 849.0 1092.0 1334.0
28w0d 970.0 1237.0 1504.0
29w0d 1099.0 1391.0 1683.0
30w0d 1234.0 1552.0 1870.0
31w0d 1375.0 1720.0 2064.0
32w0d 1520.0 1892.0 2265.0
33w0d 1667.0 2068.0 2469.0
34w0d 1814.0 2244.0 2675.0
35w0d 1960.0 2420.0 2880.0
36w0d 2102.0 2592.0 3083.0
37w0d 2236.0 2758.0 3280.0
38w0d 2360.0 2915.0 3469.0
39w0d 2471.0 3059.0 3647.0
40w0d 2565.0 3187.0 3809.0
41w0d 2639.0 3296.0 3952.0
No. 2B771-023EN
18-83
18.2.4.11 EFW Tokyo [BPD, APTD,
TTD, FL] GA
(b) EFW Tokyo [BPD, APTD, TTD, FL] FG
±1.5SD EFW Expression
Age -1.5SD (g) Mean (g) +1.5SD (g) EFW = 1.07*BPD3+3.42*APTD*TTD*FL

18w0d 163.0 216.0 269.0
EFW (g), BPD (cm), APTD (cm), TTD
19w0d 211.0 279.0 348.0
(cm), FL (cm)
20w0d 264.0 349.0 434.0
21w0d 324.0 427.0 529.0 Norio Shinozuka, Haruo Masuda, Hidenori
22w0d 392.0 513.0 634.0 Kagawa, Yuji Taketani
23w0d 469.0 609.0 748.0 Generation of reference values in ultrasonic
24w0d 555.0 714.0 873.0 fetal biometry
Jpn Med Ultrasonics Vol. 23 No. 12 (1996)
25w0d 651.0 830.0 1009.0
P. 877-P. 888
26w0d 756.0 956.0 1156.0
27w0d 870.0 1092.0 1313.0
5%, 95%
Value (g) Age
28w0d 993.0 1237.0 1481.0 (days)
29w0d 1123.0 1391.0 1658.0 250.0 19w3d 11
30w0d 1261.0 1552.0 1843.0 300.0 20w0d 11
31w0d 1404.0 1720.0 2035.0 390.0 21w0d 11
32w0d 1551.0 1892.0 2233.0 480.0 22w0d 11
33w0d 1701.0 2068.0 2434.0 570.0 23w0d 12
34w0d 1851.0 2244.0 2638.0 675.0 24w0d 12
35w0d 1999.0 2420.0 2841.0 785.0 25w0d 12
36w0d 2143.0 2592.0 3041.0 895.0 26w0d 13
37w0d 2280.0 2758.0 3236.0 1025.0 27w0d 13
38w0d 2407.0 2915.0 3422.0 1155.0 28w0d 14
39w0d 2521.0 3059.0 3596.0 1300.0 29w0d 15
40w0d 2618.0 3187.0 3756.0 1455.0 30w0d 16
41w0d 2695.0 3296.0 3896.0 1620.0 31w0d 17
1795.0 32w0d 18
1975.0 33w0d 20
2160.0 34w0d 21
2340.0 35w0d 23
2515.0 36w0d 24
2675.0 37w0d 26
2835.0 38w0d 28
2975.0 39w0d 29
3105.0 40w0d 31
3235.0 41w0d 32
3350.0 42w0d 34
No. 2B771-023EN
18-84
18.3 Doppler
18.3.1 Fetal Ao RI 18.3.1.2 Fetal Ao RI Schaffer FG
H. Schaffer
18.3.1.1 Fetal Ao RI Mai FG "IPDS 1998 11th Congress of the
International Perinatal Doppler Society."
R. Mai, P. Kristen, A. Rempen JOURNAL FÜR FERTILITÄT UND
"Farb-Dopplersonographische Normalwerte REPRODUKTION July 2-4, 1998
in der Schwangershaft Z."
Geburish.u.Perinat. P. 221-P. 222
Age 5% Mean 95%
20w0d 0.77 0.84 0.90
Age 5% Mean 95%
21w0d 0.77 0.84 0.90
30w0d 0.74 0.81 0.89
22w0d 0.77 0.84 0.90
31w0d 0.73 0.80 0.88
23w0d 0.77 0.84 0.90
32w0d 0.72 0.80 0.88
24w0d 0.77 0.84 0.90
33w0d 0.71 0.79 0.87
25w0d 0.77 0.84 0.90
34w0d 0.71 0.78 0.86
26w0d 0.77 0.84 0.91
35w0d 0.70 0.78 0.86
27w0d 0.77 0.84 0.91
36w0d 0.70 0.77 0.85
28w0d 0.77 0.84 0.91
37w0d 0.69 0.77 0.85
29w0d 0.77 0.84 0.91
38w0d 0.69 0.77 0.85
30w0d 0.78 0.84 0.91
39w0d 0.69 0.77 0.85
31w0d 0.78 0.84 0.91
40w0d 0.69 0.77 0.85
32w0d 0.78 0.84 0.91
33w0d 0.78 0.85 0.91
34w0d 0.78 0.85 0.91
35w0d 0.78 0.85 0.91
36w0d 0.78 0.85 0.92
37w0d 0.78 0.85 0.92
38w0d 0.78 0.85 0.92
39w0d 0.79 0.85 0.92
40w0d 0.79 0.85 0.92
41w0d 0.79 0.86 0.92
42w0d 0.79 0.86 0.92
No. 2B771-023EN
18-85
18.3.1.3 Fetal Ao RI Bahlmann FG 18.3.2 Fetal Ao PI
Reference values of fetal aortic flow velocity 18.3.2.1 Fetal Ao PI Harrington FG
waveforms and associated intra-observer
reliability in normal pregnancies K. Harrington, R. G. Carpenter, M. Nguyen
F.BAHLMANN, S.WELLEK, I.REINHARDT, and S. Campbell
F.KRUMMENAUER, E.MERZ and "Changes observed in Doppler studies of the
C.WELTER fetal circulation in pregnancies complicated
Ultrasound Obstet Gynecol 2001; 17: 42-49 by pre-eclampsia or the delivery of a small-
for-gestational age baby."
Age 10% Mean 90% Ultrasound Obstet. Gynecol. 1995 Jul; 6 (1):
18w0d 0.69 0.80 0.87 19-28
19w0d 0.69 0.80 0.87
20w0d 0.69 0.80 0.87 Age 5% Mean 95%
21w0d 0.69 0.80 0.87 22w0d 1.45 1.84 2.30
22w0d 0.69 0.79 0.87 23w0d 1.45 1.85 2.32
23w0d 0.68 0.79 0.87 24w0d 1.45 1.86 2.33
24w0d 0.68 0.79 0.87 25w0d 1.46 1.86 2.35
25w0d 0.68 0.79 0.87 26w0d 1.46 1.87 2.36
26w0d 0.68 0.79 0.87 27w0d 1.46 1.88 2.38
27w0d 0.68 0.79 0.87 28w0d 1.46 1.89 2.39
28w0d 0.68 0.79 0.87 29w0d 1.46 1.90 2.41
29w0d 0.68 0.79 0.87 30w0d 1.46 1.90 2.42
30w0d 0.68 0.79 0.87 31w0d 1.46 1.91 2.44
31w0d 0.67 0.79 0.87 32w0d 1.46 1.92 2.45
32w0d 0.67 0.79 0.87 33w0d 1.47 1.93 2.47
33w0d 0.67 0.79 0.87 34w0d 1.47 1.94 2.49
34w0d 0.67 0.79 0.87 35w0d 1.47 1.95 2.50
35w0d 0.67 0.79 0.87 36w0d 1.47 1.95 2.52
36w0d 0.67 0.79 0.87 37w0d 1.47 1.96 2.53
37w0d 0.67 0.79 0.87 38w0d 1.47 1.97 2.55
38w0d 0.67 0.79 0.87 39w0d 1.47 1.98 2.56
39w0d 0.67 0.79 0.87 40w0d 1.47 1.99 2.58
40w0d 0.66 0.79 0.87 41w0d 1.47 1.99 2.59
41w0d 0.66 0.78 0.87 42w0d 1.48 2.00 2.61
No. 2B771-023EN
18-86
18.3.2.2 Fetal Ao PI Mai FG 18.3.2.4 Fetal Ao PI Bahlmann FG
R. Mai, P. Kristen, A. Rempen Reference values of fetal aortic flow velocity
"Farb-Dopplersonographische Normalwerte waveforms and associated intra-observer
in der Schwangershaft Z." reliability in normal pregnancies
Geburish.u.Perinat. P. 221-P. 222 F.BAHLMANN, S.WELLEK, I.REINHARDT,
F.KRUMMENAUER, E.MERZ and
Age 5% Mean 95% C.WELTER
30w0d 1.39 1.73 2.07 Ultrasound Obstet Gynecol 2001; 17: 42-49
31w0d 1.36 1.70 2.04
Age 10% Mean 90%
32w0d 1.33 1.67 2.01
18w0d 1.50 1.79 2.15
33w0d 1.31 1.65 1.99
19w0d 1.49 1.79 2.16
34w0d 1.29 1.63 1.97
20w0d 1.49 1.79 2.16
35w0d 1.28 1.62 1.96
21w0d 1.49 1.79 2.17
36w0d 1.27 1.61 1.95
22w0d 1.49 1.80 2.18
37w0d 1.27 1.61 1.95
23w0d 1.49 1.80 2.18
38w0d 1.28 1.62 1.96
24w0d 1.49 1.81 2.19
39w0d 1.29 1.63 1.97
25w0d 1.50 1.81 2.21
40w0d 1.30 1.64 1.98
26w0d 1.50 1.82 2.22
27w0d 1.50 1.83 2.23
28w0d 1.51 1.84 2.24
18.3.2.3 Fetal Ao PI Schaffer FG
29w0d 1.51 1.84 2.25
H. Schaffer 30w0d 1.52 1.85 2.27
"IPDS 1998 11th Congress of the 31w0d 1.53 1.86 2.28
International Perinatal Doppler Society." 32w0d 1.53 1.87 2.30
JOURNAL FÜR FERTILITÄT UND 33w0d 1.54 1.88 2.31
REPRODUKTION July 2-4, 1998 34w0d 1.55 1.89 2.33
35w0d 1.55 1.90 2.34
Age 5% Mean 95%
36w0d 1.56 1.91 2.35
20w0d 1.34 1.88 2.42
37w0d 1.56 1.92 2.37
21w0d 1.35 1.89 2.44
38w0d 1.57 1.93 2.38
22w0d 1.37 1.91 2.45
39w0d 1.58 1.94 2.40
23w0d 1.38 1.92 2.46
40w0d 1.58 1.95 2.41
24w0d 1.39 1.93 2.47
41w0d 1.58 1.95 2.42
25w0d 1.41 1.95 2.49
26w0d 1.42 1.96 2.50
27w0d 1.43 1.97 2.51
28w0d 1.45 1.99 2.53
29w0d 1.47 2.01 2.55
30w0d 1.48 2.02 2.56
31w0d 1.50 2.04 2.58
32w0d 1.52 2.06 2.60
33w0d 1.53 2.07 2.62
34w0d 1.55 2.09 2.63
35w0d 1.57 2.11 2.65
36w0d 1.59 2.13 2.67
37w0d 1.61 2.15 2.69
38w0d 1.63 2.17 2.71
39w0d 1.65 2.20 2.74
40w0d 1.68 2.22 2.76
41w0d 1.70 2.24 2.78
42w0d 1.72 2.26 2.80
No. 2B771-023EN
18-87
18.3.3 MCA RI
18.3.3.1 MCA RI JSUM FG (b) MCA RI JSUM FG ±1.5SD
Standardization of ultrasonic fetal biometry Age -1.5SD Mean +1.5SD

and Japanese reference values 20w0d 0.72 0.78 0.86
J Med Ultrasonics Vol. 30 No. 3 (2003) 21w0d 0.74 0.79 0.88
J416-J440 22w0d 0.75 0.81 0.89
23w0d 0.76 0.82 0.90
(a) MCA RI JSUM FG 5%/95%
24w0d 0.77 0.83 0.90
25w0d 0.77 0.84 0.91
Age 5% Mean 95%
26w0d 0.78 0.85 0.92
20w0d 0.72 0.78 0.87
27w0d 0.78 0.86 0.92
21w0d 0.73 0.79 0.88
28w0d 0.78 0.86 0.92
22w0d 0.74 0.81 0.89
29w0d 0.78 0.87 0.93
23w0d 0.75 0.82 0.90
30w0d 0.78 0.87 0.92
24w0d 0.76 0.83 0.91
31w0d 0.78 0.87 0.92
25w0d 0.77 0.84 0.92
32w0d 0.77 0.86 0.92
26w0d 0.77 0.85 0.92
33w0d 0.76 0.86 0.92
27w0d 0.77 0.86 0.93
34w0d 0.75 0.85 0.91
28w0d 0.78 0.86 0.93
35w0d 0.74 0.84 0.90
29w0d 0.78 0.86 0.93
36w0d 0.73 0.83 0.89
30w0d 0.77 0.87 0.93
37w0d 0.72 0.82 0.88
31w0d 0.77 0.86 0.93
38w0d 0.70 0.81 0.87
32w0d 0.76 0.86 0.93
39w0d 0.68 0.79 0.86
33w0d 0.75 0.86 0.92
40w0d 0.66 0.78 0.84
34w0d 0.74 0.85 0.91
41w0d 0.64 0.76 0.83
35w0d 0.73 0.84 0.91 *1
42w0d 0.61 0.74 0.81
36w0d 0.72 0.83 0.90
37w0d 0.70 0.82 0.89
38w0d 0.69 0.81 0.88
the preset.
39w0d 0.67 0.79 0.86
40w0d 0.65 0.78 0.85
41w0d 0.63 0.76 0.83
*1
42w0d 0.60 0.74 0.82

the preset.
No. 2B771-023EN
18-88
18.3.3.2 MCA RI Mai FG 18.3.3.4 MCA RI Bahlmann FG
R. Mai, P. Kristen, A. Rempen Blood flow velocity waveforms of the fetal
"Farb-Dopplersonographische Normalwerte middle cerebral artery in a normal
in der Schwangershaft Z." population: reference values from 18 weeks
Geburish.u.Perinat. P. 221-P. 222 to 42 weeks of gestation
Franz Bahlmann, Iris Reinhard, Frank
Age 5% Mean 95% Krummenauer, Susanne Neubert, Doris
30w0d 0.75 0.84 0.93 Macchiella, and Stefan Wellek
2002 by Walter de Gruyter GmbH & Co. KG
31w0d 0.73 0.83 0.92
Berlin - New York
32w0d 0.73 0.82 0.91
J. Perinat.Med.30 (2002) 490-501
33w0d 0.71 0.81 0.90
34w0d 0.71 0.80 0.89 Age 10% Mean 90%
35w0d 0.70 0.79 0.88
18w0d 0.54 0.69 0.79
36w0d 0.69 0.78 0.87
19w0d 0.57 0.71 0.81
37w0d 0.68 0.77 0.86
20w0d 0.59 0.73 0.83
38w0d 0.67 0.76 0.85
21w0d 0.61 0.74 0.85
39w0d 0.66 0.75 0.85
40w0d 0.65 0.75 0.84
22w0d 0.62 0.76 0.86
23w0d 0.63 0.77 0.87
24w0d 0.64 0.78 0.89
18.3.3.3 MCA RI Schaffer FG 25w0d 0.65 0.79 0.90
26w0d 0.66 0.80 0.90
H. Schaffer 27w0d 0.66 0.80 0.91
"IPDS 1998 11th Congress of the
International Perinatal Doppler Society." 28w0d 0.66 0.80 0.91
JOURNAL FÜR FERTILITÄT UND 29w0d 0.66 0.80 0.91
REPRODUKTION July 2-4, 1998 30w0d 0.66 0.80 0.91
31w0d 0.65 0.80 0.91
Age 5% Mean 95%
32w0d 0.65 0.79 0.90
24w0d 0.65 0.79 0.92
33w0d 0.64 0.78 0.89
25w0d 0.67 0.80 0.94
34w0d 0.63 0.77 0.89
26w0d 0.67 0.81 0.95
27w0d 0.68 0.82 0.95
35w0d 0.61 0.76 0.87
28w0d 0.69 0.82 0.96 36w0d 0.60 0.75 0.86
29w0d 0.69 0.83 0.96 37w0d 0.58 0.73 0.84
30w0d 0.69 0.83 0.96 38w0d 0.56 0.71 0.83
31w0d 0.69 0.83 0.96 39w0d 0.54 0.69 0.81
32w0d 0.69 0.83 0.96 40w0d 0.52 0.67 0.79
33w0d 0.69 0.82 0.96 41w0d 0.49 0.64 0.76
34w0d 0.68 0.81 0.95
42w0d 0.46 0.62 0.74
35w0d 0.67 0.81 0.94
36w0d 0.66 0.79 0.93
37w0d 0.65 0.78 0.92
38w0d 0.63 0.77 0.90
39w0d 0.61 0.75 0.88
40w0d 0.60 0.73 0.87
41w0d 0.57 0.71 0.84
42w0d 0.55 0.69 0.82
No. 2B771-023EN
18-89
18.3.4 MCA PI 18.3.4.2 MCA PI JSUM FG
18.3.4.1 MCA PI Harrington FG Standardization of ultrasonic fetal biometry

K. Harrington, R. G. Carpenter, M. Nguyen J Med Ultrasonics Vol. 30 No. 3 (2003)
and S. Campbell J416-J440
"Changes observed in Doppler studies of the
fetal circulation in pregnancies complicated (a) MCA PI JSUM FG 5%/95%
by pre-eclampsia or the delivery of a small-
for-gestational age baby." Age 5% Mean 95%
Ultrasound Obstet. Gynecol. 1995 Jul; 6 (1): 20w0d 1.27 1.44 1.99
19-28 21w0d 1.32 1.54 2.09
22w0d 1.36 1.62 2.18
Age 5% Mean 95%
23w0d 1.39 1.70 2.26
22w0d 1.45 1.88 2.47
24w0d 1.42 1.76 2.33
23w0d 1.54 1.96 2.55
25w0d 1.44 1.82 2.39
24w0d 1.60 2.03 2.61
26w0d 1.46 1.86 2.43
25w0d 1.65 2.07 2.65
27w0d 1.47 1.90 2.46
26w0d 1.68 2.09 2.67
28w0d 1.47 1.92 2.49
27w0d 1.69 2.10 2.67
29w0d 1.47 1.94 2.50
28w0d 1.68 2.09 2.66
30w0d 1.46 1.94 2.50
29w0d 1.66 2.07 2.63
31w0d 1.45 1.93 2.49
30w0d 1.63 2.03 2.60
32w0d 1.42 1.92 2.47
31w0d 1.58 1.98 2.54
33w0d 1.40 1.89 2.43
32w0d 1.52 1.92 2.48
34w0d 1.36 1.85 2.39
33w0d 1.46 1.86 2.41
35w0d 1.32 1.80 2.34
34w0d 1.39 1.78 2.33
36w0d 1.28 1.74 2.27
35w0d 1.31 1.70 2.25
37w0d 1.23 1.67 2.19
36w0d 1.22 1.61 2.16
38w0d 1.17 1.59 2.10
37w0d 1.13 1.52 2.06
39w0d 1.10 1.50 2.00
38w0d 1.04 1.42 1.96
40w0d 1.03 1.40 1.89
39w0d 0.95 1.33 1.87
41w0d 0.95 1.29 1.77
40w0d 0.85 1.23 1.77 *1
42w0d 0.87 1.17 1.63
41w0d 0.76 1.14 1.67
42w0d 0.67 1.05 1.58
the preset.
No. 2B771-023EN
18-90
18.3.4.3 MCA PI Mai FG
(b) MCA PI JSUM FG ±1.5SD R. Mai, P. Kristen, A. Rempen
"Farb-Dopplersonographische Normalwerte
Age -1.5SD Mean +1.5SD in der Schwangershaft Z."
20w0d 1.29 1.44 1.94 Geburish.u.Perinat. P. 221-P. 222
21w0d 1.34 1.54 2.04
22w0d 1.38 1.62 2.13 Age 5% Mean 95%
23w0d 1.42 1.70 2.21 30w0d 1.53 1.96 2.39
24w0d 1.45 1.76 2.28 31w0d 1.47 1.89 2.32
25w0d 1.48 1.82 2.34 32w0d 1.41 1.83 2.26
26w0d 1.50 1.87 2.38 33w0d 1.35 1.78 2.21
27w0d 1.51 1.90 2.41 34w0d 1.30 1.73 2.15
28w0d 1.51 1.92 2.44 35w0d 1.26 1.68 2.11
29w0d 1.51 1.94 2.45 36w0d 1.22 1.64 2.07
30w0d 1.50 1.94 2.45 37w0d 1.18 1.60 2.03
31w0d 1.49 1.93 2.44 38w0d 1.15 1.57 2.00
32w0d 1.47 1.92 2.42 39w0d 1.13 1.55 1.97
33w0d 1.44 1.89 2.39 40w0d 1.10 1.52 1.95
34w0d 1.41 1.85 2.34

35w0d 1.37 1.80 2.29
36w0d 1.32 1.74 2.22 18.3.4.4 MCA PI Schaffer FG
37w0d 1.26 1.67 2.14
H. Schaffer
38w0d 1.20 1.59 2.06
39w0d 1.14 1.50 1.96 International Perinatal Doppler Society."
40w0d 1.06 1.40 1.85 JOURNAL FÜR FERTILITÄT UND
41w0d 0.98 1.29 1.73 REPRODUKTION July 2-4, 1998
*1
42w0d 0.90 1.17 1.59
Age 5% Mean 95%
*1: Effective when "Extrapolated" is ON in 24w0d 1.06 1.69 2.32
the preset. 25w0d 1.13 1.76 2.39
26w0d 1.20 1.83 2.46
27w0d 1.24 1.87 2.50
28w0d 1.28 1.91 2.54
29w0d 1.31 1.94 2.57
30w0d 1.32 1.95 2.58
31w0d 1.33 1.96 2.59
32w0d 1.32 1.95 2.58
33w0d 1.30 1.93 2.56
34w0d 1.27 1.90 2.53
35w0d 1.22 1.85 2.48
36w0d 1.17 1.80 2.43
37w0d 1.10 1.73 2.36
38w0d 1.02 1.65 2.28
39w0d 0.93 1.56 2.20
40w0d 0.83 1.46 2.09
41w0d 0.72 1.35 1.98
42w0d 0.60 1.23 1.86
No. 2B771-023EN
18-91
18.3.4.5 MCA PI Bahlmann FG 18.3.5 Umb A RI
Blood flow velocity waveforms of the fetal 18.3.5.1 Umb A RI JSUM FG
middle cerebral artery in a normal
population: reference values from 18 weeks Standardization of ultrasonic fetal biometry
to 42 weeks of gestation and Japanese reference values
Franz Bahlmann, Iris Reinhard, Frank J Med Ultrasonics Vol. 30 No. 3 (2003)
Krummenauer, Susanne Neubert, Doris J416-J440
Macchiella, and Stefan Wellek
2002 by Walter de Gruyter GmbH & Co. KG (a) Umb A RI JSUM FG 5%/95%
Berlin - New York
J. Perinat.Med.30 (2002) 490-501
Age 5% Mean 95%
20w0d 0.70 0.78 0.85
Age 10% Mean 90%
21w0d 0.68 0.76 0.84
18w0d 1.01 1.51 2.02
22w0d 0.66 0.75 0.83
19w0d 1.13 1.59 2.11
23w0d 0.65 0.74 0.82
20w0d 1.19 1.67 2.18
24w0d 0.63 0.72 0.81
21w0d 1.26 1.73 2.25
25w0d 0.62 0.71 0.80
22w0d 1.31 1.78 2.30
26w0d 0.60 0.70 0.79
23w0d 1.35 1.83 2.35
27w0d 0.59 0.69 0.78
24w0d 1.39 1.87 2.40
28w0d 0.57 0.68 0.77
25w0d 1.41 1.90 2.43
29w0d 0.56 0.67 0.76
26w0d 1.43 1.92 2.45
30w0d 0.55 0.66 0.75
27w0d 1.44 1.93 2.47
31w0d 0.54 0.65 0.75
28w0d 1.45 1.94 2.48
32w0d 0.52 0.64 0.74
29w0d 1.44 1.94 2.48 33w0d 0.51 0.63 0.73
30w0d 1.43 1.92 2.47 34w0d 0.50 0.63 0.72
31w0d 1.40 1.90 2.45 35w0d 0.49 0.62 0.72
32w0d 1.37 1.88 2.43 36w0d 0.49 0.61 0.71
33w0d 1.33 1.84 2.39 37w0d 0.48 0.61 0.70
34w0d 1.29 1.80 2.35 38w0d 0.47 0.60 0.70
35w0d 1.23 1.74 2.30 39w0d 0.46 0.60 0.69
36w0d 1.17 1.68 2.24 40w0d 0.46 0.60 0.68
37w0d 1.09 1.61 2.17 41w0d 0.45 0.59 0.68
38w0d 1.01 1.53 2.10 42w0d
*1
0.45 0.59 0.67
39w0d 0.92 1.45 2.02
40w0d 0.83 1.35 1.92 *1: Effective when "Extrapolated" is ON in
41w0d 0.72 1.25 1.82 the preset.
42w0d 0.61 1.14 1.72
No. 2B771-023EN
18-92
18.3.5.2 Umb A RI Mai FG
(b) Umb A RI JSUM FG ±1.5SD R. Mai, P. Kristen, A. Rempen
21w0d 0.69 0.76 0.83
22w0d 0.67 0.75 0.82 Age 5% Mean 95%
23w0d 0.65 0.74 0.81 30w0d 0.57 0.66 0.74
24w0d 0.64 0.72 0.80 31w0d 0.56 0.64 0.73
25w0d 0.62 0.71 0.79 32w0d 0.55 0.63 0.72
26w0d 0.61 0.70 0.78 33w0d 0.54 0.62 0.70
27w0d 0.59 0.69 0.77 34w0d 0.53 0.61 0.70
28w0d 0.58 0.68 0.76 35w0d 0.53 0.61 0.69
29w0d 0.57 0.67 0.75 36w0d 0.52 0.60 0.68
30w0d 0.56 0.66 0.75 37w0d 0.51 0.60 0.68
31w0d 0.55 0.65 0.74 38w0d 0.51 0.59 0.67
32w0d 0.53 0.64 0.73 39w0d 0.51 0.59 0.67
33w0d 0.52 0.63 0.72 40w0d 0.51 0.59 0.67
34w0d 0.51 0.63 0.71

35w0d 0.51 0.62 0.71
36w0d 0.50 0.61 0.70 18.3.5.3 Umb A RI Schaffer FG
37w0d 0.49 0.61 0.69
H. Schaffer
38w0d 0.48 0.60 0.69
*1
42w0d 0.46 0.59 0.66
Age 5% Mean 95%
the preset. 21w0d 0.62 0.75 0.88
22w0d 0.61 0.74 0.87
23w0d 0.60 0.73 0.86
24w0d 0.59 0.72 0.85
25w0d 0.58 0.71 0.84
26w0d 0.57 0.70 0.83
27w0d 0.56 0.69 0.82
28w0d 0.55 0.68 0.81
29w0d 0.54 0.67 0.80
30w0d 0.53 0.66 0.79
31w0d 0.52 0.65 0.78
32w0d 0.51 0.64 0.77
33w0d 0.50 0.63 0.76
34w0d 0.49 0.62 0.75
35w0d 0.48 0.61 0.74
36w0d 0.47 0.60 0.73
37w0d 0.46 0.59 0.72
38w0d 0.45 0.58 0.71
39w0d 0.44 0.57 0.70
40w0d 0.43 0.56 0.69
41w0d 0.41 0.55 0.68
42w0d 0.40 0.54 0.67
No. 2B771-023EN
18-93
18.3.6 Umb A PI 18.3.6.2 Umb A PI JSUM FG
18.3.6.1 Umb A PI Harrington FG Standardization of ultrasonic fetal biometry

K. Harrington, R. G. Carpenter, M. Nguyen J Med Ultrasonics Vol. 30 No. 3 (2003)
and S. Campbell J416-J440
"Changes observed in Doppler studies of the
fetal circulation in pregnancies complicated (a) Umb A PI JSUM FG 5%/95%
by pre-eclampsia or the delivery of a small-
for-gestational age baby." Age 5% Mean 95%
Ultrasound Obstet. Gynecol. 1995 Jul; 6 (1): 20w0d 1.12 1.39 1.69
19-28 21w0d 1.08 1.34 1.64
22w0d 1.03 1.29 1.60
Age 5% Mean 95%
23w0d 1.00 1.25 1.55
22w0d 0.97 1.24 1.60
24w0d 0.96 1.21 1.51
23w0d 0.96 1.22 1.58
25w0d 0.93 1.17 1.48
24w0d 0.94 1.20 1.56
26w0d 0.89 1.13 1.44
25w0d 0.93 1.18 1.53
27w0d 0.86 1.10 1.40
26w0d 0.91 1.16 1.51
28w0d 0.84 1.07 1.37
27w0d 0.89 1.14 1.49
29w0d 0.81 1.04 1.34
28w0d 0.87 1.12 1.46
30w0d 0.79 1.01 1.31
29w0d 0.86 1.10 1.44
31w0d 0.77 0.99 1.29
30w0d 0.84 1.08 1.41
32w0d 0.75 0.97 1.26
31w0d 0.82 1.06 1.39
33w0d 0.73 0.95 1.24
32w0d 0.81 1.04 1.37
34w0d 0.72 0.93 1.22
33w0d 0.80 1.03 1.35
35w0d 0.70 0.92 1.20
34w0d 0.79 1.01 1.34
36w0d 0.69 0.91 1.18
35w0d 0.78 1.01 1.33
37w0d 0.69 0.90 1.17
36w0d 0.78 1.00 1.32
38w0d 0.68 0.89 1.16
37w0d 0.78 1.00 1.31
39w0d 0.68 0.89 1.15
38w0d 0.79 1.00 1.31
40w0d 0.68 0.89 1.14
39w0d 0.80 1.01 1.32
41w0d 0.68 0.89 1.13
40w0d 0.82 1.03 1.33 *1
42w0d 0.68 0.90 1.13
41w0d 0.84 1.05 1.35
42w0d 0.87 1.07 1.37
the preset.
No. 2B771-023EN
18-94
18.3.6.3 Umb A PI Mai FG
(b) Umb A PI JSUM FG ±1.5SD R. Mai, P. Kristen, A. Rempen
21w0d 1.10 1.34 1.61
22w0d 1.06 1.29 1.57 Age 5% Mean 95%
23w0d 1.02 1.25 1.53 30w0d 0.88 1.06 1.25
24w0d 0.98 1.21 1.49 31w0d 0.85 1.03 1.22
25w0d 0.95 1.17 1.45 32w0d 0.82 1.01 1.19
26w0d 0.91 1.13 1.41 33w0d 0.80 0.98 1.17
27w0d 0.88 1.10 1.38 34w0d 0.78 0.96 1.15
28w0d 0.86 1.07 1.34 35w0d 0.76 0.95 1.14
29w0d 0.83 1.04 1.31 36w0d 0.75 0.94 1.13
30w0d 0.81 1.01 1.29 37w0d 0.75 0.94 1.12
31w0d 0.79 0.99 1.26 38w0d 0.75 0.93 1.12
32w0d 0.77 0.97 1.23 39w0d 0.76 0.94 1.13
33w0d 0.75 0.95 1.21 40w0d 0.76 0.95 1.13
34w0d 0.74 0.93 1.19

35w0d 0.72 0.92 1.17
36w0d 0.71 0.91 1.16 18.3.6.4 Umb A PI Schaffer FG
37w0d 0.70 0.90 1.14
H. Schaffer
38w0d 0.70 0.89 1.13
*1
42w0d 0.70 0.90 1.10
Age 5% Mean 95%
the preset. 21w0d 1.05 1.39 1.74
22w0d 1.01 1.36 1.70
23w0d 0.98 1.32 1.66
24w0d 0.94 1.28 1.63
25w0d 0.91 1.25 1.59
26w0d 0.87 1.22 1.56
27w0d 0.84 1.18 1.53
28w0d 0.81 1.15 1.49
29w0d 0.78 1.12 1.46
30w0d 0.75 1.09 1.43
31w0d 0.72 1.06 1.40
32w0d 0.69 1.03 1.38
33w0d 0.66 1.00 1.35
34w0d 0.63 0.98 1.32
35w0d 0.61 0.95 1.30
36w0d 0.58 0.93 1.27
37w0d 0.56 0.90 1.25
38w0d 0.54 0.88 1.22
39w0d 0.51 0.86 1.20
40w0d 0.49 0.84 1.18
41w0d 0.47 0.81 1.16
42w0d 0.45 0.80 1.14
No. 2B771-023EN
18-95
18.3.7 Lt Uterin RI 18.3.8 Lt Uterin PI
18.3.7.1 Lt Uterin RI Schaffer FG 18.3.8.1 Lt Uterin PI Schaffer FG

H. Schaffer H. Schaffer
"IPDS 1998 11th Congress of the "IPDS 1998 11th Congress of the
International Perinatal Doppler Society." International Perinatal Doppler Society."
JOURNAL FÜR FERTILITÄT UND JOURNAL FÜR FERTILITÄT UND
REPRODUKTION July 2-4, 1998 REPRODUKTION July 2-4, 1998
Age 5% Mean 95% Age 5% Mean 95%

20w0d 0.34 0.47 0.61 20w0d 0.44 0.74 1.04
21w0d 0.33 0.46 0.60 21w0d 0.42 0.72 1.02
22w0d 0.32 0.45 0.59 22w0d 0.40 0.70 1.00
23w0d 0.31 0.45 0.58 23w0d 0.38 0.68 0.98
24w0d 0.30 0.44 0.57 24w0d 0.36 0.66 0.96
25w0d 0.30 0.43 0.57 25w0d 0.34 0.64 0.95
26w0d 0.29 0.42 0.56 26w0d 0.33 0.63 0.93
27w0d 0.28 0.42 0.55 27w0d 0.31 0.61 0.91
28w0d 0.28 0.41 0.55 28w0d 0.30 0.60 0.90
29w0d 0.27 0.41 0.54 29w0d 0.28 0.58 0.89
30w0d 0.27 0.40 0.54 30w0d 0.27 0.57 0.87
31w0d 0.26 0.40 0.53 31w0d 0.26 0.56 0.86
32w0d 0.26 0.39 0.53 32w0d 0.25 0.55 0.85
33w0d 0.25 0.39 0.52 33w0d 0.24 0.54 0.84
34w0d 0.25 0.38 0.52 34w0d 0.23 0.53 0.84
35w0d 0.24 0.38 0.52 35w0d 0.22 0.53 0.83
36w0d 0.24 0.38 0.51 36w0d 0.22 0.52 0.82
37w0d 0.24 0.37 0.51 37w0d 0.21 0.52 0.82
38w0d 0.24 0.37 0.51 38w0d 0.21 0.51 0.81
39w0d 0.23 0.37 0.51 39w0d 0.21 0.51 0.81
40w0d 0.23 0.37 0.50 40w0d 0.20 0.51 0.81
41w0d 0.23 0.37 0.50 41w0d 0.20 0.51 0.81
42w0d 0.23 0.37 0.50 42w0d 0.20 0.51 0.81
No. 2B771-023EN
18-96
18.3.9 Rt Uterin RI 18.3.10 Rt Uterin PI
18.3.9.1 Rt Uterin RI Schaffer FG 18.3.10.1 Rt Uterin PI Schaffer FG

H. Schaffer H. Schaffer
"IPDS 1998 11th Congress of the "IPDS 1998 11th Congress of the
International Perinatal Doppler Society." International Perinatal Doppler Society."
JOURNAL FÜR FERTILITÄT UND JOURNAL FÜR FERTILITÄT UND
REPRODUKTION July 2-4, 1998 REPRODUKTION July 2-4, 1998
Age 5% Mean 95% Age 5% Mean 95%

20w0d 0.34 0.47 0.61 20w0d 0.44 0.74 1.04
21w0d 0.33 0.46 0.60 21w0d 0.42 0.72 1.02
22w0d 0.32 0.45 0.59 22w0d 0.40 0.70 1.00
23w0d 0.31 0.45 0.58 23w0d 0.38 0.68 0.98
24w0d 0.30 0.44 0.57 24w0d 0.36 0.66 0.96
25w0d 0.30 0.43 0.57 25w0d 0.34 0.64 0.95
26w0d 0.29 0.42 0.56 26w0d 0.33 0.63 0.93
27w0d 0.28 0.42 0.55 27w0d 0.31 0.61 0.91
28w0d 0.28 0.41 0.55 28w0d 0.30 0.60 0.90
29w0d 0.27 0.41 0.54 29w0d 0.28 0.58 0.89
30w0d 0.27 0.40 0.54 30w0d 0.27 0.57 0.87
31w0d 0.26 0.40 0.53 31w0d 0.26 0.56 0.86
32w0d 0.26 0.39 0.53 32w0d 0.25 0.55 0.85
33w0d 0.25 0.39 0.52 33w0d 0.24 0.54 0.84
34w0d 0.25 0.38 0.52 34w0d 0.23 0.53 0.84
35w0d 0.24 0.38 0.52 35w0d 0.22 0.53 0.83
36w0d 0.24 0.38 0.51 36w0d 0.22 0.52 0.82
37w0d 0.24 0.37 0.51 37w0d 0.21 0.52 0.82
38w0d 0.24 0.37 0.51 38w0d 0.21 0.51 0.81
39w0d 0.23 0.37 0.51 39w0d 0.21 0.51 0.81
40w0d 0.23 0.37 0.50 40w0d 0.20 0.51 0.81
41w0d 0.23 0.37 0.50 41w0d 0.20 0.51 0.81
42w0d 0.23 0.37 0.50 42w0d 0.20 0.51 0.81
No. 2B771-023EN
18-97
18.4 Recommended Ratios no charts
HC/AC RATIO - Range 13-40 weeks
Campbell S, Thomas A.
Ultrasound measurement of the fetal head to abdomen circumference ratio in the
assessment of growth retardation. Br J Obstetrics and Gynaecology 1977; 84:165-174.
FL/AC RATIO - Range 22-42 weeks

Hadlock F P, Deter R, Harrist R, Roecker E, Park S.
A date-independent predictor of intrauterine growth retardation: femur length/abdominal
circumference ratio. American Journal of Radiology November 1983; 141:979-984.
FL/AC RATIO - Range 14-21 weeks

Hadlock F P, Harrist R, Martinez-Poyer J.
Fetal body ratios in second trimester: a useful tool for identifying chromosomal
abnormalities? Journal of Ultrasound in Medicine 1992; 11:81-85.
FL/BPD RATIO - Range 23-40 weeks

Hohler C, Quetal T.
Comparison of fetal femur length and biparietal diameter in late pregnancy. American
Journal Obstetrics and Gynecology December 1, 1981; 141 (No. 7):759-762.
CEPHALIC INDEX
- Range 14-40 weeks
Hadlock F, Deter R, Carpenter R, Park S.
Estimating fetal age: effect of head shape on biparietal diameter. American Journal of
Radiology July 1981; 137:83-85.
Hansmann M, Hackelöer BJ, Staudach A

Ultraschalldiagnostik in Geburtshilfe und Gynäkologie 1985
- Range 12-42 weeks

Chitty L S, Altman D G
British Journal of Obstetrics and Gynaecology January 1994, Vol. 101
p29-135.
HEAD CIRCUMFERENCE
- Range 12- 40 weeks
Ultrasound in Gynaecology and Obstetrics Textbook and Atlas 312, 326-336.
- Range 15-39 weeks

Hansmann M, Hackelöer BJ, Staudach A
Ultraschalldiagnostik in Geburtshilfe und Gynäkologie 1985
ABDOMINAL CIRCUMFERENCE
- Range 12-39 weeks
Ultrasound in Gynaecology and Obstetrics Textbook and Atlas 312, 326-336.
- Range 13-40 weeks

Campbell S.
Ultrasound in obstetrics and Gynaecology - Chervenak,
Campbell ISBN 0/316/IB865/7 Published by Little & Brown.
No. 2B771-023EN
18-98 *
19. Workflow
The Workflow function enables the execution of a series of examination steps using a
single switch.
This section describes the operation of the workflow function.
For the procedures for creating or editing a workflow, user function switch setting, and
other details, contact your Toshiba service representative.
19.1 Outline of the Workflow Operating Procedure

Example of the display in Workflow mode
Flow window
(1) Press the user function switch (hereinafter referred to as "UF switch") to which the
Workflow function is assigned.
The Workflow function starts.
NOTE: If the system is configured to display the flow window when the Workflow
UF switch pressed, the flow window is displayed at this time. If the
Workflow UF switch is pressed during a workflow, the workflow is
terminated.
(2) Press the UF switch to which WF Execute is assigned.
The first step is started.
Press the WF Execute UF switch again to start the next step.
(3) When a workflow is completed, press the WF Execute UF switch to terminate the
Workflow function.
The Workflow function can also be terminated at any time by placing the cursor at
[End] in the flow window and then pressing the WF Execute UF switch.
No. 2B771-023EN
19-1
19.2 Flow Window
NOTE: If the system is configured to do so, the flow window is displayed when the
Workflow UF switch pressed.
<1>
<2>
<3>
No. Description Remarks

<1> Name of the workflow
<2> The steps in the workflow are displayed.
The step being executed is displayed in
color.
<3> This frame is used to select the step to be [Start] cannot be selected using this
executed. The UF switch is pressed to frame.
execute the step. Use the WF Previous, WF Skip, or
WF Order switch to move the frame.
19.3 Workflow Operation Examples

No. Operation Flow window display example
1 Press the UF switch to which the
Workflow function is assigned. [Start]
The workflow function is started. Dual
If the system is configured to display the Color
flow window, the flow window is Update
displayed.
2 Press the WF Execute UF switch.
Dual
The step indicated by the frame is
executed and the frame moves to the next Color
step in the flow window. Update
M

Color
executed and the frame moves to the next Update
step. M
Freeze
No. 2B771-023EN
19-2
4 Press another switch on the panel (2D in
this example). Color
2D (CDI) mode is entered. Update
M
Freeze
The display in the flow window does

not change.
The system returns to Workflow mode,
the step indicated by the frame is
executed, and the frame moves to the
next step.
NOTE: Even if another UF switch is Update

pressed while a workflow is M
running and the system enters Freeze
a different mode, pressing the
Workflow UF switch returns the 2D
system to Workflow mode, the
step indicated by the frame is
executed, and the frame moves
to the next step.
6 Press the WF Previous UF switch or

operate the WF Order UF switch Color
rightward or upward. Update
The currently selected step is not M
executed and the frame moves to the Freeze
previous step.

Update
executed and the frame moves to the next M
step. Freeze
2D
8 Press the WF Skip UF switch or operate

the WF Order UF switch leftward or M
downward. Freeze
The currently selected step is not 2D
step.
No. 2B771-023EN
19-3
Freeze
executed and the frame moves to the next 2D
step. Update
2D
10 Press the WF Stay UF switch.

Freeze
executed, but the frame stays on the 2D
current step. Update
2D

2D
step. 2D
[End]

Update
executed and the frame moves to the next 2D
step. [End]

2D
executed and the frame moves to the next [End]
step.
14 Press the WF Execute UF switch or WF

Stay UF switch.
The workflow is closed.
No. 2B771-023EN
19-4 *
20. Free Cursor
The Free Cursor function provides a graphical user interface employing the trackball
and palm dial in addition to the conventional user interface employing the operating
panel and pop-up menus.
20.1 Outline of the Free Cursor Function

(1) When the free cursor function is active, menus can be selected using the trackball
and the SET switch and the submenus can be selected using the palm dial.
(2) The Free Cursor function is effective only when ultrasound images are displayed. It
is not effective when the Patient Registration, Report, Preset, File Utility, or any
other screen that occupies the full area of the monitor is displayed.
The parts that can be operated on the screen while the free cursor function is
active are referred to as "objects".
20.2 Details of the Free Cursor Function

Each function is controlled using the trackball together with the SET switch. There
are two main control methods. Some objects are controlled by pressing the SET
switch once, while others are controlled by pressing the SET switch, changing the
value using the palm dial, and pressing the SET switch again.
No. 2B771-023EN
20-1
(1) Linkage with TB arbitration (in Live mode; after freezing but before the start of cine
operation)
In Free Cursor mode, if the SET switch is pressed while the cursor is not at an
object that can be controlled, conventional TB arbitration for the SET switch is
started.
When the NEXT switch is pressed instead of the SET switch in the above
situation, the function on the right becomes active.
NEXT switch
SET switch
When the rightmost function in the TB arbitration box is active and the NEXT
switch is pressed, the leftmost function becomes active.
When the leftmost function in the TB arbitration box is active and the SET switch
is pressed, the rightmost function becomes active.
(2) Linkage with TB arbitration (during cine operation after freezing)
In cine mode, the NEXT switch is also used to set the cine frame position. Use
the switch for TB arbitration.
No. 2B771-023EN
20-2
(3) TB arbitration when the ADM is active (in Live mode; after freezing but before the
start of cine operation)
Use the switch to switch trackball control between the ADM and the system
main unit.
When trackball control is set for the ADM, the mouse cursor is not displayed in the
system main unit.
(4) TB arbitration when the ADM is active (during cine operation after freezing)
In cine mode, the NEXT switch is also used to set the cine frame position.
Use the switch to switch trackball control between the ADM and the system
main unit.
NOTE: If more than one TB arbitration box is displayed on the system main unit,
the last selected function becomes effective when control is returned to
the main unit.
No. 2B771-023EN
20-3
20.3 Description of Objects
(1) Variable parameters
Mode Object
2D Acoustic power
Frequency
Dynamic range
2D gain
M Sweep speed
M gain
CDI/Power/TDI/DynaFlow Frequency (color frequency)
PRF
Filter
Color gain
Baseline on the color bar
(not valid when "PW" or "CW" is displayed)
Scale of the color bar (values displayed on the scale)
Doppler Doppler gain
Sweep speed
Scale (values displayed on the scale)
FEI None
ADM None
(2) Controllable objects
Operation Result
Place the cursor on the patient ID and press The Patient screen is started up.
SET .
Place the cursor on the exam name and press The exam selection pop-up menu is displayed.
SET .
Place the cursor on the time and press SET . The time change dialog is displayed.
Place the cursor on the transducer name and Same result as pressing the Transducer switch
press SET .
Place the cursor at a point on the cine bar for The frame corresponding to the cursor position
the frozen image and press SET . is displayed for cine operations.
Place the cursor on the heart-rate display and Same result as pressing the PHYSIO switch
press SET .
Place the cursor on the character "L" (left) or The corresponding image becomes active.
"R" (right) in dual display mode and press
SET .
No. 2B771-023EN
20-4 E
LEGAL MANUFACTURER
1385, SHIMOISHIGAMI, OTAWARA-SHI, TOCHIGI-KEN 324-8550, JAPAN
"Made for Life" is a trademark of Toshiba Medical Systems Corporation.

Manual de Aplicaciones Nemio

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Manual de Aplicaciones Nemio

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

No.

© TOSHIBA MEDICAL SYSTEMS CORPORATION 2011

Dynamic Flow is a trademark of Toshiba Medical Systems Corporation.

1. No part of this manual may be copied or reprinted, in whole or in part,

1. Meaning of Signal Words

Signal word Meaning

DANGER Indicates an imminently hazardous situation which, if not avoided,

WARNING Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided,

CAUTION Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided,

CAUTION Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, may

2. Meaning of Safety Symbols

WARNING: 1. Using a contrast medium

(1) Handle the contrast medium as described in the operation

(3) If there is an abnormality with the patient during use of the

(4) Cavitation may occur due to interactions between the

(1) If the temperature detection function of the TEE transducer

In this case, stop the examination immediately, make the

In this case, stop the examination immediately, make the

3. Refer to the Operation Manual (Basic Volume) for precautions

2. Press SET to fix the data during measurement or during

(1) Pressing the NEXT switch

(2) Performing one of the following measurement-related

• Selecting one of menu items [ROI A] to [ROI D] during TIC or

• Selecting another measurement item on the menu

Confirm that the measurement is performed correctly.

3. If the measurement is not fixed for an application measurement, the

4. The basic measurement results are not displayed in the Report.

5. Volume measurement (Volume)

Only the channel for which measurement is being performed

6. Prostate measurement (Prostate)

The elliptical approximation method is used for calculating the

7. Doppler Flow Volume measurement (F Vol VTI)

(1) When a range smaller than a single cardiac cycle is traced on

(2) When a range including two or more cardiac cycles is traced on

• When [Auto Point] is set to OFF, the traced range is

(2) The HR A and HR B values displayed in the Report and

9. Be sure to perform measurement within images. If the area outside

11. Obstetric calculations

(2) When the system date is changed, be sure to press .

Failure to press will result in abnormal display of the

(5) Obstetric calculation data cannot be stored in the system or

(7) Measurements may be incorrect depending on the fetal

(8) Several fetal growth measurement methods are available.

12. Registration of OB calculation data

13. When entering or editing measured values using the OB Worksheet

15. User registration of measurements

(2) This user measurement registration software has been intended

(2) If the message "IO ERROR" is displayed, the power switches of

17. Data in temporary storage areas, such as the image memory, is

19. Do not perform measurements on video playback images acquired

20. Before performing measurement on a video playback image,

21. Compared with normal measurements, measurement accuracy

25. It is also possible to perform measurement using an image on which

(1) The system freezes automatically. When the temperature

(2) If after 2 minutes the temperature remains at 43°C or higher, the

(1) ACM is provided for measuring "left ventricular outflow volume

(2) For ACM measurement, the adult cardiovascular sector

(3) ACM measurement is possible in CDI mode of ACM.

30. Refer to the Operation Manual (Basic Volume) for precautions

2. Mean IMT Measurement / Thickness Measurement

7. When Parallel is selected as the Measurement Item, the type confirmation

Availability of This Software and Related Documents is

(4) You must not recompile or reassemble the software.

NOTE: Indicates information of interest to users of system as to exceptional conditions or